Audio

461: The Toxic Truth About Entrepreneurship – My Impromptu Speech At Books Inc | Family First Friday

461: The Toxic Truth About Entrepreneurship - My Impromptu Speech At Books Inc

Welcome to Family First Fridays which is a new segment of the podcast named in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur.

Last night, I held my very first book signing at the Books Inc. In Palo Alto and I had a blast.

I wasn’t planning on giving a speech at the bookstore last night, but I ended up giving a 15-minute impromptu talk, which I’m sharing with you today. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why I wrote The Family First Entrepreneur
  • The 4 burners theory
  • Behind the scenes of my book signing

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. So last night I did my very first book signing at the Books Inc. in Palo Alto, and I had the best time ever. And one of the unexpected benefits of writing a book has been that friends who I haven’t seen or heard from for years have reached out to congratulate me.

00:28
And a bunch of them actually came to the signing last night. Anyway, I wasn’t actually planning on giving a speech at the bookstore last night, but I ended up giving a 15 minute impromptu talk, which I’m gonna share with you guys today. Enjoy. Hey, first off, thanks everyone for coming. I don’t know if we’re gonna do Q &A with this bunch here, because I got some people in the audience here that I’ve known for like 20 years, 25 years, 30 years.

00:57
So they know everything, yeah. Higher than that, but you’re right. We’re getting to that age now. First off, just so thank you so much for coming. This is my very first book signing. And it took three years to write this thing. I shouldn’t call it a thing, right? It took three years to write this masterpiece. And the reason why I wrote the book is because I read a lot of business books. And I just felt like all the business books that I’ve read don’t apply to me.

01:26
And especially in this area that we live in, Silicon Valley, right? Everyone’s all about venture-backed going public and that sort of thing. And what I’ve been reading in these business books is that you have to work 80 hours a week. You’ve to burn the midnight oil in order to succeed. And what ends up happening is that as an entrepreneur, you work so hard and you miss out on your family time. And then you’re going for this goal of going public or having that huge exit.

01:56
which sometimes never comes. More often than not, it actually doesn’t come. And at that point, you’ve already sacrificed your family time. You’ve sacrificed what you want to be doing. For what? But it doesn’t have to be that way. So I wrote this book because those books don’t apply to me. I actually want to see my kids. I actually want to see my wife.

02:23
She didn’t even let me finish my…

02:30
So I wrote the book to show people that there’s a better way. If all you want to do is make, let’s say, a couple million dollars or just several hundreds of thousands of dollars, you can do it easily without working 80 hours a week. We run two businesses that make seven figures, and we work around 20 hours a week. It can be done. The only problem with this crowd here

02:58
I know there’s some overachievers in this crowd. And one thing that was a problem for me was ego. So if you’re not used to making money online or making money period, and when that money comes in, you kind of get this fever. So when we launched our handkerchief store, we ended up doing six figures in our first year in profit, which allowed my wife to quit. But then I was like, six figures? That’s awesome.

03:26
Our initial goal was actually only $60,000. And when we hit it with the year, I was like, oh my god. OK, let’s see how far we can take this. I don’t even like handkerchiefs. So I was like, OK, let’s try to double growth next year. And then we hit that goal. And so then we celebrate for a dinner or something like that. And then I’d move the goal. Let’s grow another 50 % the next year. And it got to this point where

03:53
I just kept moving the goalposts, and this is my fault really. I kept moving the goalposts, and we were just making way more than we spend. You guys all know me, I’m pretty cheap, right? Very frugal. I don’t spend any money at all. I don’t have any expensive hobbies. I don’t like cars. I don’t like anything. So here we were making all this money that we couldn’t even spend or didn’t want to spend, and we were working our butts off until at one point, Jen came up to me and she said, and she was in tears.

04:22
Not the happy kind. And she said, hey, I don’t want to do this anymore. Like, why are we doing this business? The reason why we started this business was so she could hang out with me all the time. Right?

04:40
So yeah, so we had this talk. And at that point, we stopped all the revenue goals, because money isn’t a good measure of anything, And we basically remembered why we started the businesses in the first place. And at that point, we focused more on the processes, the automations, that we could take her out of the business more, take myself out of the business, and just really make enough to be happy.

05:09
Here’s the thing, I run a podcast. It’s called the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. And at this point, I’ve interviewed over 460 entrepreneurs who are just killing it online. They’re all making seven, eight, even nine figures. And if you’ve ever listened to my podcast, it’s always like rah rah, we’re always congratulating the entrepreneur. But when I hit the stop button, that’s when the real conversations start. And I always ask them, so there’s this one dude who,

05:38
who hit $2 million in six months. And in that episode, was like, oh man, that’s incredible. When we were recording, as soon as I hit stop, I was like, man, how sucky was that? He’s like, oh my god, it terrible. It the most stressful time of my life. Because when you grow really fast, that’s actually not fun. It’s not comfortable. And it sounds great. And what you don’t realize is that there’s actually a lot of successful people out there who actually are not happy with their personal lives.

06:06
They’re killing it in business, but they’re actually just not happy. I interviewed this billionaire, and he was great on the interview. And then when I hit stop, I was like, hey, so do you have any regrets for what you did? And he was like, yeah, I lost my family. I got a divorce, and I don’t really see my kids much anymore. And he’s like, that’s his biggest regret. And then I just kind of asked him, what would you do to change that? And he was like, I don’t need all this money.

06:34
I don’t need these private jets or anything like that. If I could have my family back, that’s what matters to me. And so I was like, why can I hit record again? Can you say that? But that’s the thing about the media. Recently, our family was on CNBC. I don’t know if you guys got a chance to see that. You just have to realize that the media is fake. There’s this one part where, I mean, it’s not entirely fake, but there’s this one part where,

07:04
the videographer wanted the kids to just run in the kitchen and go, oh, daddy, what’s for breakfast? Right? And I was like, oh, we made waffles. Oh, and there’s cereal for you. And then I poured milk and whatnot. You should see the mornings in our house. It’s like, get your butt out of bed. Put on your clothes. Go eat breakfast. And then they’re out the door. just whenever you see the news about any entrepreneur you see in the media, it’s

07:33
Probably not as good as it’s not reality basically is what I’m saying. So back to the book. So the book is actually divided into two parts. I am a firm believer that everyone here needs to have some sort of side hustle. Even if you love your job, it doesn’t matter. You’ve got to have something on the side because that something on the side could potentially turn into something big. And it gives you options. You notice right now in the valley, mass layoffs. I think Facebook just announced their second layoff.

08:02
I think Google is having more layoffs, right? I have friends who are not happy with their situation, but they don’t have a choice, right? They have to stick it out at their jobs.

08:15
And so these side hustles, and I’ve met so many people like this, where you’re into something, right? Let’s say you’re into underwater photography. You start a YouTube channel or a blog about that. And you develop an audience, and that becomes a second income stream that could potentially be something big. Like when we started our store selling handkerchiefs, like, I mean, I was a little, you know, handkerchiefs, it’s not very masculine, right? But it was a side gig, and it turned into something big. It’s a seven figure business.

08:44
When I started MyWifeQuitterJob.com, it just a blog, just writing. I got inspired by this guy named Steve Povlina. He wrote this post called How to Make Your First Love Dollar. And in that post, he revealed that he was making $4,000 a day writing. And it’s just this random dude, right? I was like, OK, I got a stamp for education. I should be able to do that too. So I started writing. And I didn’t have anyone reading it for the longest time. It took three years before it made

09:14
six figures. But then once it started catching traction, it shot up. And this is just a side also that I just did on the side. I just set aside a portion of my schedule every single week. And Sunil knows this, right? Because we’d go to Russian Math, and we’d be in this coffee shop, and I would just write my blog post. He wanted to hang out and talk, but I was like, I just got to pump out this blog post. I just made it part of my routine to do something, and then it became something big. Three years ago, I started a YouTube channel.

09:44
Same thing, I just committed to doing one video a week. Just one video a week, and it took a while, no one was watching me. Who wants to watch a middle-aged Chinese dude, right? But within three years, that YouTube channel, just the ad revenue, supports the whole family and pays all the bills. Making the other businesses just kind of gravy now, right? You have to have something on the side just in case something happens. And everyone here is capable of this, and everyone here is actually brilliant. I know almost everyone here.

10:12
It can be done. just takes consistency. It’s really all it is. So the first part of the book is about figuring out what that side hustle is going to be. The advice that I always give, is to pursue something that you’re already into. Like, Yuji’s into electronics and games. Sorry, Yuji, I didn’t mean to call on you. So if he just started anything, piece of content, just documenting, like the guy buys a new piece of electronics every single

10:43
Every single week. But as someone who’s a friend of his, I want to know what he’s buying. I want to know about what he’s buying and what he thinks of all these pieces of electronics that he’s getting. So if he just documented it, I bet it would do well. It might take some time, but I bet it would do well. And who knows? It could be that side hustle that could make a lot of money. It could be the next big thing. So that’s the first part of the book. The second part of the book is about sustaining.

11:10
A lot of people start businesses and they get carried away with the money, like I did earlier when I told you guys. And what ends up happening is you feel like you need to do everything yourself. And you find that the more money you make, the harder you have to work. Those of you guys who know me know that I’m pretty lazy, actually. Right, Atsushi? Atsushi, yes. So the second part of the book really is about automation.

11:38
and putting systems into place so that you actually don’t have to spend all of your time doing it. And just to be clear, the businesses I’m talking about are smaller businesses. Like if you want to start like the next Amazon.com or the next Facebook, then you probably need to work really hard and get money and that sort of thing. We’re just talking about small businesses here. Because whenever I talk to someone who’s in business, almost all the people that I’ve ever interviewed didn’t start their business to start the next $100 million or a billion dollar company.

12:07
They just want to make enough money so they don’t have to worry about the money. So those are the types of business we’re talking about here. And we just happen to be living in this era right now of artificial intelligence, which is amazing. You can literally automate so many things with a computer. I’ve had writers on my staff to help me with the blog. I’m probably not going to use them anymore because of AI. And so if you haven’t experimented with ChatGPT, Mid Journey, or any of the AI tools,

12:37
You should do it.

12:40
So the second part of the book is about automation and really figuring out what you want to do with your time. You guys ever heard of the four burners theory? Anyone here? OK. The four burners theory states that your life is composed of four burners. Work, friends, family, and health. And the theory states that in order to do one thing well, you have to turn off at least one of those burners.

13:09
And if you want to do something really well, you have to turn off two of those burners. And if you’re like Elon Musk, you probably have three burners turned off and your work burners turned way up. Basically, the theory is about priorities. You have to figure out what your priorities are because you can’t do it all. Like if you try to run your business, maintain good health, be with your family and that sort of thing, it just really can’t be done. So you have to make a choice. And my choice has always been family.

13:40
And my wife’s too, right? Family, right? Just checking, just checking. And then we’re always all juggling things also. And the other thing, the other way I think about this is we’re all juggling all these balls in the air, but some of the balls are made out of glass, and some of them are made out of rubber. And so the glass ones are the ones that are precious. Like you don’t, never want to drop that family ball because it could shatter.

14:07
But the other things, you just need to figure out what the rubber ones are and what the glass ones are.

14:14
think that’s it. So I think you guys will really enjoy the book. By the way, if you do end up purchasing the book today, there are bonuses that come along with the book. So if you sign up, there’s a form which I’ll email out to you. But you’ll get access to a three-day workshop that I’m giving on how to get started in e-commerce if selling online is your thing. There’s also a two-day workshop in there that will teach you how to make money with blogging, YouTubing, and podcasting, which are the three things that I do.

14:45
And starting in June, I’m actually giving this six week, what I call family first business challenge, where I’ll be in there in a Facebook group, helping you guys figure out what your next title is gonna be. And so I’m trying to make it a no brainer for you guys to pick up the book. And I really do think that this is the way things are gonna be going forward. A lot of people making money on the side, just planting a bunch of seeds that could potentially grow.

15:14
into a real business someday. Thank you, that’s all I got.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

460: Insider Tips for Snagging a Traditional Book Publishing Deal And Becoming A Best Seller With Jeff Goins

460: Insider Tips for Snagging a Traditional Book Publishing Deal And Becoming A Best Seller With Jeff Goins

I’m thrilled to have Jeff Goins back on the show. Jeff is an accomplished author and the founder of Fresh Complaint, a company that helps authors turn their books into bestsellers. Jeff was a key player in shaping my book, ‘The Family First Entrepreneur’.

In this episode, we’ll cover the nuts and bolts of writing a traditionally published book, and walk you through my own experiences in the process. Hope you enjoy the episode.

What You’ll Learn

  • The ins and outs of writing and publishing a book
  • How to get a book deal
  • A behind the scenes look of writing my book The Family First Entrepreneur

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Zipify – Zipify One Click Upsell is a must have tool for Shopify store owners who want to increase their AOV instantly. Click here and try Zipify for FREE.

Link Whisper – Link Whisper is the internal linking tool that I use to grow the SEO traffic for my blog. It’s a must have tool! Click To Try Link Whisper

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, first off, my book, The Family First Entrepreneur, officially comes out tomorrow. I’m so excited. And as a result, this is the last call to redeem the $690 in free bonuses for getting the book. You’ll receive a three-day workshop on print-on-demand, a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting,

00:27
and access to my six week Family First Side Hustle challenge where I will work with you in a private Facebook group on your next side hustle. This is going to begin in June. So grab the book over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. All right, so the book comes out tomorrow. So I felt that it was only fitting that I bring on Jeff Goins who helped me tremendously with the writing of the book. We’ll go over the ins and outs of writing a traditionally published book and everything I had to go through in the entire process. Enjoy the episode.

00:57
But before we begin, I wanted to thank Zipify apps for sponsoring this episode. Now I’ve been teaching e-commerce for over a decade now, and I’ve been recommending one-click upsell for years. If you want to increase your revenue up to 10 % or more instantly without doing much work, one-click upsell lets you add both pre and post purchase upsells to increase your average order value. This solution is almost guaranteed to boost your sales and the best part is that Zipify only charges you when it actually generates you more revenue.

01:26
Zipify also offers an easy to use page builder so you can build your own landing pages and themes without knowing how to code. For more information, go to zipify.com. That’s Z-I-P-I-F-Y dot com. I also want to thank Link Whisper for sponsoring this episode. Now most of you who follow my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com know that I’ve increased the search engine traffic almost 4x in just the past year. And a large part of that increase was because of Link Whisper. Link Whisper is a WordPress and Shopify plugin

01:56
that allows you to quickly add internal links to your content pages. And by adding internal links to the money pages on your site, you can easily sculpt and focus your link strength to the pages that make you the most money and the ones you want to rank and search. For more information, go to linkwhisper.com. That’s L-I-N-K-W-H-I-S-P-E-R.com. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:24
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:45
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy Jeff Goins back on the show. Last time he was on, it was 2017, episode 166, where I showered him with praise for being a bestselling author. He’s the author of many books, including a national bestseller called The Art of Work. But the reason why I’m bringing him back on the show today is because he was the one who helped me with the Family First Entrepreneur. And as I mentioned in my last solo episode,

03:13
Sometimes you just get lucky with who you meet because I would not have been able to finish this book without him So in this episode, we’re gonna talk about what it takes to write a traditionally published book and How much of a pain the ass I was as a client and with that welcome to show Jeff Hey, Steve, good to be here. Yeah, so I have to ask you this publicly last time I had you on you had a course I think you were pumping out masterpieces yourself because you’re one of the best writers I know

03:41
But then you decided to start fresh complaint and do client work. Is this because real artists do in fact, starve? Uh, that’s layered question. Uh, how did, how did I get into, you how did I get out of product work and get into service work? Um, so, uh, real artists do indeed sometimes starve. did, I did discover that. Um, and I think you didn’t ask this, but I,

04:11
It, I have learned that authors always write the books that they need themselves. And that when you are working on a book, somebody told me this years ago that this, like your life will always test your belief in the subject matter that you’re writing about. For example, if you’re writing a book about family first entrepreneurship, there is probably a temptation to not put your family first during the process of like writing and promoting a book. Yep.

04:40
Uh, when I was, when I wrote real artists don’t starve, uh, I had some financial challenges while I was working through that book and, it is kind of interesting, right? Like I think that, that the work is always kind of a mirror back to you. it’s, it’s, it’s when I write a book, I’m always going, do I really believe this? And I think it just creates a heightened sense of awareness where I’m paying attention to my life. Anyway, that’s not why I started a writing and editing agency.

05:08
I think the long story short is I got bored with working with people that were somewhere far out there. And I sold, you for those who don’t know, was selling online courses for years, had tens of thousands of students over the years, made millions of dollars doing that, been doing that since 2012. And I just kind of got bored. And I think I got a little bit tired of selling a $500 kind of go at your own pace, self-guided video course.

05:37
and wondering if people were succeeding. I would hear from people once in a while, but for every one or two people that said, your course changed my life, there were dozens of people that I never heard from again. And I could look at the stats and see not everybody was finishing the courses and they were getting harder to sell. And I was getting bored of coming up with the next marketing trick to get people to buy.

06:07
The long story short is I had a midlife crisis. went through a divorce. Uh, it was 2020, uh, and courses weren’t selling as well. And, um, I had got, I had started a side gig, uh, writing books for authors. Um, and the first book that I wrote as a ghost writer was, um, for my friend, our friend, Grant Baldwin, who, was the first. did not know that he was the first. And you were actually my second client. Um,

06:36
And there were books that were published in between, but, um, as soon as grant was done, I think he connected us pretty shortly after that. started kind of kicking the idea around and it just took that long to publish a book. Yeah. And so, um, it was harder to sell courses. I wasn’t into it. I wasn’t interested in figuring out the latest innovation to convince people to buy my info product. And I was enjoying, was enjoying clients paying me tens of thousands of dollars to.

07:06
uh, work with them on a book, which I love books. Uh, now there were, there were pains in the ass that I was not expecting about, you know, running a service based business that we can talk about if you want. Um, but it just sounded fun and new and, interesting. And, in, uh, 2020, kind of had two businesses. was doing the ghost writing and editing, uh, stuff, helping authors write and publish books. And then I was also trying to keep the info product business going.

07:34
It was too much to manage and in 2021 I sunsetted all of my courses. did a big flash sale, sold them all, put them in a vault, can’t buy them anymore, and then went all in on the agency work. Wow. I mean, I could have told you that running an agency would have been a pain in the butt. Well, while we were working on this book together, I was like, oh yeah, this is, you know, this is harder than I thought.

08:01
But you don’t know, you don’t really know how hard something is until you do it. But I am enjoying it. I’m enjoying the challenge of learning how to run an agency. And I do miss selling products. I’ll probably get back into that eventually. Because I think they actually pair well, nicely together. I mean, there’s stuff that I have to share with the world that, you know, people aren’t going to pay $50,000 for that can be, you know, that people still need to hear and understand. About half of what I do now is

08:31
is just educate people on the process of what it takes to publish a book. Yeah, I was just gonna say it’d be a shame if you didn’t write another book. But I totally read another book. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. All right, Jeff, let’s, let’s talk about writing a traditionally published book. In a prior episode, I had my buddy Chandler bolt on to talk about self publishing. When I came to you, I had no intention of self publishing. And

08:58
but I didn’t know what I was getting into. And I’m just kind of curious, your experience with me, is that very similar to some of the other people that you had? Because I came to you, I had like thousand blog posts, I probably had 400 videos, I had like 300 podcasts, and I kind of just dumped all that onto you. Yeah, it is a type of book that we see. I would say there’s a couple of different types of books that we work on.

09:28
One is somebody has an idea and nothing else. And we’ve got to dive into the process of figuring out what that thing is together. I’m working on a book right now where the author has a big platform, know, well known internet personality. And they had a previous book, you know, that was a big book as well. But this person just has an idea.

09:52
You know, and, and they don’t have a lot of content around the idea. They’re, they’re sort of learning what the book is through the writing process, which I’ve written books like that before I get it. Um, that requires lots of this, lots of FaceTime, lots of interviews, lots of kind of teasing out the concepts, writing, rewriting. Um, I’ve got a couple of books that I’m working on right now that are like that. So that’s one type is they have an idea, but not much else. And you have to figure out what it is. You got to pull the book out of them. It’s, it’s in them. The second.

10:21
Um, which is probably the easier kind of book to write. It’s the kind of book that you and I worked on kind of book that grant had where typically, um, you know, the person has like an online course, they’ve got an info product there. They’re no stranger to writing podcasting, creating content. And, and we just have to figure out where is the book in all of this stuff, right? Like what is the through line that makes sense and, how can we build a book out of this content?

10:49
Um, now as you know, I mean, it wasn’t just like, we’re not just recycling blog posts. We still want to like structure the book. There’s a lot of, there’s a lot of content creation that happens, but there’s breadcrumbs out there that we’re sort of piecing together. Um, and I don’t know, maybe there’s a third type that I can’t think of, but those are probably the two main types that someone comes in and they say, Hey, I want to write a traditionally published book. What are you asking them? Like,

11:18
from what I was told from some of the people that I talked to, not everyone can get a book deal, right? So how can you, do you make any guarantees? How can you tell if someone’s going to be able to get a book deal and be traditionally published? never make guarantees. And I typically don’t take on projects that I don’t think will succeed. Meaning I wouldn’t help somebody try to write a book proposal and sell the book to a publisher if I didn’t think it was going to end up in a book deal.

11:47
because it’s a waste of time for both of us. And then I’m getting paid for something that literally didn’t like, there’s nothing. If you, if I helped you write a book proposal, this is how we started working together. Um, you paid me to write that book proposal and, and I did that going, Hey, that’s a good payday. Um, but, uh, if it doesn’t result in a book deal, you’re not happy, know, like, it’s not like you could do anything with a book proposal. And I, and I did that because I was like, you know, hopefully this is going to lead to a book deal.

12:16
that leads to a bigger payday for me and we can work on this thing together and both feel good about writing a book that hopefully goes out into the world and succeeds. So for those who don’t know, if you’re going to get a traditional book deal, the first thing that you need is a book proposal. And before you get that, you want some sort of platform. And I wouldn’t work with somebody who had fewer than say 10,000 people on their email list because a publisher or an agent is just not going to pay attention to it.

12:43
Um, and they didn’t have some sort of like original kind of interesting idea. Um, what was so interesting to me about you is running all of these businesses, being, uh, an achiever, know, like being a driven, ambitious guy and, putting your family first, having your life relatively balanced and, you know, being able to make it all work with being a husband, being a dad and, and being around for your kids’ games and stuff. I thought that was a cool idea.

13:13
Um, it’s something that lots of people talk about. Few people do. It’s one thing to say family first. It’s another thing to do it. So you had the platform, you had an interesting idea. Um, and, and I thought this will probably lead to a book deal and, it felt like a fun thing to, to work on. Do you have like a set of minimum requirements? So you mentioned 10,000 email subs. What else? I know there’s nothing hard and fast, but I literally wouldn’t work on a, I wouldn’t work on a, I wouldn’t.

13:42
I wouldn’t try to help an author sell a novel. wouldn’t work on any fiction. I would work on a memoir, that is typically we’re working on nonfiction, advice, self-help, personal development kind of books. But I wouldn’t work on something that one, I didn’t believe in, or two, just felt boring to me. Like if you said, Jeff, I wanna put together, I just wanna, here’s all my blog posts, build me a book out of this, we’re gonna call it.

14:10
My wife quit her job and which is not a bad name for a book. Um, but like there was, there wasn’t like any umph in it. There wasn’t something that got me excited. Um, that’s my first spiel. I think I shared it with you when we talked. It’s like, Hey, like I can’t work on something that’s boring to me. Cause I’ll just check out and I’ll refer you to somebody, but, but I won’t work on something that, doesn’t personally challenge me in some way. You’ll refer me to one of your enemies. mean? Yeah.

14:38
There’s, mean, this is a pretty generous space. Uh, the space of ghost writers and collaborators, collaborators, editors. And we all know that, um, you can’t take on every client just due to time. And so there’s, there’s a number of writers that I know that do good work that either, um, the author can’t afford me or it’s just not a good fit or I don’t have time and they’re not willing to wait. Um, but no, this was, this was fun. It was exciting. And, um,

15:07
I’d only, when I took you on as a client, cause we started with the book proposal, uh, I only done one book before that. You didn’t tell me that when I signed on. Yeah. Well, there’s certain things that you do say in a sales pitch and certain things that you don’t. Okay. So this proposal actually took, ended up taking a year. It did. Is that typical or it’s not a typical, I mean, I tell people it takes a minimum three to four months.

15:37
Um, and, and then there, the way we do it, there is sort of a progression of steps that has to happen. One, the author and I and our, and our team, um, uh, I work with a small team. It takes us about three months to write the first draft of the proposal. Uh, then we want to get an agent on board, right? We want to, not an Asian, that’s you. We want to get an agent on board to represent it. That might take another two to three months of going back and forth so that the agent is pleased.

16:07
And then they’ve got to shop it and get it in front of various publishers. And that took, I don’t know, a month or two. can’t remember. Yeah. Can we just talk about the agent? So my agent’s Roger. Shout out to Roger. Why do you need an agent? I was wondering that because I was looking at the contract and you know, they get a cut. they do. They get 15 % of everything, advance royalties, et cetera. You don’t need an agent. I mean, that’s the bottom line. You can do a book deal without an agent.

16:36
It is the equivalent to buying a house without a real estate agent. And people do that. It’s not, you can totally do that. Um, and I, I personally wouldn’t do it I don’t know that much about real estate and I don’t know that much about contract law. And, and so, um, an agent is, um, sort of like legal representation. It’s like having a lawyer. They’re not a lawyer, but they typically have a legal team. Um,

17:03
because they’re an agent is often part of an agency or they’ve, they’ve got a really great boiler template contract. Um, they’re looking for loopholes or looking for ways that the publisher might try to screw you and you not be aware of that. Um, and, uh, I like working with agents because many of them, ours included Roger, uh, come from publishers. have a background in publishing. Roger was an editor at Harper Collins, the publisher that you ended up working with and they help make the book better.

17:32
And, um, so why do need an agent? They usually help you get more money. So they pay for themselves. That’s, that’s generally understood in the marketplace that unagented authors make less money. Right. So, you know, if you could go get a hundred thousand book deal, a hundred thousand dollar book deal on your own, um, you know, an agent should be able to make you an extra, you know, 20, 30 grand to sort of pay for himself. So, you know, that’s the thing. One thing too, you.

18:01
Just, I mean, you’re signing a contract and you’re signing an intellectual property contract, especially if you’ve got courses, any sort of content IP, most of these contracts with publishers say that they own any derivative products or projects. Um, so if you had like, let’s say your core, you a course called the family first entrepreneur course, and you wrote a book about that.

18:25
depending on how the contract was worded, the publisher could lay claim to that. had a name, I had a client where they had to rewrite the contract because of that, because they were literally naming their book with their entire content system. Their platform was, was already named after and the way the contract was written, it would have been a bad deal for them. And it’s not to say that the publisher would have laid claim to that, but they could have. it’s legal protection.

18:50
Um, and I would say, you know, it, it does make a good agent makes the content of the book better. And I think as, as we experienced with Roger, he helped us figure out, um, like how do we position this book in such a way where we’re going to get the best book deal with the best publisher that’s going to lead to the best book possible. Yeah. So did you use an agent for all of your books? Um,

19:17
Yeah, I have one self published book and I have four traditionally published books and an agent represented me on all four of those traditional books. So now that you’ve done it four times, you would still go with an agent, even though you kind of know the ropes? Probably. Yeah, because I still don’t, you know, I still don’t read contract law very well. If I didn’t use an agent, I do have what a lot of agents have.

19:47
that most authors don’t have, which is I have a network now. I could call up any number of acquisitions editors at Penguin Random House, Harper Collins, you name it, all the big publishers, and probably get the attention of a publisher. But I’m not a great negotiator, and it’s never, I don’t enjoy negotiating on behalf of myself. But I do have the contacts, and if I didn’t have an agent,

20:17
I would get an IP lawyer to look at the contract. But an agent typically is bringing relationships, they’re bringing the legal, they’re bringing a little bit of editorial, and they’re just making sure that you get the best deal possible. And they also bring the Rolodex, right? Yeah, that’s right. For the most part. All right. So if I remember the process is kind of a blur now since it was

20:45
I want to say a couple of years ago now. Three years ago. I remember just hopping on a bunch of meetings with publishers and then Roger just set a date in the future, some arbitrary date and they all put in their bids and we just kind of selected the winner. That’s right. Yeah. And then it came to writing. I am curious about the writing part. So I know how we did it. You know, I had all this content already and it just kind of needed to be molded into something cohesive and whatnot.

21:16
Is this typically how you work? Yeah. I think ours was fairly asynchronous. Sometimes I do more meetings with an author if it’s necessary. I think we met only a handful of times, recorded those, transcribed them, and

21:37
Uh, started doing what I call building the book, which isn’t quite writing where we’re just kind of taking words and we’re throwing them on the page. If you remember the first couple drafts of the book were ugly and and it was, bad writing. Like a book has to be really bad before it gets really good. Um, I know of no other way to write a book. Um, so is it typical? Uh, again, I think there’s kind of those two types of books. There’s the type of book where.

22:04
The author has the idea in their mind, but they haven’t really created much content around it. In which case we’re getting together doing weekly zooms. I’m asking them questions, uh, transcribing that, turning that into writing, editing that, turning that into like stuff that they get to look at and respond to. Uh, the second type is kind of what we did, which is you have a lot of this content already created and we just kind of have to start putting the pieces together. And then you would go through the manuscript and say,

22:33
I’ve got a story about this. Go check out this podcast. Yeah. I mean, I probably read the thing like 25 times. No joke. You probably read it more than I did. Oh yeah. Easily. I’m sure. And then I had my wife read it. Yeah. Yeah. That was, um, but you did a good job in my estimation. You a good job of not, um, doing that too early, you know, trusting the process and, then when it was time to make it really good and you were signing off on pieces of the book, um,

23:03
Yeah, you were pretty meticulous with it in a good way, I think. So the book, I want to say it took a year, right? a year. That’s right. And then now we’re at the phase where I’m at now, which is marketing. And you had a lot of input during the marketing process. And then you introduced me to a coach, which I’m using. I know when you wrote your best seller, was the art of work, right? Yeah. Real artists don’t starve.

23:32
Wall Street Journal as well. Yep. Oh, it did. Okay. Which one sold more? Did Art of Work? Art of Work sold more copies. Yeah. Okay. It sold almost 100,000 copies. Right. Yeah. So that’s crazy. how did you, how many did sell in week one?

23:49
Uh, think we pre sold 15,500 books and about 8,000 of those books, uh, shipped in week one and another 7,000 or so shipped in week two. were intentionally trying to, uh, game the system a little bit to hit the New York times bestseller list. And we did not achieve that goal. So I’m curious though, I know I’ve been trying to hit like five or 6,000 books and that’s been a

24:19
That’s been a haul. Can you just kind of describe like what your audience size was when you hit those crazy numbers? had 50,000 email subscribers. And then I had social media, but we tracked all this stuff. And I had a tracking link, I create affiliate products in my old shopping cart. And I had a tracking link for every different type of medium, email, I had a bunch of affiliates that were helping me sell the book.

24:48
but I had one for email, I had one for Facebook, I had one for Twitter, I had one for my blog, and then had one for everybody that was mailing on behalf of me. And it was like 90 % of the sales came from email. so I basically had a 50,000 person email list, and then I had a network of online marketers that were willing to help me promote the book, and we did a free plus shipping campaign.

25:18
Oh, wow. Okay, so you were she was intense, man. As I told you, it was it about broke me. The hardcover book on a free plus shipping offer. You’re you’re taking a good chunk out of that, right? I mean, it it was a paperback, but it was 1499. And we we did 699 shipping and handling. And so I was eating about $8 on every book. So it launched in paperback. Oh, yeah. Yeah. Interesting. Does that happen today? It can this was

25:50
This was a book that didn’t really know what it was. was published by a Christian publisher. It was like a career book. And I had written a couple of smaller books before then, but I was trying to leverage my online business connections. So I intentionally wrote a book that my friends would be able to promote. And I didn’t even know. Like when the book…

26:17
was getting ready to come out. was is this coming out of paperback or hardcover? Sometimes authors don’t know the right questions to ask. And sometimes publishers don’t always hold your hand and walk you through the process. Right. Um, which is why I like to do that. Like when I’m working with a client, I think of myself as a Sherpa, like I’m trying to guide you through the process and help you think of the things that I didn’t know to ask until I wrote five of these books. Um, so is it common? Yeah, it happens. This was not a business book. This was like a personal development.

26:47
um, career advice book, um, specifically targeted at younger people, I would say. And so we were trying to keep it, um, cheaper and, more cost effective. maybe that, book was a lot older than real artists don’t starve. You hit the wall street journal for that one. Can I ask how many copies you hit on, like the first week? 2900, 2,000. Yeah. Not a ton. And that was a primary or email list. Cause I remember when we were talking, you were like,

27:15
Yeah, Steve, you want to get on at least 150 podcasts. I’m like, Oh my god, that’s like, I mean, I have 150 podcasts I could go on. Sure. That’s like an hour each. And I was just calculating the time commitment just to do that. Yeah. And it was something that I don’t think I could have done. think that was smart of you. I mean, my my approach to my approach to hitting all the lists in the past has been kind of this shotgun approach. And I think it was this it was very smart the way you thought about this and and

27:44
ran your strategy when I did, when I did art of work, I probably did 250 podcasts. Um, I did everything. mean, it was like desperate. was my, my ego was, was desperate for a, for a hit and, it, and it worked, you know, I hit every bestseller list except for the New York times list. Um, and it sold 50,000 copies in the first year and led to a major book deal. It changed my career as an author for sure, it,

28:14
It was hard. And then, so the next time I did it, I was like, I’m not doing that again. Real Artists Don’t Start was a business hardcover book. I did a number of podcasts, kind of like you, maybe 20, 30, something like that, a bit more strategically chosen. I had a number of folks promote it, and then I promoted it to my email list, which was a bit larger at that point. It might have been 100,000 at that point. I’m curious, so back when you were…

28:42
I guess we’re podcasts even around back during the art of work. probably aren’t as big. Yeah, that book came out in 2015. Okay. Okay. Yeah. So you said you tagged everything. We tracked it all with affiliate links. Yeah, as much as we could. So the 200 podcasts, and again, this is really hard to track on a podcast, but what percentage would you have affiliated with the podcast? There were a number of podcasts that that moved.

29:10
a good chunk of books. was on Jordan Harbinger, who’s a mutual acquaintance, friend of ours. He still was on the Art of Charm. I mean, that book like that single podcast moved a couple hundred books pretty quickly. Wow. That was, that was the exception, not the rule. You know how hard it is to just move, you know, sell a few hundred copies of book. It’s not easy. So the breakdown was about a third of the sales. pre-sold 15,000 books.

29:38
About 5,000 of those books came from my email list, which was good. That’s a 10 % conversion. That’s fantastic. It was awesome. Now keep in mind, it was a free plus shipping offer. was like, I’m going to give you the book for free. And it was a six week mailing campaign to my list. The other two thirds came from affiliates. So, you know, think of that however you want to think of it. But really if you want to sell a bunch of copies of a book and you’re not

30:07
getting other people to promote your book, you’re leaving two thirds of the sales on the table. So if you’re just writing a book to sell to your audience, you’re missing it. And this is across the board. Um, Mark Manson told me about, uh, the subtle art of not giving an F that, um, he could track maybe 50,000 sales, uh, of his book, uh, that had sold, you know, 12 million copies or something worldwide.

30:36
50,000 he could connect to his email list, which was a million people at the time. Wow. So it really is about you’ve got to have a big idea and you’ve got to plan it in a bunch of fields and see what grows. So a third came from my audience. The other two thirds came from people promoting it. Most of which happened through, um, emailing, not podcasts, but you know, I would say there were a couple thousand cause I did so many of them. There were a couple thousand books that we sold via podcasts.

31:06
You mentioned affiliate. Does that imply that the people helping you promote got a cut? They got a cut. So what we did was we did, um, uh, we did free plus shipping and then there was an upsell. So I created a course for, for the book. There was a $200 upsell. And so the idea was all we needed was like, I don’t know, a 7 % conversion rate on the upsell to make back our seven bucks, right? We needed every X amount of person.

31:36
you know, every so many people to every 20th person, whatever it ended up being to spend $200 to make up, you know, everything else. We ended up having a 4 % conversion rate and I had to find a way to make up the difference, but that’s a whole other story. And so if you were an affiliate, I gave you whatever it was, maybe 40 % commission off of the $200 upsell. Interesting. So they buy the book and then you try to sell them a course on

32:06
What was course? was, it was a course on how to, the book was about how to find your calling, how to discover your purpose in life and do the work that you were meant to do. And so I, basically took every chapter from the book and turned it into a lesson. And the big surprise was that did not work well. That people was thinking to myself 4 % isn’t horrible. Wasn’t bad, but I had, I don’t know, $200,000 in expenses. mean, that whole thing went sideways because

32:35
Uh, I sold it internationally and so a thousand people in Australia bought the book and I was having to spend $20 in shipping per book to ship it over to Australia. There was all kinds of crazy stuff. So I had about 200 grand that I needed to make up and I had $70,000 in my bank account. And basically I done the math that if I sold, you know, 10,000 books at, know, if I sell 10,000 books and I put whatever it was, seven, seven bucks into it, that if.

33:05
I didn’t get anybody to convert. I’d lose 70 grand. And I was like, okay, I can like, I’ve got 70 grand in my bank account. It would clear me out, but I’d be fine. And that is, that’s what I thought was the worst case scenario. That was not the worst case scenario. The worst case scenario was I ended up, you know, having an unexpected $50,000 tax bill. had a $150,000 in expenses because we sold more books than we thought. We had all of these other things going on. Um, and so a couple, I learned a couple of things. One, the worst case scenario.

33:34
Could always be worse. think you, you know how that goes. Yeah, I do. Yeah. Two, um, uh, people that buy a book don’t necessarily want the video version of that book. Cause I haven’t read the book yet. Yeah. Yeah. Um, and three, this was the good lesson that I learned even when I went, when I feel like my back is up against a wall, I can always pull a rabbit out of a hat. And basically what happened was I was

34:02
essentially facing bankruptcy, I thought, you know, I was completely over leveraged. had never taken on any debt in the business. was super conservative and I got this platinum Amex card to run all of these purchases, you know, and I had a $60,000 balance on that and this line of credit over here. It was just crazy. And then I, and I, I think I reached out to Derek Halpern and I was like, Hey man, I got to figure this out. And he looked at my sales page and he’s like, that’s a shit show.

34:31
And he goes, find one thing that everybody wants and sell it to him. I don’t care if it has anything to do with your book. And I wrote up this, this, I went back to what I knew, which was most of my audience is writers. They want to build a platform, make money. I’m going to, I’m going to resell an old course, pair it with the book. And I, I had about, uh, two, was, I was upside down. I was about, had about $200,000 in debt because of this book launch. And I made about 250 K in two weeks with this.

34:59
a product launch that I just kind of pulled together after the book. That sounds so stressful. It was so stressful. Yes. There were parts of your book that I could relate to in terms of like, you know, just hustling for some reason to get to some goal and then it almost costing you everything. You know what’s funny about all this is, uh, yeah, so I, I was taught by you and my book launch coach to not sell the book, sell the bonuses.

35:27
I didn’t do the, I didn’t have any upsells. I just gave a bunch of stuff for free for buying the book. I wonder if that, if your strategy would have been better. Well, the cool thing is, you know, like it’s not like you missed an opportunity, you know, so you sell, you know, five, six, 7,000 books in the first couple of weeks. And then a month after that, you know, you’re going to have readers, you’re to have people who have read the book and, are now,

35:57
converted and a really good thing for you to do in the next month or two is to sell them your course, sell them the e-commerce course, which I think is, um, is a perfect fit. What I learned was you don’t have to create a new product around the book. The book is a new product and it should connect everything else that you sell. Right.

36:17
I don’t know that an upsell to a book always makes a ton of sense because they’re like, no, I’m waiting for the book. I want to read the book. And I heard that from a lot of people is well, I’m to read the book first before I take the course. that makes sense. Yep. Well, can we just talk about the effects? So you did sell a ton of books. Yeah. Uh, were they measured? Were the effects measurable? Like what happened? Um,

36:41
What happened? launched your, you said it launched everything, but what, what, happened was, um, every major publisher and every major agent, um, contacted me and they said, I’d love to represent you. I’d love to sign you for another book. talked to Malcolm Gladwell’s first aid, uh, agency that represented him. mean, kinds of crazy stuff happened. Um, and I got to connect with people that I, that I otherwise wouldn’t have gotten to connect with, um, that heard about the book and,

37:11
What was cool about the way that we did this because we ran it all through my shopping cart, not through Amazon. Everybody who pre-ordered the book, I had their emails. had 15,500 new emails. ended up being about 20,000 people when it was all over. That was cool. I I made millions of dollars off of those people over the following years, just them getting into my marketing system, you know, and hearing about products. And we tracked all that stuff for the next 12 months or so.

37:42
Uh, it led to a bigger book deal. Um, the, art of work, um, was a $50,000 book deal and the next book deal I got was $150,000 advance. That was, that was cool. It was a hardcover book. Um, I was now, I am now a bestselling author as a result of that book, uh, which was what I wanted. I wanted a title. Um, and nobody could talk me out of that. You know, I, I, you and I had similar conversations. I was like,

38:12
Yeah. Um, yeah. And, uh, and it was, it was a net positive and I’ll never do it again. That was my next question. Actually. mean, looking back, any regrets or could you have gotten, gotten the same amount for just without killing yourself with three plus shipping? Yeah. Um, any regrets? Um, uh, I would do it differently now.

38:40
I would 80 20 it for sure. I don’t think a free plus shipping deal is a bad idea. You just got to know what you’re getting into. I would have done all the interviews. I would have just done emailing about 70, not quite 80 % of our sales came from like 10 major influencers, 10 major partners. Um, and I had a bunch of JV partners that were like, I did a webinar one time with somebody and like three people showed up, you know,

39:08
And instead of canceling the webinar, I was, you know, super nice and I delivered a pitch to buy a book for, you know, like three people. mean, was just, your conversion rate like 33 %? It was a killer conversion rate. I think it was a 0 % conversion rate. It was very discouraging to talk to three people. You know, they say if you just reach one person, it’ll be worth it. Not really. Although I guess you could have repurposed that content.

39:36
that you gave also, so maybe it wasn’t a net loss. Yeah, there was a bunch of really bad things that happened that I couldn’t have anticipated. Like Barnes and Noble, you can do this to this day. If you have a contact at Barnes and Noble, you can pre-sell a book to your audience, collect all of those orders, and then send a spreadsheet to Barnes and Noble with a credit card on file, and they’ll ship and scan each of those orders individually.

40:05
And I did that and Barnes and Noble didn’t ship the books. They kept them in a warehouse for about three and a half weeks. And so imagine you, Steve Chu, ordered a book from me, say three weeks before the book came out, and then the book comes out and the books are supposed to start shipping. Two, three weeks later, you see everybody’s getting their books. You see people can buy it on Amazon and get it the next day through Amazon Prime, and you still don’t have your book.

40:30
I was getting hundreds, because this was like an order of 3,500 books that Barnes & Noble was to ship. Wow. I was getting hundreds of emails every single day of people saying I had scammed them, I had lied to them, I had cheated them out of their $7. That was intense. So even though was good to get whatever 20,000 new emails through the book promotion and it was a net positive, I’ll probably never do that again where I act as the bookseller.

40:58
Um, and if I do, I’ll, I’ll, be a bit more aware because it turns out Amazon has a pretty hard job and I don’t want it. I don’t want to have to deal with tens of thousands of, mean, you know what it’s like. I don’t want to do it. Tens of thousands of angry customers who are like, where the hell is the thing that I bought yesterday that was supposed to ship? Yeah. That’s why I didn’t want to take orders for this book. I just haven’t submit the receipt, which is actually kind of a lot of work in itself too. Uh, if you want to verify them.

41:28
Uh, I actually, yeah. Yeah. I ended up just having someone verify them because you know, it’s a lot. It’s a lot. Yeah. Let me ask you this question. You said you had a bunch of orders shipped to Australia. Those books actually don’t even count, right? They did count because we bought them here and we shipped them to Australia. Oh, clever. Okay. And we did that with, we did that with, we did that with, um, Canada too. I see some books we were able to buy locally and shoot. mean, dude, like

41:58
It was crazy. Months later, I was like buying books on like, you know, some, I don’t know, some some random, you know, bookstore in Luxembourg, you know, that that carried my book, was shipping it locally to somebody for $23 or something. It was it was intense, man. Let me ask you this. Would you say

42:22
Authors who aren’t like super well known, like the books don’t sell by accident, right? Would you say that all authors who hit the best seller list have some sort of campaign going on? No, I would say most do. Um, and especially business authors. Um, but you know, Stephen King isn’t running a best seller campaign. course. JK Rowling. Uh, but even like somebody like Brené Brown, um, she’s got everybody knows her and she’s got such widespread appeal. She’s probably going to hit New York times list regardless.

42:51
she’s still probably running a strategic campaign. You know, she’s still probably got somebody. I don’t know that. I don’t know. Brene and, I may be wrong about that, but in my experience, uh, almost always there’s some sort of strategy. It is not an accident. Well, uh, last question, since, you, told me that you self published one book, uh, what are just, are your thoughts self versus traditional? So because of the,

43:21
nature of this work where I’m working on a few books a year with clients like I did with you, I get to see a lot more of the publishing industry than I did as an author. And I get to see it a little bit more objectively. I’m a bit less emotional than I would be if it were my book. Um, and I see the good, bad, and ugly, you know, um, all publishing deals are not the same. Um, all publishers, even though they might have big names or all publishing teams on various publishers are not equal. Some are.

43:50
great, some are not great. Um, and, uh, I’ve, I’ve worked on traditionally published books with authors where, where we realized at the end of it probably would have been better or easier just to self publish. Um, and, and sometimes it’s worth it. I would say if you want to hit a bestseller list, it is not necessary that you work with a traditional publisher, but recommended it’s harder to do as a self published author, um, for a number of reasons. Um,

44:19
If you want a higher quality editorial team, um, typically you get that with the traditional publisher, not always, but, typically this is something that you can piece together on your own, but it’ll cost you tens of thousands of dollars to pull that together. Um, and in terms of like, uh, uh, the other thing that I like about working with a traditional publisher is, um, if your book starts to move as your book is Steve, it makes it easier to get international distribution.

44:50
So it is likely that in the next year you will start getting offers through your publisher for translation rights. And it makes sense that, you know, they, they might want to publish, uh, you know, a Chinese version or a Korean version. Um, uh, it makes sense that, that, uh, they might want to do a Spanish version. And the way that works is publishers in those countries typically are buying the sub rights to publish your book from your publisher.

45:20
in their own country and that’s a hard, I’ve done that. have a self published book and I’ve sold into other international markets. It’s a bit harder to do on your own. And so if you want a book that you don’t need to make a ton of money off of, but it, it kind of establishes you as an authority and creates other income streams. Um, it’s still better to traditionally publish, but, I’ll tell you this. mean, I, um, I wanted, uh, since

45:48
2020, 2019, you know, I mentioned midlife crisis. started writing poetry, which is something I used to do as a kid. And I got back into it. And I’d been writing poetry just kind of as a thing that I do as a form of creative expression. And I wanted to publish a book of poems and give it to my wife for Christmas. And the easiest way for me to do that was to just publish it on Amazon. And so I designed the book myself.

46:17
I wrote all the poems, obviously, I designed the book cover, I did it all myself. And I worked with KDP, which is Amazon’s self publishing arm. And I had so much fun doing that. And I was like, this is kind of cool, you know, like, and I did it in two weeks, like I’d spent years writing the poems, but I laid the book out, publish it and had a physical copy in my hand, you know, it’s it’s sitting over here on our mantle. Yeah, in like two weeks. And I’ll probably do that again for some projects because I liked that I liked that

46:47
I don’t need to spend two or three years working on idea and jumping through this hoop and that hoop and whatever to get the product out. Um, so I would say, uh, I’m not quite ambivalent about it. If I had a big idea that I would have wanted to put out in the world, I’d still work with a traditional publisher. But if I had something that I just, knew my audience would sell, it was kind of a niche product or I wanted to make some good money and I just wanted to control all the costs, keep all the profit. would self publish. Yeah.

47:16
I think that’s what I got to ask that question. think that’s pretty much the answer I gave also. Yeah. Cause you know, it’s, like, you know, you’re not doing it for the money. Um, and you’re not doing it cause it’s, you know, easy. Um, but it is an authority play for sure. And if you do it right, it can create these ripple effects. mean, I’ve gotten international speaking opportunities as a result of, you know, writing real artists don’t starve the ING bank.

47:43
had me come speak at a symposium that they had in the Netherlands for artists. It was cool. Cool. Yeah. And that book didn’t sell super well, but it hit a best seller list. It’s been translated into multiple languages. You know, it’s, um, uh, one, two, three, four. This is the art of work. mean, like that’s, that’s a fun thing. That’s hard to pull off as an indie author. Yeah. Cool. Yeah. Jeff.

48:13
I’m not sure after this talk if anyone out there listening is gonna want to do a book but if they are Highly recommend you where can people find you? You can find our team at fresh complaint comm We help authors plan write edit and publish books we can do some of that or all of it and and if we can help, know, just fill out the intake form let us know and my job is to

48:40
Always leave somebody better than I found them. So worst case scenario, if you’ve got a book idea and we’re not a good fit for you, we’ll make some recommendations on what your next steps can be. I mean, just to be frank, I, there’s no way family first entrepreneur would have happened without fresh complaint. Although I did have some fresh complaints during the process, but maybe that’s a subject of another episode as they, they, as they all do now. Thanks. were, you were easy to work with Steve and I really enjoyed the process and

49:09
I felt really challenged working on this book with you. There were moments when I was working through the manuscript and I was like, oh yeah, this area of my life is out of balance. This book, just working on it, because I read it many times too, made me a better dad, husband, and entrepreneur. Thank you for the opportunity to work on it. really did affect me. Hope you enjoyed that episode.

49:36
And once again, this is the last call to redeem over $690 in free bonuses. Order the Family First Entrepreneur Now over at Amazon or go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book for more info. And if you want to publish your own book, head on over to freshcomplaint.com. And once again, I want to thank Zipify Apps. If you want to instantly boost your revenue with pre and post purchase upsells, go check it out over at zipify.com. I also want to thank Link Whisper.

50:04
Now if you want to take search engine optimization seriously with your blog, then you absolutely need an internal link tool like Link Whisper. Go check it out at linkwhisper.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequarterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

459: Unexpected Twists On My Book Publishing Journey – A Behind The Scenes Look | Family First Friday

459: Unexpected Twists On My Book Publishing Journey - A Behind The Scenes Look

Welcome to a new segment of the show called Family First Fridays.

Most of you know that for the past 3 years, I’ve been working on a book called The Family First Entrepreneur which is being published by Harper Collins.  

I’ve been getting a ton of questions about the process of writing a book so in this episode, I’m going to give you a behind the scenes look into everything that I did to get this book published by a traditional publisher and receive a 6 figure advance.

What You’ll Learn

  • My reasons for writing a book
  • Self publishing vs traditional publishing
  • How to write, publish and market your own book to a big 5 publisher

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Now, welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. Now, today’s a very special episode because my book officially comes out next Tuesday, which is the culmination of three years of work. And I know that when Tuesday rolls around, it will feel somewhat anti-climatic.

00:27
but I did want to record a candid episode to describe all the work that I put in and the thought process behind everything. Now let’s start with the why. Why did I want to write a book in the first place? Now, contrary to popular belief, writing a book wasn’t really going to make me any sort of life-changing money or any money at all, actually. It probably won’t even have that much effect on my business. I’m just guessing this. And if there is a payoff, I knew that I wasn’t going to see anything for at least three years.

00:57
So writing a book obviously had zero to do with the money. Now, even though I did get a six figure advance for writing it, all the money, literally every penny of it went back into marketing the book. Now I had four main reasons for writing it. So one, for some reason, and I can’t even remember how this came about, I’ve always had writing a book on my bucket list and I never really considered myself a writer.

01:25
but I wanted to officially publish something at least once in my life. And along those same lines, I’ve always dreamed of walking my kids through Barnes and Nobles, actually at the time of Borders, but Borders went out of business, and basically showing them my book on the shelf. Incidentally, this is something that we’re gonna do Tuesday at the Barnes and Nobles in my area. Super excited about that, by the way. The third reason was that for as long as I’ve been doing business,

01:54
My mom has never really understood what I did for a living. And as a result of that, I don’t think she’s ever really fully appreciated any of the accomplishments that I’ve done in business. Let me just give you some examples here. When I started selling hankies, her first reaction was, really? Do people really wanna buy those? Can you really make a living selling them? Then when I started my blog over at MyWifeQuitHerJob, she was like,

02:22
how can a blog possibly make money? Are people gonna pay you to read your writing? And I was like, no, ma, that’s not how it works. I make money through advertising, affiliate marketing, and core sales. And I remember my mom asked me, affiliate what? When I started my podcast, she was like, wait a second here. So people are gonna pay you to listen to you speak for an hour. And I was like, no, ma, the podcast makes money with advertising.

02:51
It’s kind like radio. And then she was like, oh wait, you mean you own a radio station? And then I was like so fed up with it. I was like, no, not really. Nevermind. Don’t worry about it. Don’t worry about it. But when I told her that I was going to publish a book, she got all excited because for the very first time in my life, it was something that she could relate to because she buys books all the time. My mom is actually going to be here in the Bay Area for my very first book signing on May 18th at Books Inc in Palo Alto, California.

03:21
By the way, if any of you guys listening are in the Bay Area, you are more than welcome to stop by. I’ll probably say a couple of words, sign some books, and just hang out. You’ll get to meet my brother, who’s a judge. You’ll get to meet my wife, my kids will probably be there, and my mom, who discovered a cure for a disease. Everyone in the family is going to be in attendance. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash party. And incidentally, that’s going to be the link where I’m going to update you on where I’m going to be for all of my book parties.

03:50
all over the nation. Also, I just want to mention this, in the event that you see my book in a physical bookstore, please snap a photo of yourself with it, email it to me, and I’ll send you an official Family First Entrepreneur t-shirt. I designed the shirt, I think it looks pretty cool. Now I’ll have a form set up to automate everything, which I will place over at mywifequitterjob.com slash shirt. All right, so two links there, mywifequitterjob.com slash party for the book signings.

04:20
In the event that you see my book in the wild take a photo of yourself and submit the form over at my wife quitter job comm slash shirt Now the last reason which was kind of like an afterthought was that everyone has been telling me that a book is a great lead gen for my other businesses and That all the work would just pay off with an increase in respect and credibility Now supposedly having a book can lead to more speaking engagements as well

04:49
And that’s something I’m actually not that interested in. Although I mean, to be straight up, I think I could be bought, but it would probably require an inordinate amount of money for me to do the speaking circuit. Which leads me to the next questions that I’ve been getting asked. Why did I go traditionally published versus self-published? Now for me, self-publishing was never really on the table at all. In order to get your book into a Barnes and Nobles and have a chance of hitting a bestseller list,

05:19
pretty much need to be traditionally published. Now, while self-publishing will probably easily make you more money, money was never my goal. It was pride. I mean, it was ego, just to be quite frank. If I was to publish a book, I wanted it to be published by one of the big five publishers and hit one of the national bestseller lists. And in a way, this entire process kind of brought back memories of getting into college. When I was young,

05:46
I knew I wanted to go to Stanford to study electrical engineering. So I figured out exactly what I had to do to get in and I executed. Getting a book publishing deal was not any different and neither is hitting the best seller list. When I first started this book journey, I knew absolutely nothing about books. So the first thing that I did was hire someone who knew a lot about writing books and that person was Jeff Goins.

06:12
Incidentally, Jeff is gonna be coming on the pod and will likely be the next episode actually during launch. We’ll see if we can get that together. Jeff is a bestselling author of many books and he’s probably one of the most talented writers that I know. And we randomly met in 2015 at FinCon. He was one of the keynote speakers and I enjoyed his talk so much that I bought his book, which he signed and I still have his book on my shelf today. And at the time, I had no idea that I’d ever work with him, let alone…

06:41
ever even see him again. But things in life always seem to happen by accident. And I’m not sure if I’ve ever used this analogy on this podcast before, but I always think of life like playing the lottery. And the more people that I meet, and the more work that I do, and the harder I work, the more lottery tickets I get. And if you are able to amass enough lottery tickets, then good things are just bound to happen. And Jeff was just one of those lottery tickets that allowed me to hit the jackpot.

07:09
Now let’s shift gears and talk about the process. The first step was figuring out what the book was going to be about. Now most people start a book from complete scratch, which ironically looking back, I think it’s actually an easier process. When I first talked to Jeff about this book project, I already had about 800 blog posts of like 3000 words each, an online course with over 400 videos spanning over a hundred hours of content, probably like 350 episodes of my podcast and a bunch of YouTube videos.

07:39
That is a lot of content to go through. And the problem and the challenge was organizing that information because the topics I wrote about were just all over the place. I had posts on business in general, posts on e-commerce, posts on philosophy, posts on parenting, posts on investing, you name it. It was like all over the place. So the first piece of the puzzle was putting everything on the table. I literally just dumped all my content to Jeff and his team and they started going through it.

08:08
And from there, we had a bunch of meetings to sort everything out and just kind of talk it through. Now, I didn’t want to just put out any business book. And in my opinion, a lot of these business books out there, they’re all dime a dozen. And I didn’t want to put out a book that had already been written before. so, you know, I focused on my story and why I was different. And then after just kind of talking it through, for multiple hours with Jeff, it finally dawned on the both of us.

08:38
Most business books today are written by single guys who have no responsibilities in the world. Their priorities are to grow, grow, grow. And they have the time to hustle and work 80 hours a week because work is their number one priority. And I’ve interviewed over 450 entrepreneurs on the podcast who are just killing it. You guys have probably listened to some of these episodes. But what most of you guys don’t know is that many of the guests on my show aren’t really happy in their personal lives. They’re killing it in business, yes.

09:07
but not necessarily with the rest of their lives. I literally just got done with an interview with a very successful entrepreneur who’s in the middle of a divorce. I once interviewed a billionaire whose biggest regret in life was losing his family because he worked too hard. He spent too many hours in the office. Now, was I the only one who didn’t want to work that hard? Was I the only one who wanted to just be a great dad and spend more time with my kids? So I asked around a little bit and it turns out there are a lot of people like me out there.

09:37
We don’t want a business to become filthy rich. We want to start a business to be free and to make enough money to be free can be easily done without working 80 hours a week. In fact, right now I’m running two seven figure businesses in less than 20 hours per week. It can be done. So that became the theme of the book, Family First Entrepreneurship. Incidentally, in case you guys are listening to this and you don’t have a family, you don’t need to have a family in order to take advantage of the book. Essentially the book is about how to work less.

10:06
and make more money. Now the first step in this process was putting together a book proposal. I actually have it right in front of me right now as I’m recording this and looking back and I’m just reading this right now, it was pretty hilarious. First of all, this proposal was 49 pages long and divided into the following sections. Highlights about the author, about the collaborator, marketing and publicity about the book, the target market in the audience.

10:36
comparable titles, an annotated outline, and a sample chapter. Now creating this proposal literally took a year. I worked with Jeff on this. I didn’t even know what need to be in a proposal, but he walked me through the process. And then after the proposal was written, all 49 pages of it, I hired an agent to pitch the book to the big five publishers. I knew no one in this industry, so I needed an agent. And the advantage of having an agent

11:04
is that they already have relationships with editors at the big five publishing firms. So what my agent did is he shopped around the proposal to his contacts and his friends. And I met with a bunch of different publishers via zoom to see if my book was a good fit. And then we just set a date for each publisher to submit a bid. And on that date, we picked the winner. Kind of like selling a house. It really is. Ultimately, I decided to go with Harper Collins, mainly because of the editor Hollis. Hollis had worked with Gary Vee

11:34
and a ton of different authors in the past in the business space and we got along great. And if you guys are curious about the particulars of the actual book contract, I’m actually happy to share the exact terms in a separate episode. Let me run it by the publisher first before I do this, but I’m happy to share because again, I don’t care about the money, I don’t care about the contract, I’m an open book. But in a nutshell, I got a six figure advance and I get royalties of roughly 15 % per book sold.

12:04
And hypothetically speaking, let’s just use some round numbers here. Let’s say I got a hundred K advance to make up that advance, assuming the book costs 30 bucks, which it does would require about 22,000 books sold before I make any more money than the advance. And that’s pretty tough to do by the way. And I’m to get into that in a sec. Kind of like the economics. Anyway, the, after the contract was signed, it was time to start writing. And with the help of Jeff,

12:32
I was able to pump out the guts of the book within about nine months or so. Basically, we molded a lot of my existing blog posts and material into cohesive chapters, and then I recorded audio to fill in the blanks. And incidentally, that’s how I write a lot of my posts these days. I simply narrate into Google Docs and just edit the output, because I can speak a lot faster than I can write. Now, once I had my first draft, I sent it to the publisher for editing.

12:59
And I had heard a lot of horror stories in the past from friends where their editor forced them to change or cut out large portions of their book. But that definitely was not the case with HarperCollins. There was one time where I made some Asian jokes. You guys know me. I rip on Asians all the time in the book, and they suggested that I remove it. Now, since I was busting on China in this particular case, I decided to remove it because I do try to go to the Canton Fair every other year.

13:26
and I would hate to have my book blacklisted over there or somehow get stranded in China. Anyway, writing the book was probably the easiest part of the process, the most tedious, but I would say the most straightforward. Now the final step of the process is where I’m at now, marketing and the launch. Now let me just start by saying that selling and marketing a book has probably been one of the hardest things that I’ve ever had to do. It’s really hard to sell. The book is only 30 bucks.

13:55
but it’s actually harder to sell than a $2,000 course or even a $1,000 ticket to an event like the seller summit. And here’s why in this day and age of video, social media, TikTok, short form video, people just don’t read books as often as they used to. I looked it up in 2022, there was only 288 million printed books sold total. Now you contrast that to YouTube where five

14:24
billion videos are watched every single day. And don’t even get me started on TikTok and social media. The average TikTok user spends 1.5 hours per day on the platform. There simply isn’t as much of an attention span these days to read a book that can take you several hours to finish. People just want short-term dopamine hits these days, which makes me question the future of humanity. Anyway, here’s a stat that’s interesting. Only 48 % of adults finished one book.

14:54
in the last year. Anyway, you guys all know that my goal is to hit the bestseller list, which is no easy task. You have to sell five to 6,000 books in a single week in order to hit it. So what did I do? I wanted to hit it, so I hired a book launch coach. Now I’ll have them on the podcast at some point, but navigating the crazy world of book publishing and bestseller lists, it’s a whole episode into itself. So first off,

15:22
Those five to 6,000 books have to be hardcover and they have to be sold in the United States for it to count. E-books and audio books do not count, which is kind of backwards since so many people consume content electronically today. Like my wife, she only reads e-books. I have friends that only listen to audio books and to not count those seems kind of ridiculous to me. Anyway, my book launch coach told me flat out not to try to sell the book at all.

15:52
Instead, sell the bonuses and then throw in the book and I took that advice to heart. So right off the bat, I offered three incredible bonuses worth $690. My three day workshop on how to get started with a print on demand business, a two day course on how to make money with content, whether it be blogging, YouTube or podcasting, and my six week family first challenge, which starts in June, where I will walk everyone in a private Facebook group on how to find their next side hustle.

16:20
And it’s funny, when I first launched these bonuses, I might’ve sold 100 books total. And at that point, I knew that this was gonna be a major uphill battle to sell these books. So I’m gonna tell you my strategy right now. I had a four-prong attack to sell these books. So number one, I had the bonuses, which I just talked about. And in addition, I launched an expiring bonus every single week in the month of April to create a sense of urgency. This worked really well, by the way. I actually made most of my sales in April.

16:49
people often just need a kick in the butt to get started. Two, I went on a bunch of podcasts. Now, fortunately, I’ve developed a lot of friends with popular podcasts over the years and I’ve had them on my show. So for this launch, I basically called in lot of favors and at one point, I was recording like four podcast episodes per day. I don’t recommend this by the way. It’s both draining and exhausting and it remains to be seen what effect it will have on book sales.

17:18
Now regardless, going on a lot of podcasts at the same time is great for creating a buzz and immediate blitz, which hopefully we will move a lot of books on launch week. Three, I worked with a bunch of close friends to have them blast their email lists, announcing the book. And then four, this one was important, I worked with any company who has ever sponsored me in the past to buy books in bulk and have them distributed to their audience. So basically I would record videos.

17:45
do sponsored ad reads on my pod or write blog posts in return for books. Then the company would give them away to their list and then pass me a set of physical addresses for the books and we’d have them shipped out to these people. Here’s the thing about hitting the bestseller list. Every book sold has to have a unique person or IP address associated with it and you can’t simply buy 6,000 books or else it’s not going to count towards the bestseller list. And that’s what made this really challenging.

18:13
There are ways to buy yourself onto this list. So for example, an acquaintance of mine literally spent $1 million on ads to move books and this person eventually hit the New York Times bestseller list. But there was no way in hell, like I’m Asian, I’m frugal, there’s no way I was gonna spend more than my advance to promote my book. Anyway, here we are, exactly four days out and I’m pretty close to my goal. And every book counts though. So if you haven’t ordered the hardcover version yet,

18:42
I would love your support. I must say though, that this whole book experience has been extremely rewarding. There have been people who I haven’t heard from for years reach out to congratulate me or to help me push the book. And it’s been extremely gratifying. And you know, in any case, I hope you guys enjoyed this mini peek into my book publishing journey. And I actually hope to meet all of you at one of my book parties. First one is in Palo Alto, California on May 18th.

19:11
and the rest will be found at mywifequitterjob.com slash party. And in the event that you see my book in the wild, please take a picture of yourself holding the book and just send me the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash shirt. And I’ll send you the official family first entrepreneur t-shirt. Pre-order the book now over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. I appreciate you guys.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

458: The Ugly Truth About Selling On Amazon And The Hidden Fees With Vladi Gordon

458: The Ugly Truth About Selling On Amazon And The Hidden Fees With Vladi Gordon

Today, I’m thrilled to have Vladi Gordon on the show. Vladi is the founder of Sellerboard, a software that helps you track profit and loss when selling on Amazon FBA.

Having sold on Amazon for seven years now, I know that there are many hidden fees when selling on the platform. In this episode, Vladi and I reveal the ugly truth about selling on Amazon and how to calculate your true profit.

What You’ll Learn

  • How profitable is the average Amazon seller?
  • How to track your profit and loss on Amazon
  • The common fees that most sellers do not account for

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Zipify – Zipify One Click Upsell is a must have tool for Shopify store owners who want to increase their AOV instantly. Click here and try Zipify for FREE.

Link Whisper – Link Whisper is the internal linking tool that I use to grow the SEO traffic for my blog. It’s a must have tool! Click To Try Link Whisper

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quarter job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, have you ever wondered how profitable the average Amazon seller is and how much margin does the average Amazon seller make? Well, in today’s episode, my guests, Vladdy, Gordon and I break down all of Amazon’s hidden fees. Vladdy is a veteran Amazon seller and the founder of Sellerboard, which is software that helps you track profit and loss on Amazon. Enjoy the episode. But before we begin,

00:29
I wanted to thank Zipify Apps for sponsoring this episode. Now I’ve been teaching e-commerce for over a decade now, and I’ve been recommending one-click upsell for years. If you want to increase your revenue up to 10 % or more instantly without doing much work, one-click upsell lets you add both pre and post upsells to increase your average order value. Now this solution is almost guaranteed to boost your sales, and the best part is that Zipify only charges you when it actually generates you upsell revenue.

00:57
Zipify also offers an easy to use page builder so you can build your own landing pages and themes without knowing how to code. For more information, go to zipify.com. That’s Z-I-P-I-F-Y dot com. I also want to thank Link Whisper for sponsoring this episode. Now most of you who follow my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com know that I’ve increased the search engine traffic by almost 4x in just the past year. And a large part of that increase was because of Link Whisper.

01:25
Link Whisper is a WordPress and Shopify plugin that allows you to quickly add internal links to your content pages. And by adding internal links to the money pages on your website, you can easily sculpt and focus your link strength to the pages that make you the most money and to the ones that you want to rank and search. For more information, go to linkwhisper.com. That’s L-I-N-K-W-H-I-S-P-E-R.com. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony.

01:54
And unlike this one, where I typically interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:21
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Vladi Gordon on the show. Now, Vladi is the founder of Sellerboard, which is software that helps you track profit and loss when selling on Amazon FBA. And having sold on Amazon for seven years now, there are a ton of hidden fees and ways to lose money on the platform without even realizing it. Now, if you look on the internet with all these internet gurus showing off their seven and eight figure Amazon revenue numbers, what most people don’t realize are that these numbers are way inflated.

02:50
Amazon ups your revenue number whenever money comes in, but doesn’t deduct from that number your fees and other hidden costs, which we are gonna talk about today. And I can almost guarantee you that by the end of this episode, you’re wanna look back and reanalyze your sales numbers. Now before we get started, all I had to say is that if you don’t have some sort of Amazon profit tool installed, it’s gonna take a wizard to figure out your true profit or loss because Amazon obfuscates everything.

03:19
And with that, welcome to show. Wladi, how are you doing today? Hi, Steve. Thanks for having me. How are you? Yeah, it’s great to have you. Wladi, I always have to ask this question. know, tracking profit and loss on Amazon and running a business doing that, it’s not the sexiest business, right? So how did you get into this? Yeah, you’re right. It’s actually kind of a nerdy job in order to work on the numbers and crunch in data and

03:48
you know, search for errors. So yeah, my background is actually IT. I’m a software guy and I was doing this kind of things all my life. I worked as a software engineer at IBM and some other larger companies and then as a product manager. And it was all about the backend. So none of my like products were apps or you know, the next big thing, was all like the boring data backend.

04:18
But yeah, I think it’s kind of my world or my focus and something I’m good at. So I’m okay with that. I believe somebody has to do that job as well. You were an Amazon seller as well. Are you still selling or? No, so I’m not selling anymore, but you’re right. I was a seller myself. started, I think it was 2014, so like nine years ago. Oh, that’s like prime Amazon.

04:48
Yeah, those are the good old days. Yes, that’s right. So yeah, I live in Germany and I started this basically as a side hustle. And back then I was listening to different podcasts and to yours as well. And I thought, okay, maybe I could do something like this in Germany. Cause I wasn’t even aware that you could sell on Amazon from everywhere. It doesn’t matter in which country you’re.

05:16
based in, I could have also started to sell in the US, but I thought since I live in Germany, there’s Amazon in Germany, so maybe this model will work as well. And back then, was the time when virtual reality was a hype. I mean, it’s kind of still a thing or hype and we have metaverse and stuff, but back then, these were really the first days of virtual reality. And I found a product,

05:44
Basically, it was a piece of cardboard which you could fold and it had two lenses and you could put your phone inside and look at on your phone through those lenses. yes, okay. It was called Google Cardboard. I remember that. So you were one of the big sellers for that. I remember, okay. Yeah, so basically what happened was back then Oculus Rift, I think was acquired by…

06:10
Facebook and everybody was talking about virtual reality and Google thought, okay, they need to do something. So they developed this cardboard VR device for your phone and they open sourced its design so anybody could produce it. And basically that’s what I did. I bought some on AliExpress and then I registered an account in Germany as a seller and I uploaded the pictures and back then I only needed

06:39
basically just a couple of PPC ads with a little budget and it started selling. And yeah, this exploded. This was like, this was crazy. Cause I kind of caught the wave. was the only FBA seller selling these products for maybe like a year. There were some other sellers who were shipping from China. And yeah, I was basically developing this product and adding some features, mostly

07:08
They were about design and maybe some, you know, padding. And this was great. And then I thought, okay, I need to quit my job and replicate the success. I can do it like 20 times and there’s absolutely no point doing anything else. I’m doing software. Why do I care about software? No, it’s like, it was an absolute gold rush. And by the way, in the U.S., I believe the market was already more crowded.

07:38
although it’s a much larger market as well. And in Germany, like, FBA was only starting, basically. Yeah, so basically, in the end, I had maybe 20 different products, and that didn’t work so great, because I found out that it’s actually a business, and it’s not like extracting diamonds from Amazon or gold.

08:08
it became a real business. And if you have 20 products, not all of them are success and you cannot replicate such a success every time. there’s competition in every niche and some products are not trendy. And it’s kind of hard to scale this model, to basically define those. Yeah. Could you develop Sellerboard?

08:35
because of your own products? Actually, yes, because when I was having huge margins with my first product, I didn’t really care about the numbers. I just was watching the money on my bank account and I knew if I’m buying for $2.50 and I’m selling for 18 euro, there’s no way I could make a loss, right? Right. So there’s this huge profit margin.

09:05
But when I added more products and when the market for my main product became crowded, so basically, eventually everybody figured out that it’s a very easy product to replicate and there were hundreds of sellers for this one. So then I needed to drop prices and invest more in ads and it wasn’t obvious at all anymore if I’m profitable or not.

09:33
And I started to look for a tool or actually for a way to assess if I’m profitable or not. And I didn’t find a tool that I liked 100%. And I also didn’t want to pay too much money because I was feeling like my margin is getting thin. So yeah, that’s when I thought, okay, maybe we can develop a tool. I partnered with my friend and we built Sellerboard. And after the launch, I…

10:02
basically sold my business. So in the end, like I had a lot of products that were not successful anymore. And just one that was really successful, these were not the VR glasses anymore. But another one, actually these were drink coasters. probably also have really standard product. Right, so most of the that you sold were just kind of as is from like Alibaba or Aliexpress.

10:32
Exactly. Like, you know, as a software engineer, I’m not really a marketing guy. So I didn’t know how to write great texts and make nice pictures. I mean, you kind of understand it if you look at other listings, but this wasn’t really my thing. And, or I didn’t also find a product that I was super passionate about. So what I did was basically I was looking for products just analytically.

11:00
more or less like an arbitrage model. So it was no private label, but I was just looking for a product which is small. Probably everybody knows these rules, right? It should be small, it shouldn’t have any electronics. And the competition shouldn’t be too high. And in this day and age, I that model just, I mean, I guess you can probably pull it off, but someone will knock you off unless you actually turn it into a real business and marketing and develop a brand. Would you agree with that?

11:29
Absolutely. that’s actually what happened. So I was kind of buying random products. had like ties, for example, I thought like a tie is a very light product. You can ship it by air and it’s, you know, doesn’t have electronics. So let’s make ties. And then I thought, okay, phone tripods, why not? You know, they are small. So all criteria are fulfilled. So what then happened was in

11:56
every one of those niches, there were players that were focused on their brands in that specific niche and they were winning because they had better products. They would invest more energy and more love into their listings and reviews and ads. And yeah, in the end, you know, I didn’t have any USPs for most of my products. Yep. Yep. Yep. All right. Well, let’s shift gears because that

12:24
Like I’m on YouTube and Facebook all the time and I always see like all these people posting their Amazon revenue numbers. And I just want to talk about how those numbers are really inflated. And for people who are actually selling on there, who actually aren’t tracking their profits right now, what would you say is one of like the main culprits that can affect your profitability that most people do not even think about or consider?

12:53
So I would say that the single most underestimated profit killer are returns. So first of all, as you said, lot of sellers, and this was my experience as well, don’t track profit at all, especially in the beginning, maybe, you know, in the beginning you want to invest and you know you’re building a business and it’s not that important. So you have an approximate view.

13:22
But at a certain point you need to start really tracking those numbers and understanding and you need some sort of a profit and loss tool, which gives you like profit or you can also do it by hand in Excel, but that’s a bit complicated and costs a lot of time. But you need to understand your profit by unit per unit, including all the fees. And you need to have some sort of a cashflow management tool.

13:48
which is basically your bank account, you need to track the money coming in and going out. And we need to have some sort of balance sheet. these three things, and balance sheet basically describes all the assets in a business. And for an Amazon seller, the main asset is their inventory. So you need to understand these three things. But now back to your question. Yeah, so let me just preface this for the audience real quick. you go on.

14:16
I’m not sure if you guys listening realize this, but when you make a sale on Amazon, the number goes into your revenue number that you see on your dashboard. But when you get a return, that number is not deducted from your revenue number. So you always think that you’re making more than you are just right off the bat. I’ll turn it over to you, buddy. That’s correct. yeah, so for example, let’s say you sold just one item.

14:44
and you go to your seller central business reports and we’ll say one item sold and your revenue is $20. And if the item is returned, it will still say $20 and one item sold. And most sellers think, well, what’s the big deal? I’ll just sell this item again, right? So this is not a huge problem, but actually it is because if you’re not tracking your profit properly,

15:14
Often what happens is you take the number of units sold from the seller central and multiply it by your average profit per unit, which you kind of calculate on a napkin or an Excel when you are researching for product. So you know the cost of goods, you know approximately what the shipping from your supplier to Amazon costs.

15:42
And you know, the fees like 15 % for the referral fee, for example, and then maybe, I don’t know, to 30 for the FBA fee. Most sellers come up with an approximate profit per unit. And then if you look at your seller central every day and you see like, I sold 100 units. And if your profit per unit is $3, then it’s $300 profit. And this looks nice, right? So she multiplied by 30 days. It’s nice business.

16:10
But the truth is, the returns, since your revenue isn’t decreased in the seller central and the number of units sold are not decreased when there’s a refund, sellers tend to ignore the refunds or they don’t even notice it. And what happens in reality is the moment there’s a return, basically you need to write off your sale that you previously made.

16:39
For example, if you sold a product for, let’s say, $20, and then one week later, it’s returned. So what happens then is you should book like a minus $20 position in your books, right? Because you’re paying $20 back to your customer. So there are actually multiple ways to account for returns in the bookkeeping.

17:08
And we are really focused on management accounting, so accounting for the business owner, which helps them make decisions. And here you could do two things. You should either reduce your revenue on the day when there was a return or on the day when the item was sold. But this one is not a very good idea because this way you would reduce your revenue retrospectively and you don’t even notice it, right? So if an item is returned, which was bought like two months ago,

17:37
you know, you don’t look at your revenue from two months ago every day, right? Or you need to reduce your profit. And this is actually the way we chose in seller board. So what you do is you return $20 back to your client and at this moment it’s your loss. And if your profit is for example, $6 per unit and you reimbursed 20, then it kind of kills or cancels

18:06
three items that were sold. But fortunately, it’s not that bad. And I’ll explain you why. But it’s still very bad. So well, let’s talk about the fees actually, that you don’t get back when someone makes a return. So first of all, there’s a refund fee. It doesn’t apply to all categories. But oftentimes, Amazon just charges you for a refund.

18:35
So it’s, well, it might be like something like 15 % of 15%. So for a $20 unit, so basically it’s a referral fee on the referral fee, right? So for a $20 unit, it’s somewhere near like 50 cent. And this money, you don’t get back. It’s just, basically Amazon charges you because they need to send the money back to the customer’s credit card. And this is another transaction. This costs them money.

19:05
They need to process the return in their warehouse. It all costs work, so they charge the seller. So then think about the FBA fee. When a customer buys a product, you pay the FBA fee, you pay the shipping from Amazon to the customer. Not that you don’t get back. And depending on the category, you also pay the shipping back from the customer to Amazon. So sometimes it’s free, especially if it’s a…

19:34
Prime customer that it’s free for the customer and also free for the seller but sometimes Amazon charges this shipping from the customer to the warehouse to the FBA warehouse like in the fashion category for example because there are a lot of returns there so you lose that

19:57
My book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And guess what? It’s coming out next week on May 16th and I’m super excited. And I made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m giving out $690 in free bonuses. Here’s what you get. Instant access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print-on-demand e-commerce store and provide you with a free website theme as well.

20:25
You also get access to my two-day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. And finally, in June, you’ll get access to my six-week family-first business challenge where I will work with you for up to six weeks straight to help you figure out your next side hustle. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

20:51
because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. And you can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecluderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book.

21:21
Now back to the show.

21:24
Can we attach some percentages to this? So typical FBA fees like maybe 10 to 15 % of revenue, right? If something’s small. much is? I think it depends on this. Of course it depends on the size of the product. Of course, of course. than the this amount. But I think that’s a fair estimate if you say like 15%. So, then this return fee is what percent you said 15 % of 15%, right? Let’s assume it’s around about five.

21:55
6%. Okay, 5 or 6%. What about the return shipping also that’s sometimes charged on apparel? What percentage would you say that is? I think in general, a good estimate for it is the FBA fee. Oh really? Yeah, because it’s more or less the same package, right? In the same distance.

22:19
Yeah, you play somewhere between one FBA, you lose between one FBA fee and two FBA fees. So it’s like 15 to 30 % maybe. Okay. That’s crazy. Okay. Then there’s there’s good news as well. So you’re paying the referral fee when you’re selling like 15%, but when an item is returned, Amazon returns the referral fee back to the seller. So this one.

22:47
actually reduces your loss and it’s a goodness. And if you’re in Europe, you’re also paying VAT. Okay, VAT is, well, it’s kind of, actually it’s a tax basically, but yeah, if an item gets returned, then your VAT that you paid is also offset. So you don’t need to pay it anymore. So this also reduces your loss. Right. And then ultimately,

23:17
There’s the question where, whether the item is resellable or no. So when the item arrives in the warehouse, Amazon checks it and they either book it as a sellable item or they say it’s damaged. And if it’s damaged, then you also lose your cost of goods sold. So here, of course, it depends on the item. If you’re selling like iPhones, probably you wouldn’t lose the complete amount.

23:46
just because the packaging is damaged or because the item is already opened. So you would be able to sell it again. But if it’s a cheap product, like in my case, this cardboard VR glasses, it doesn’t make sense to repair them or to resell them if they were already open. Actually, my packaging was…

24:12
built in a way that you cannot even close it if she wants opened it, because you have to tear it apart. basically here, depending on the status of return product, you lose your cost of goods. So if it’s like maybe 20 % of your, let’s say 30 % of your selling price, then you lose another 30%. And if it’s sellable, then again,

24:40
we need to offset your loss. So cost of goods sold at the moment the item is returned becomes a positive position in your basically in your profit and loss statement because you can really sell it again.

24:54
So is that all trackable through the Amazon API? Like if something comes back as resellable, that can be tracked? Yes, basically you see it all in the reports. You can download the transaction report or like in the FBA reports, there are actually multiple reports that give you information about the inventory adjustments. So for example, there you see every return.

25:22
which arrived in an FBA warehouse and whether it was booked as a sellable item or no. You see all these transactions and transaction report. the charges and reimbursements of referral fees and stuff like this. Yeah, but it’s kind of hard to put it all together, I would say. So yeah, I would- Right, because they’re asynchronous, right? You might’ve made a sale like,

25:52
30 days ago and then someone makes a return. So it all needs to be correlated at some point, right? Yeah. Right. And the return can be in the next month and typically sellers think in terms of months. So like if you had a good month, don’t want to like change your bookkeeping retrospectively, right? So you want to close it or it can be even like in another year, right? So for example, if you’re selling before Christmas,

26:22
Chances are that the returns will arrive in January. Do you happen to know what the average refund rate is for particular categories off the top of your head? It’s very category specific. So I know from the fashion industry that there it might be up to 50%. And there are some items that are in the like

26:51
some other categories or some products that are in the very low, like maybe single digit area, especially if the products are cheap. So for example, you should buy like a battery or something that it’s almost never returned, right? Yeah. Or a pair of batteries. So yeah, anything between basically zero or like 2 % at 40 % is…

27:17
I think I read somewhere that the average refund rate is 10 % overall and then electronics is pretty high. I heard it’s like 15 to 20 and you’re right apparel is really high. What I’m trying to get at is like when you see someone’s income report and you’re thinking about profit, what adjustment would you make just in your head without software? yeah. I think

27:47
What would really help is if you do this exercise once with the software or without, just take a look at the transaction report, find one return, check out how many, oh, by the way, one thing I forgot. If damaged items are returned, then they are put back in stock until you basically dispose them. And they also generate storage fees, because they take place in the warehouse.

28:17
And if you choose to send them to your home or to your warehouse, then this will also cost money, of course. Is that like the equivalent of an FBA fee? To have it shipped back to you? No, that’s much cheaper. Actually, this is more like the inbound shipping. So inbound shipping is like, you pay, I don’t know, $3 something for 100 units.

28:46
But yeah, depends on how many items you have, of course, that are damaged. I don’t think I’ve ever had stuff shipped back. I always just destroy them. Yes. think that’s, well, it depends on the products. If you’re selling TV sets, then of course, of course, that’s not the wisest thing to do. By the way, I don’t think you have an option to destroy them. It’s actually called dispose. Sure. Yes. decides what to do with them in this case. So they also might decide to sell them.

29:15
and then they will kind of piggyback on your listing and will sell them, sell your items as used. I know for a moment. Oh, under your own listing. Okay, I didn’t think about that actually. Yeah, and sometimes this also might happen if they lose items and find them again after they already reimbursed you. So they just sell them. Well, okay, so let’s summarize refunds before we move on. So refunds anywhere between, you know, single digits to 40, 50%.

29:45
and you lose your FBA fee, you potentially could be paying two FBA fees for return shipping. And then there’s also a refund fee. And then there’s also your cost of goods if it’s not resellable. Correct. And if you want to get a feeling for the order of magnitude, then I would suggest you take a look at one transaction and at the percentage of damaged items.

30:13
and then you can kind of calculate it. Maybe it’s 20 % of your net profit that you should allocate for refunds. And by the way, there are some things that, or some like easy things that you could do to reduce the return costs. Okay. So for example, sometimes if you’re lucky, the reason for returns are bad pictures. So this is, or maybe inaccurate data in your listing.

30:41
And this is something that you could really fix very fast. So, I mean, if it’s a problem with your product, then okay, you need to work on your quality. But there’s a report in the seller central. It’s under reports, FBA, customer concessions, and it shows you all FBA returns. And there’s a column there with a return reason. So when a customer initiates a return, it was an ask some what’s the reason for the return.

31:10
And you can say, for example, product is not as expected, right? And they can also enter a comment there and sometimes they write something like, it’s bigger than I thought, or it’s smaller than I thought, or the color doesn’t match the picture. And if that’s the case, then this is something you can really fix. with respect to size, for example, you can add some pictures where the size is visible, either as a number,

31:40
or maybe you put something similar near your product, like a coin or something, so that the customer understands how large it is. And yeah, the color, you can just tune the colors in the pictures and sometimes it’s this easy fix, which can help you reduce returns. And if you reduce your return rate like by 1%, so if it’s five and you reduce it by 1%,

32:07
It’s going to have a huge impact on your profit. So it’s much more than 1%. It’s going to be like maybe 20.

32:15
Yeah, I mean, usually what happens is if you scoot up on your listing, usually you get suspended, right? Usually a flood of returns comes in. At least in my That’s right, but sometimes it’s not that big of a difference. Especially in fashion, it’s very easy. If a customer has a different light, and customers 100 % have different lighting conditions at home.

32:45
if the lighting is a bit different than your studio, then the color will be different. just make sure it’s realistic or you have multiple pictures so that you get a feel of the color. I think Amazon in general is just very clever because if you’re trying to do all this stuff by hand, I know because my wife does the finances, you have to download multiple different reports and then compile everything together.

33:15
and I’m sure they do that, so it’s hard for you to figure out your profit. Like they could have made it a lot easier for you to figure out your profit, right? That’s right. I mean, there are a lot of things that are hidden in the Excel reports and while you can download them and basically explore those fees and track them, it’s kind of hard to do and it needs manual work, so sellers tend to ignore this work.

33:45
Yep. Okay, so we’ve covered refunds and returns. What are some other areas that people often overlook? Yeah, so I would say one important area are like all kinds of different fees and sometimes sellers, especially new sellers tend to skip some fees and some costs. So, you know, when you’re researching for a product, you kind of see

34:15
the cost of goods sold and you see your selling price on Amazon and you kind of estimate the referral fee, maybe the FBA fee and shipping from your supplier to Amazon. But there are so many other fees. so we basically, download all the fees for every customer and try to break them down by product. And in my experience, there are more than

34:43
100 different small fees that Amazon charges you. So storage fees are, for example, something that everybody knows, but it’s kind of not very transparent. So it’s hard to say which item generated how much in storage fees in which month, right? But there are also some others that are not so obvious, like inbound transportation. It looks cheap, but if you are selling a lot, you know, and you’re paying maybe

35:13
It used to be three euro something, euro 60 or something per box in Germany when I was selling. And if you’re selling like 100 boxes per month, then it’s already a considerable amount. Then you have fees that they Sorry, you’re talking about shipping to Amazon’s warehouse, is that correct? Correct. Okay, right. Correct. Yeah, lot of people don’t take that in count.

35:41
Exactly, because it’s a small number, yeah, as I said, especially if you’re selling a lot and they all kind of add up, right? So you need to at least have some buffer. So if you don’t know them exactly, then plan some buffer, like I don’t know, maybe 10 % of your revenue for some unexpected fees. There are some other things like if a shipment is damaged, an inbound shipment to Amazon is damaged, then they can either charge you for…

36:10
a fee called the FBA inbound defect fee. So basically they have more work with opening it and fixing it and that costs time so they can charge you for that. Or even worse, you can lose some of your items if they’re damaged, right? So they become damaged, unsellable items, then you need to dispose them which costs money again. Then you have things like lighting deals fee.

36:35
You have the subscription, it’s $39 a month. You have a fee for coupon redemption. have like removal and disposal fees, fees for sales tax collection, labeling, bubble wrap, polybegging. So yeah, there are more than 100 fees. And I think, yeah, as I said, sellers just should be aware that there is such a thing and you should have enough profit margin to compensate for all these expenses.

37:03
Can we talk about the inbound damage fee? Like if they damage it, that’s their liability, but who’s to enforce that? Do you know what I’m saying? Like if it comes in and it’s damaged and they have to charge you a fee to look through it, what’s preventing them from just, when they screw up, charging you for that fee? So, okay, I mean, I think at this point it’s just trust.

37:32
Right, so if Amazon, so if they damage your product, basically they book it as damaged in their warehouse and then they are accountable for or liable for this. But of course if they don’t do that, then it’s, I mean, I don’t think that Amazon does this on purpose. I mean, I’m actually very sure that they don’t do it on purpose.

38:01
But of course it can happen and they can also lose products and damage products and not reimburse the seller. We see this pretty often as well. Actually, I have a fee that I’ve hit that’s kind of hidden that people don’t consider is, you know, usually around the holiday season when the volumes are much higher, Amazon tends to lose our inventory more and then we’ll get reimbursed for that inventory.

38:31
But then like in January, they miraculously find it. And then they take all that money back. But meanwhile, lost out on the holiday season’s worth of sales for that particular item. Is that accounted for? So in the software, like if that happens, that’s all accounted for on the month that it happens, right? Right. So whenever you get reimbursed, basically we show all your profits and all your income and all your

39:01
Uh-uh.

39:04
all your charges, right? So if you get reimbursed, we will show you a reimbursement the day that you get it. And sometimes it’s attached to a product and sometimes it’s not really clear what you are getting reimbursed for. But then in this case, we’ll just show it as a number on the overall account level. Yeah, but you’re right. Of course, they will reimburse you. So if Amazon loses your inventory, they will reimburse you for the inventory.

39:33
But they will not reimburse you for opportunity costs. So for the profit that you would have made, or if you’re listing loses like keyword ranks because you didn’t have sales, of course that also becomes your problem. But I think I really don’t want to be too negative at this point. There are a lot of fees and I think you just need to manage them.

40:03
that they exist and you need to have enough margin. And if you don’t have enough profit margin to account for unexpected fees, then probably you need to think about your product strategy. you either need like a cheaper product or you need to make the product cost of goods cheaper, right? Or you need to raise your prices or maybe add something to your product. Cause the last thing you want to do is of course work for nothing.

40:31
or even police So one thing I wanted to touch on actually was PPC, because I run a class of about 5,000 students, and oftentimes people are bidding without really understanding what their break-even point is. that’s actually one thing I liked about Sellerboard was that when you’re bidding, you kind of know what your profit point is. Can you just kind of talk a little bit about

41:00
common PPC errors that you see? So I think with PPC sellers

41:12
Basically, there are like a couple of reasons why you do PPC. So for example, if you’re doing a product launch, then the profitability doesn’t really matter because all you want is sales, right? Sure. Because you hope to launch the product and to get some organic sales and then you won’t need PPC anymore. And sometimes sellers say, okay, I want to run PPC ads just to support my organic sales because Amazon likes it when, you know,

41:42
when you advertise your product. And this also helps organic ranking, but when the product is already in a mature phase, it should earn money, right? So a lot of sellers say, okay, I don’t want to lose any money on PPC. It should just support my product, but I don’t want to lose any money. It should be neutral for the profit. And the last strategy would be just to

42:11
be profitable with PPC and that’s becoming harder and harder every year to be honest on Amazon. So, yeah, what’s important is the numbers that you see in the advertising console, like the PPC sales are four, have an attribution window of 14 days after the click. And typically Amazon shows you sales of all products, not just of the product that was advertised.

42:41
So if somebody, a client, a customer sees an ad and clicks on an ad and then buys a different product one day later, for example, a different color or a different variant, or even a totally different product from the same seller that will still count as a PPC revenue, right? So this product doesn’t need to be advertised. And this makes it a bit harder to…

43:10
basically to estimate the profitability of your PPC campaigns. Because if your strategy is, for example, to be profitable or break even on PPC, the question is then of course, how much can you afford to bid on specific keywords to be break even, right? And since the sales numbers are not necessarily…

43:37
corresponding to the products you’re advertising, it’s becoming a bit more like randomized or challenging to find out what your profitability point is. yeah, basically as a rule of thumb, you can take your profit margin for your like advertised product and maybe products if they are all similar from the same listing.

44:05
from the same category and take this as your target acres for the break even, point for the break even advertising strategy. But in Sellerboard, we try to do it more precisely. So we basically go ahead and take a look. So we get a little bit more data through the API than what is displayed in the advertising console. And we actually.

44:32
see how many sales are coming from the advertised products for every specific campaign, for every specific keyword, and what percentage of sales is coming from other products. And based on that, and based on all profitability calculation that we have, we estimate your profit per campaign, per ad group, and even per keyword. And if we have that profit, then we kind of automatically have the profit, the breakeven point.

45:02
Right. Yeah, which is very important. So like when I teach this in my class, I always tell people to start with the break even ACOS. But it’s hard to calculate that because you only have the, I guess the revenue, right? Which is what ACOS is. Calculating the true profit, taking into account all these other fees that we just talked about returns inbound is actually quite difficult to do. Right. And Amazon also doesn’t

45:31
tell us and it doesn’t tell the seller if an order was generated by an ad. So you see the sales per campaign and even per keyword, the PPC sales that are attributed to a campaign. But on the level of every specific order, we actually don’t know whether it’s coming from PPC or whether it’s an organic order. So it’s kind of hard to calculate.

45:59
because this information is missing, it’s kind of impossible actually to calculate the profit exactly, but we’re trying to do our best. And if you know your breakeven acres, then you can calculate your breakeven bid. right, since you know your conversion rate, you know, like for example, every fifth, or like let’s say every 10th click will result in a sale. And if you know your…

46:27
like break even point is, don’t know, maybe you have a target profit margin of $2 per unit, then you know that you can afford to pay 20 cents per click to stay profitable, right? And yeah, actually with PPC, it’s kind of interesting because this number also constantly changes. So the moment you figure it out, it’s already outdated and not just because

46:55
It’s actually not because of you as a seller, but because there are so many competitors that are constantly changing the bids and because of seasonality and different like days of week. So the market is highly dynamic in that regard. So yeah, but it’s a good start. you know your break-even acres and break-even bid for every keyword, then chances are you’re going to be.

47:25
pre-cubed. There’s one thing I also want to say here is that at least in my portfolio, there’s the I think the 80-20 rule applies like 20 % of your products are going to make 80 % of your profits and just seeing this in a real-time dashboard allows you to say hey this item did not make me money even though it generated a lot of sales maybe I should consider not selling that item going forward and focusing on this other item

47:51
that actually sells less in terms of volume but makes more profit in terms of raw dollars. I think a lot of people just sell in aggregate and as long as the overall profit is good, they don’t necessarily drill down to the individual item level and figure out what they need to stop selling or focus on. I think this is actually true for every business as long as you’re like total

48:21
that profit is positive, you’re like relaxed. yeah, if it, if if the times become hard, everybody starts analyzing. But actually my experience is, you know, it’s, it all, it’s always also about time, right? So you need a system which allows you, which enables you to track your profit.

48:50
and do your management accounting, which brings your data quickly and easily without you having to spend too much time on it. And then it becomes easy to optimize. Yeah. Vlad, where can people find more about what you do in your tool? Sure. So you can go to our website at sellerboard.com. And yeah, we have a…

49:17
a demo account there which you can actually start or try launch without any registration. So you just click the demo button and then it’s a live account with a fake product, but it’s read only, but you can still try the software and see through all the functionality. And there’s also a free trial and after the trial, the pricing starts at $15 a month. Yeah.

49:46
I was just going to say this.

49:50
For everyone out there, $15 a month, I want to say that Sellerboard is actually one of the least expensive tools out there. because everyone always comes to me with their tools and what attracted me to Sellerboard was the fact that it is so inexpensive, which actually makes it a no-brainer if you’re selling on Amazon, even in low quantities, because you have to know what your profit is. Amazon has gotten harder over the years and you really need to scrutinize and figure out what your true profit is.

50:20
and look at your winners and your losers if you want to be in the long game selling on Amazon.

50:29
Correct. This was actually our idea and vision and intention. We want to make it affordable, especially for new sellers, because when I was a new seller, I didn’t want to pay too much money for the software because you have so many expenses and have so many Amazon fees and you don’t want to pay too much for the software. So Vlad, thanks a lot for coming on and talking about some of these hidden fees.

50:52
And just a public service announcement, you whenever you see some guru advertising something and showing their numbers, just realize that, you know, revenue is kind of for vanity and profit is the important part in any business. Thanks so much, Steve. Yep. Thanks for coming on.

51:18
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you’re going to sell on Amazon, you absolutely have to use Amazon reporting software. Otherwise you’ll have no idea what your profits are and it’s really easy to lose money. Sellerboard is the least expensive solution that I’ve ever found. And once again, I want to thank Zipify apps. If you want to instantly boost your revenue with pre and post purchase upsells, go check it out at zipify.com. I also want to thank LinkWisper. If you want to take search engine optimization seriously with your blog,

51:46
then you absolutely need an internal linking tool like Link Whisper. Go check it out at linkwhisper.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

457: Exactly How I’d Build A New Ecommerce Business Today From Scratch – Family First Friday

457: Exactly How I'd Build A New Ecommerce Business Today From Scratch

Welcome to Family First Fridays, a new segment of the podcast in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. In these solo episodes, I present to you my personal thoughts about family, entrepreneurship, and life.

Today, I outline exactly what I would do if I were to start an e-commerce business today from complete scratch.

What You’ll Learn

  • The best ecommerce business models
  • The exact steps that I would take to start an online store this year
  • What to avoid in ecommerce

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. If you haven’t picked up the book yet, you can get over $690 in free bonuses for pre-ordering the hard copy over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. And in these solo episodes, I will be presenting to you my personal thoughts about family

00:29
entrepreneurship, business, and life, and we’ll talk about a wide variety of topics. Today, we’re gonna talk about exactly what I would do if I were to start an e-commerce business today. Now, if you’re thinking about starting an e-commerce business this year, it’s important to have a plan in place to ensure that you are successful, because the world of e-commerce is constantly changing, and in this episode, I’m gonna walk you through the exact steps that I would take if I were to start an online store this year. Now, first off, you gotta choose a business model.

00:58
Now, if you’re on YouTube or Facebook, you’ve probably seen ads for drop shipping or retail arbitrage or Amazon wholesale. And in the current landscape, I would not do any of those business models because it’s short term thinking. Sure, you might be able to make a couple bucks here and there, but it’s not going to be a business with longevity. I’ve been running my e-commerce store over at Bumblebee Linens for 17 years now, and it’s still going strong because I own my own brand and my products. And you got to think long term. For example,

01:28
Drop shipping has largely been nerfed by Amazon. And back in the day, brands wanted drop shippers in order to increase their sales force without hiring. But today, Amazon owns over 50 % of e-commerce, and it’s super easy for any brand to list their products on Amazon and keep all the profit. Why give a 50 % discount to an online retailer and handle shipping and fulfillment when you can just leave it up to Amazon? When it comes to selling wholesale, you are selling other people’s products

01:57
which means that there are many other vendors selling the exact same thing. And this always leads to price erosion. Now the way to be successful in e-commerce today is to own your own brand and have full control. This is why I would only consider doing private label today. Now that’s not to say that you can’t start out drop shipping or doing wholesale, but it should only be a stepping stone to private label. All right, let’s go through the steps now on what I would do. Step one, you got to find a product.

02:26
And obviously you can’t get started unless you have something to sell. And the best way to do this is by looking at your own everyday problems and just find products that solve them. By identifying a problem that you or people around you have and finding a product that solves that problem, you can be sure that there’s any market for that product. For example, we started selling handkerchiefs online because we couldn’t find them anywhere. My friend started selling decorative pill holders because she wanted one.

02:54
I run a class of over 5,000 students and the most successful students focus on products that leverage their specific skills or based on areas where they have knowledge. For example, Amanda Wittenborn makes millions selling custom-designed party supplies because that’s what she’s good at. My friend Rob sells an attachment for drone remotes because he’s into drones. If you’re completely clueless about what to sell, you can leverage tools like Jungle Scout that can help you find products that have high demand but low competition.

03:23
Tools like Jungle Scout will allow you to do market research on Amazon to find out how much money every listing makes and allow you to gauge the level of competition. You can also do research with tools like Ahrefs to see what people are searching for on Google or Terapeak to see what’s selling on eBay. By the way, if you want more information on how to find profitable products to sell, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Step two, got to find a supplier and the goal

03:52
is to find a supplier who can provide you with the product you want at a price that allows you to make a profit. Now when it comes to private label, your goal is to be able to achieve at least a 66 % gross margin on your sales. This means that if you sell something for $9, you get to keep $6. There are a few different ways you can go about finding a supplier. One popular method is to use a website like Alibaba to search for manufacturers of the product you want to sell, and you can filter your search by location.

04:19
price and other parameters to find the best supplier for your needs. Another option is to attend trade shows or fairs that are related to your product. And this can be a great way to meet manufacturers and suppliers in person. And it’s also an opportunity to see their products up close. That before COVID, I used to go to the Canton fair every other year. You can also consider hiring a sourcing agent who can help you find a supplier that meets your needs. And they’re just experts in finding and vetting suppliers. And they can save you lot of time and effort at a cost of

04:50
When you find a supplier that you’re interested in working with, be sure to communicate your expectations and ask for samples. Make sure you’re happy with the quality. Check for the minimum order quantity and the pricing of your product. And if you’re happy with what you receive, you can then proceed to order a small batch of products to test the market. And then move on to larger orders once you’ve validated that your product is in demand. Now it’s important to note when working with a supplier to make sure that you have a clear and written agreement about the terms of the deal

05:18
including delivery times, payment methods, returns and guarantees on quality. So for example, when we order linens, we expect a defect ratio of less than 3%. It’s also important to keep open communication with your supplier to ensure that everything runs smoothly. And we have all of our vendors on WhatsApp and WeChat. Step three is to validate your product. Once you have samples, your goal is to validate the demand for your product before making a large investment on inventory. And you got to try to sell them to gauge how well the product will sell.

05:48
There’s a couple different ways you can go about selling your samples. One way is to join Facebook groups that are related to your product and start promoting your product there. You can also reach out to group admins to see if you can post your product in their group. For example, when we first started selling wedding handkerchiefs, I started posting in the wedding forms. I didn’t try to sell anything. I would just ask questions like, hey, I’m looking for a hanky where I can put my initials on it. Do you guys know where I can find such a thing? And then later I would say something like, hey, I finally found a place online, but I had to buy a bunch.

06:18
If any of you want my extras, let me know. Another option is to list your product on eBay. This can be a great way to validate demand for your product as well as test different pricing strategies. You can also list your product on other online marketplaces like Amazon or Etsy. You can also use Jungle Scout to see how Amazon’s sales are for that product, do some competitive analysis and check which brands are doing well in the market and how much they are selling it for. Now it’s important to note that in this step, you don’t have to make a big investment yet.

06:48
Just sell a couple samples and test the waters. And in this way, you can see if people are willing to pay for your product. You can also get great feedback from your early adopters. And from this, you can then make adjustments to your product and pricing before making a large investment in inventory. The next step is to list your product on Amazon. Now, one thing that I do differently from other e-commerce business owners is that I always test my products on Amazon first. Amazon owns 50 % of e-commerce. They have a large built-in audience of buyers.

07:18
Now takes some work to launch a website, so the easiest way to generate sales quickly is to sell on Amazon. But remember, the end goal is to own your own branded website. If your stuff sells well on Amazon, then you should start working on your website immediately. Here’s a brief list of steps to get started on Amazon. And by the way, I cover Amazon pretty extensively in my course. Just do a search on mywifequitterjob.com and I actually cover everything for free. Now you got to list your product. To list your product on Amazon,

07:46
you’ll need to set up an Amazon seller account. And once you have an account, you can list your product by creating a listing on Amazon’s Marketplace and make sure your listing follows Amazon’s guidelines, is well optimized and has great images and a description. You also want to run Amazon PPC ads. Amazon’s pay-per-click advertising program can be a great way to generate sales for your product. And by running these ads, your product will show up at the top of the search results for relevant keywords, increasing the chances that customers will find it.

08:15
And to get the most out of your Amazon listing, you should make sure to follow all the best practices for Amazon optimization. This includes optimizing your product title, your bullet points, and your description with relevant keywords, making sure you have high quality images of your product, and pricing your product competitively. And if you want more information, you can just sign up for my Amazon mini course found on mywifequitterjob.com. Now, by listing your product on Amazon, you can reach a large customer base and generate cash flow

08:43
while you work on building your own website and brand. And keep in mind that selling on Amazon can be competitive and cutthroat. So my long-term strategy is to validate on Amazon and then focus on your own website. Use your Amazon earnings to fund your brand. Step number five is to start your own website. Now, if your initial samples or small order sells out, you should then order a larger batch and start your own website. And the goal is to establish your own brand and control the customer experience by building a property that you own.

09:13
And depending on your technical expertise, here are the shopping carts that I recommend. Now, if you’re not tech savvy, you have the budget, and you want the best supported platform, then just go with Shopify. Shopify is user-friendly and easy to use, and it allows you to set up your own online store quickly and easily. And Shopify has by far the best third-party ecosystem, and you can find plugins that do almost anything. Now, if you’re on a budget, you can use Shift for Shop or WooCommerce, which are free to use. Now, the main downside,

09:43
is that they aren’t as user friendly as Shopify, but they are just as powerful. And then finally, you can also go with BigCommerce, which is Shopify-like, but cheaper. And what I like about BigCommerce is that you don’t get nickel and diamond with apps. Most of the functionality you need comes out of the box. Now, once you’ve chosen your platform, you can then start customizing your website by choosing a theme, adding pages and products, creating categories, and setting up payment and shipping options. You’ll want to make sure that you incorporate your value proposition.

10:12
and why you are different on your website and display it prominently on top of the fold. This will help visitors to understand why your brand is unique and why they should choose you over your competitors. And the goal of your website is to establish your own brand, control the customer experience, and differentiate yourself from your competitors. You’ll be able to build a loyal customer base that you can then market over time through email marketing, SMS marketing, and other strategies. Step number six, implement email marketing.

10:42
Now the average conversion rate for an online store is only 2%, which means that 98 % of your customers will visit and leave your site without buying anything. And the goal with email marketing is to retain customers and encourage repeat business by sending targeted automated email campaigns. Here are the four automated email flows that you should implement. The first email campaign you should set up is for abandoned carts. And these are triggered when a customer adds them to their cart but doesn’t complete the purchase. By sending them an email,

11:10
reminding them of their items in their cart, and possibly including a special offer, you can encourage them to return to your website and complete the purchase. Another campaign you should set up is a pre-purchase sequence. These are a series of automated emails that are sent to customers who have shown interest in your products but haven’t bought yet. And the purpose of these emails is to build trust and educate the customer about your product and why they should buy it. Once a customer makes a purchase, you can then set up a post-purchase campaign

11:38
to thank them for their purchase and encourage them to leave a review or make a repeat purchase. And for customers who haven’t made a purchase in a while, you can set up a WinBack campaign to re-engage them and encourage them to make another purchase. Now, to get people to sign up for your email list, you must set up a lead magnet email sign-up form. You can offer free shipping or a discount code as an incentive for them to sign up. And by implementing email marketing and automating these campaigns,

12:04
you can effectively communicate with your customers and encourage repeat business on autopilot. And the same philosophy is true with SMS or text message marketing. Now like email, the goal with sending texts is to engage customers in real time and increase conversion rates by sending messages that customers get directly on their phone. By the way, I use Klaviyo for email and Postscript for SMS. Step number seven is content creation. Now let’s shift gears now and just talk about customer acquisition.

12:33
I like to use a three-prong attack. The first prong is content. With content, the goal is to generate free organic traffic to your website by producing valuable and informative content that attracts your target audience. And one way to create content is through blogging. By creating a blog on your website, you can share helpful tips, industry news, product reviews, or behind-the-scenes information about your business. And you can also include calls to action within your blog post to encourage visitors to explore your website further.

13:03
Our blog and search engine optimization generates about 25 % of our sales for free. Another way to create content is through YouTube. By creating videos that are related to your product or industry, you can attract a large audience, establish your brand as an authority, and drive more traffic to your website. My YouTube channel over at MyWifeQuitterJob makes $300,000 a year just on ads alone. Podcasting is another way to create content and reach a large audience. By creating audio content on a regular basis,

13:32
you can establish yourself as a thought leader in your industry and attract a dedicated following. Now this podcast is a top 25 show on all of Apple podcasts in the marketing category. And yet you’re listening right now. And obviously if you’re listening to it, it must have affected you in some way. can also create content for social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter. And by regularly posting engaging and informative content, you can attract a large following and drive more traffic to your website. Now in order to make content work,

14:01
You have to be consistent and that requires that you put yourself on a content schedule. This could be one post or video per week or whatever schedule works best for your business. And by consistently creating valuable and informative content, you can attract a large and engaged audience, establish your brand as an authority and drive more traffic to your website. And this will also help you to attract customers who are likely to be interested in your products and will increase the chances of them converting into buyers. Step number eight is advertising.

14:31
This next prong is paid advertising and the goal is to generate immediate sales to reach your target audience on platforms like Amazon, Google, Facebook and Instagram. Facebook ads are a powerful tool for reaching your target audience and driving sales. And by creating highly targeted ads that are relevant to your target audience, you can increase the chances they will click through to your website and make a purchase. Google ads is another powerful advertising platform you can use to drive sales. If your product has high search intent, you can create ads that are triggered

15:01
by relevant keywords and appear at the top of Google search results. Now, the exact methodology for running ads is beyond the scope of this episode, but feel free to browse my YouTube channel or my blog for more videos and content on how to run ads. Anyway, by advertising on Facebook and Google, you can generate immediate sales and reach a large audience quickly, but just keep in mind that these ads can be expensive. So it’s important to track your results, make adjustments as needed.

15:28
Step number nine is to focus on your best customers. Most people focus all their efforts on getting new customers, but the bread and butter for any business is repeat business. After all, it’s much easier to convert someone who has already bought. And the goal with this step is to identify and nurture relationships with your best customers in order to drive more sales and increase customer loyalty. Now to identify your best customers, you can just start by looking at metrics such as lifetime value, purchase frequency, and average order value.

15:58
Customers who have a high lifetime value, purchase frequently and have a high order value are likely to be your best customers and should be a priority for your business. Once you’ve identified your best customers, you can start building relationships with them by providing them with excellent customer service, special offers and discounts, or exclusive access to new products or services. Here’s what we do. We go up all of our best customers of phone call, offer them a special discount that can be used at any time,

16:26
and a dedicated rep to handle their orders. Most of our big customers are wedding and event planners who buy in bulk from us, and they represent a large part of our business, so we make them feel special. You can also create a special Facebook group where your best customers can make suggestions and give feedback on products, and this will help you improve your products and services as well. And by focusing on your best customers, you can increase customer loyalty, drive more sales, and improve your overall customer experience. And by identifying the most valuable customers,

16:56
You can allocate resources and energy on keeping them happy and engaged and this will help to increase customer lifetime value and drive a lot more large repeat purchases. Now I’ve said a lot in this episode, so let’s put it all together. Once you find a product and a supplier, you want to first validate your product on platforms like eBay and Amazon to make sure that they’re going to sell. Then you want to start working on your own e-commerce website as soon as possible.

17:22
Implement automated flows to retain your visitors and focus on your best customers. And if you do all that, I guarantee that over time, you will have a successful e-commerce business. By the way, if you’ve enjoyed this particular episode, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. And just make sure you pre-order my book, The Family First Entrepreneur over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com.

17:48
and make sure on that page you redeem your $690 in free bonuses.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

456: Inside The Crazy World Of Traditional Book Publishing With Michael Drew

456: Inside The Crazy World Of Traditional Book Publishing With Michael Drew

Today, I’m thrilled to have Michael Drew as a guest on the show. Michael is the founder of PromoteABook.com, where he assists authors in launching their books onto the New York Times Bestseller list.

He has successfully launched 124 consecutive books onto national bestseller lists and has over a thousand number-one Amazon titles to his credit.

In this episode, Michael will provide us with a deep dive into the book industry, including how the economics work, and more.

What You’ll Learn

  • The ins and outs of traditional book publishing
  • How to launch a book to the bestseller list
  • The economics of book publishing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my buddy Michael Drew on the show. And as you guys know by now, I have a book coming out on May 16th called The Family First Entrepreneur. And the way my personality works is that whenever I do something, I try to learn about it as thoroughly as possible. Michael Drew is the founder of PromoteABook.com, where he has launched 124 consecutive books onto the national bestseller list. And in this episode,

00:29
We’re going to talk about the crazy world of traditional book publishing, and I can guarantee you that you’ll learn a ton about this industry. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. And as of this recording, there’s exactly one mastermind pass left and five regular passes left. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff.

00:58
Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together and everyone parties together every single night. Personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses.

01:27
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. I also want to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now, most of you who have followed me for a long time know that I’m not a big fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business. So if you want to dropship from US or European suppliers, I like Spockit and here’s why. Spockit integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products in order

01:56
fillments seamless, they also offer branded invoices, which allows you to add your logo and store name to the invoice so it appears as though it’s being shipped from your warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. As a result, your shipping times are fast at between two to five days, and the quality is superior. You can try Spockit for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spockit. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T.

02:24
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:53
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Michael Drew on the show and Michael is the founder of Promotabook.com where he helps authors launch books onto the New York Times bestseller list. He lives and breathes books and he’s launched 124 consecutive books onto national bestseller lists and he’s got over a thousand number one Amazon titles. He’s been marketing books his entire career. He’s perfected his craft over at respected publishers such as Bard Press, Entrepreneur Magazine, Longstreet Press.

03:22
Thomas Nelson Publishers, and many more. And all you guys listening know that I just finished writing my book, The Family First Entrepreneur, which is due out in May. And in this episode, Michael is gonna give us a deep dive into the book industry, and I guarantee you, for you guys listening, that it is not how you expect it to work. And with that, welcome to the show, Michael. How are doing? I’m great, thanks for having me. Unfortunately, the folks can’t see, but I’m here in an idyllic, beautiful…

03:51
Lake Atletland Guatemala running a month-long Book Riders Retreat. It’s ideal as it’s February and it’s 72 degrees outside and there’s no humidity here. And the folks here are all gonna have a book written by the end of the month. So thanks for having me on and thanks for joining me here in Guatemala. It sounds like I should have gone to that retreat because it took me three years to write my book when I could have just done it in a month by going to Guatemala. I mean, that’s the big thing, right? mean, most folks…

04:20
aren’t writers professionally and they don’t know how to do that. Most of my clients and folks like you, you might be a thought leader or influence or content creator, but writing a book is a distinct skill set, right? And I’ve been doing this now for 24 years, going on 25 in August, and I’m a proficient writer. I’m not a great writer. I’m a proficient writer because this is what I’ve done as a career for the last 24 years. There are really amazing writers that are out in the world and some of them work for me, but…

04:50
Coming up with an idea and sharing it and making a difference in the world in non-fiction writing is distinctly different than simply being an amazing writer who does great with prose and whatnot. They’re distinctly different things. And so for me, the first objective is to be able to make sure to be able to get your voice out and understood and do it in a way that meets the needs of your readers. Because at the end of the day, most of us are not Emily Dickinson. We’re not going to say…

05:16
and write in our bedrooms by ourselves and let that content sit under our bed or in our closets until we die, right? We’re writing with purpose and intention to be able to make a difference in the world. And so the first thing is to be able to get that out. The second is to have a good team to back you up, to be able to take your ideas and make them into beautiful prose. Well, see, here’s the thing. I know that you’ve launched what you said, 124 consecutive books, like…

05:42
How can you launch so many hits? Are you just really selective with your clients? It seems really difficult to bet a thousand. Yeah, I like to say that I cheat. I only work with winners, right? But a couple of things. The first thing to note is that the best sellers list, the hidden secret that nobody really appreciates is that New York Times and other best seller lists are not real best sellers lists. They don’t count real sales in real time. Not every book that is sold is reported. Not every book that is reported is counted.

06:11
Not every book that’s counted is counted equally. And not only that, if you read, if you go to the bottom of the New York Times bestsellers list in the fine print, they literally state in writing black and white that they are an editorial list. And so within their editorial controls, they can choose to include or exclude a book at their editorial discretion. Now with that, there’s some hope because they have created standards for which they apply

06:41
equally against all books. So if you hit the standards, all of the standards, which are pretty extensive, but if you get all of the standards, then they will they will allow you to be included on the list. If you miss one of their standards and the standards exceed simply having enough sales. But if you if you don’t meet all of their standards, then the book will be the New York Times will determine whether or not they’re going to include your book editorially on their list. So.

07:06
When I say cheat, this is what I mean. If you understand the science of the system and the science is what the rules are set up by the New York Times and other best sellers list, the art is figuring out what kinds of authors and businesses and platforms are best served by meeting those standards and how to leverage their businesses in meeting those standards. And so when I say cheat is knowing what the standards are and what’s needed to be able to hit that, I then look for authors and clients and business owners that both

07:35
benefit from hitting those standards and then are also able to do it. Because at the end of the day, you could have an amazing book, but if you can’t hit the standards, it doesn’t matter, right? We’re not going to be able to support your efforts to become a bestseller. And I don’t really play the luck game. I don’t play the Oprah game. I don’t play the, we’re going to wait and see what happens because that’s just not how the industry works. Right. Yeah. I mean, one thing that I’ve learned is that books don’t sell themselves.

08:06
you gotta really actively go out and market these things. And it’s harder than selling like my $2,000 a class almost. Yeah, I think when we first met, that’s one of the things I said is selling a book is more difficult than selling virtually anything else. And the reason for that is that the readers aren’t considering the price of the book, right? The 1995, 2495, whatever the price is. The consideration that you’re…

08:32
your potential audience and readers are making is, I going to spend the four, six or eight hours to read the book? Most of us, and I don’t know how many of the books behind you fit into this category, but most of us have what I call shelf help on our shelves, meaning books that are helping the shelves that we didn’t read and they’re just sitting on the shelf, right? And so the subconscious psychological determination that we make when looking at buying a book is,

08:58
whether or not we’re going to spend the time to read the book. And one of the other things that I observe, and people don’t like hearing this, but because the currency that we’re asking our readers to spend is time, one of the very worst things that you can do with an expectation of outcome is gift a book to somebody. Because unless they had already predetermined they wanted to read that book, the probability of them reading that book is very, very remote. And so that contributes to the idea of shelf help because more than likely,

09:27
the book that you’ve been gifted or that you’re gifting to someone else is not going to be read. Huh. Well, that’s kind of depressing, Well, it’s rallying. And here’s the thing about books. Books don’t just compete with other books. They’re competing with every sporting event on the planet. They compete with the time that your kids need you to come to school to go to an assembly or a music program or a play or anything else. So they compete with

09:56
video games and they compete with with church if you go to church and they compete with the time you spend on YouTube and the time you spend watching TV and the time you spend watching movies. Books have to compete against all of those different mediums. And while the mechanics of publishing don’t require a well-written book, the engagement of a cut of your audience and customers do because what you have to do with a book is get your your audience member

10:25
to be willing to invest the time into your book versus doing other things. And again, going back to that time investment, that is a much bigger investment than a 30 minute TV show or a two and a half hour movie or anything else. Like you’re spending significantly more time reading a book than you are on other mediums. And so in order to be able to convince your audience to read the book, you’ve got to have something important to say and say it well. Yeah. You know, the last time we spoke,

10:53
We talked about the economics of books, which I found fascinating. I would like the audience to know about that. So first of all, why are these hardcover books just priced so high? How much do the publishers make? How much do, like what are all the little cuts that people are taking all along the way? It’s a great question. And I want to do it in, ask the question in context of why publishers no longer market books. Okay. Because the number one thing that I hear from an author is, well,

11:23
I’ll write a good book and then the publisher will market it. And the reality is the publishers cannot market the book because of the economics of the book. between 1880 to 1980, the average number of books published each year was 40,000 new titles. With the advent of the personal computer in the early 80s, every Tom, Dick, and Harry believed that they could write a book. Whether they could or should or shouldn’t, they did, right? And so…

11:51
When I started publishing back in 1999, there were 76,000 some odd books that were published that year. So almost double from the 1880 to 1980 number, Last year, there were 1,076,000 books published. That’s crazy. 1,076,000. And about half, a little less than half of those books were still print books. The other half were e-books in some digital format.

12:20
And we define this through ISBNs, which is the code on the back of the book that is the individual identifier of your book over another title. so, but I mean, so you’re talking five, 600,000 new titles, print titles that were published last year alone. Now, the reason, and I’m giving a little preface before I get into the numbers, this is important. The average retail book store carries 100,000 titles, right? Of those 100,000 titles.

12:48
Between 70 to 80 % are what we call backlist titles. These are your perennials, your classics, and last year’s bestsellers. So what that means is, of the 100,000 titles, 20 to 30,000 new titles each year make it onto a retail bookstore shelf. Out of about 1,076,000, and you go back down to the roughly 600,000 print books, you’re still at 20 to 30,000 of that number.

13:18
600,000 new titles that make it onto a retail bookstore shelf. Now, a lot of folks may be saying, well, doesn’t Amazon and digital sales change that? And the answer to that is no. And here’s why. In terms of the size and scope of the industry, Amazon is the biggest retailer in the industry at about 16.7 % of sales. And in contrast, Barnes & was at 11.1 % of sales last year in the industry as the number two retailer.

13:46
But if you take all online sales, Amazon, BarnesNobel.com, all of the other online retailers, and you add all of those sales together, they represent around 24.6 % of all sales. And so what that means is just over 75 % of sales are still going through brick and mortar stores. BarnesNobel, Books of Million, Hudson’s, Walmart, Costco, Sam’s Club, the grocery stores, Target.

14:15
There are 2,000 independent bookstores in the US. You still have a majority, a vast majority of books that are being sold in print format through a brick and store. just find that so hard to believe. mean, all the bookstores in my area have closed except for one Barnes & Nobles for the most part. There was a dip. There absolutely was a dip during COVID. Great. Okay. it zoomed back last year.

14:44
Right, it went back to the normal numbers. actually, so Varns & Noble is the big brick and mortar store. They’ve only closed like 10 stores. They changed their strategy on how they bring books in and how they do what’s called co-op, which we’ll get into later, and other things. They brought in a new C-suite from a book group in London to be able to come back and have them. But they’ve not closed that many stores. Books a million has actually expanded.

15:13
Borders closed back in 2015-2016. Books a Million purchased about half of their stores and expanded their reach. There used to be 6,000 independent bookstores in the US. We’re now at 2,000, but those 2,000 are pretty strong. And what did occur during COVID because people were traveling were the majority of the airport stores temporarily closed during that year.

15:41
but they’re all up and running and functioning at full rate at this point. And so, yeah, there was certainly downturn due to COVID, but that’s really been rectified. so, people, there’s something to say about being able to hold a book in your hand, being able to smell, have that tactile touch. I actually wrongly made a prediction about a decade ago that within five years that e-books would represent close to 50 % of sales, and that never happened. In fact,

16:10
we saw it get almost to 30 % in terms of sales ebooks and then it’s gone back down significantly. Really? Okay. So ebooks are less than 30 % of sales. Uh-huh. Amazing. Okay. And it’s just, look, for some of us, I do a lot of audio and ebook reading, but for the masses, it’s not a thing, right? There’s a distinction there. And so going back to the original question about the monetization, all of this is important because…

16:40
The still the name of the game in the industry is still that brick and board distribution. So when you, when an author goes to a publisher to be able to get published, um, what they’re, what the publisher is looking for is the author’s ability to create sell through of their, of the book at the store level, essentially in today’s market, publishers act like venture capitalists and what they’re looking for with their authors.

17:04
is the validation that the author understands their market, have been able to prove that market, and have been able to generate sales. Because the publishers really don’t understand platform anymore. They don’t understand marketing. They barely understand media. And so what they’re relying on, like a venture capitalist, is your ability to be able to demonstrate your ability to sell your message. But then there’s the other competition issue of…

17:31
You know, you’re dealing with another five, six hundred thousand titles all aiming for twenty to thirty thousand spots each year. so so so what you look at then is not only your your marketing, but then the what most people realize are two things about about publishing. Number one, every book that’s on a retail bookstore shelf, that’s a front list title published this year are paid for by the publisher. It’s called Coop. It’s merchandising in any other retail industry.

17:59
And by the way, every publisher offers co-op on all of their books. So it’s something that gets paid no matter what, but it’s a hard cost. And so the hard cost is going to be like a dollar for a book spine out, $2 for a book per unit, per unit for a book that’s face out, $3 if it’s at the end cap, which gives it more visibility, $4 per unit if it’s on the table at the front of the store, and $5 if it’s got a special display or if it’s point of purchase. so- How does the publisher decide which books to spend on what?

18:29
Like do you have to prove to them that you’re gonna move a lot of books? As the author, again, the publisher is a go-between between you and the retailers. So the publisher is looking for a belief that you’re going to create sell-through at the store level. they offer co-op on every one of their new books, a New York publisher or even a Mid-Sense publisher. They have to, because everybody else is.

18:54
There is no distribution unless you offer that co-op. So it’s something that is required to be offered on every single book. The difference, what differentiates your book from a different title is the marketing that you bring to the table. There’s a grading system that existed at every one of the retailers and the grading system includes how well did the author’s last book sell at my stores? How well does the average book by this publisher sell at my stores?

19:18
How well does the average book in this category sell at my stores? And what’s the marketing that the authors bring to the table? Based on the answer to those questions, the author gets a grade of A, B, C, D, or F. And the grade level then dictates the number of books on the shelf. And of course, at that point, with that number of books on the shelf, D level distribution at Barnes & Noble will be offered one level of co-op, whereas A level distribution will be offered a different level of co-op in terms of that.

19:47
buy by the retailer, right? And so the requirement by the publishers, you better be able to bring the marketing NPR to the table because at best what they’re going to do is be able to print and pay for the co-op of that book. And that goes to the second point, which is most people don’t realize that books, unlike other merchandise and other industries, are 100 % returnable by the retailer back to the publisher.

20:16
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And leading up to the launch in May, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. But if you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. And here’s what I’ve given away already.

20:44
a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, a workshop on how to self-publish your first book, and a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search. In addition to the weekly bonuses, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop, and access to my two-day passive income workshop, and free access to any future live workshops. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself

21:12
will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses

21:42
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country, and other special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:54
What determines whether I get the $5, I said I, whether I get the $5 front of the store co-op? Is that something the publisher decides or is that something the bookstore decides? No, it’s something the bookstore decides based on your grade. And based on the grade, like $5 point of purchase is going to go with an A level book. a B level is going to get front of store placement. C is going to get end cap. D is going to get face out. OK.

22:23
Anything below that might get spying or less. And if you have no track record, the chances of you getting to the front are probably pretty slim, I would imagine. Well, so the opportunity on a first-time author is that they actually can get more distribution on their first book than they might be able to get on their second book. Because there is no track record. The opportunity is if you come in with a strong enough marketing campaign, the…

22:48
retailers may take a little bit of a chance on you because they simply don’t have a track record. So on a first-time author, if you go in guns blazing, you might be able to get better distribution. And that’s important because if you do a really good job on the first book, it would then influence your ability to get distribution on your next title and other future titles that you publish. if you are a first-time author working with a publisher for distribution, my advice is…

23:16
throw everything in the kitchen sink at what you’re doing to be able to create the sell through. One note before I get back to the finances, which is where we started this part of the conversation.

23:29
It’s important to note that the industry is a risk mitigation industry, right? They don’t take risks on books. And so your opportunity with the marketing and the work that you do is to eliminate risks, both for the publisher and then the retailers. If you can do that, you’ll be able to play at a higher level in terms of what you do. But you also need to be able to follow through. can’t just be…

23:59
just a lot of talk. That happens a lot. A lot of authors come in and promise the sun, the earth, and the moon, and can’t deliver. So be able to deliver at least 80 % or better of what you’re promising to the publisher and the retailers, because how well your current book does will directly influence and impact what you do in the industry moving forward. Going back to the numbers then, let’s use a simple number. It could be higher than this, and inflation certainly impacts

24:29
the price of printing and paper and all of those things. But let’s use some simple numbers. Let’s assume that the retail price of the book is $20. right? Okay. Now the retailers get paid, they keep when a book sells 50 to 55 % of the retail price. To keep it simple, let’s use 50 % if they’ll more likely go out and make it so that the retailer keeps $10 per unit sold. Okay, so now-

24:58
We’re down to $10 there, right? So then we look at the printing cost of the book. So let’s assume that the printing cost on the book is $3 a unit, because let’s say it’s a hardcover book and it’s $3 per unit to print. Okay, cool. So now we go from seven down to, or probably 10 down to seven. Well, then let’s assume that we get average retail distribution and co-op and that the average price per unit

25:25
is three come at $3 per unit. And by the way, this is assuming that the book sales. If the book doesn’t sell, the numbers become even worse for the publisher. But assuming that the book sell, they now go from $7 down to $4 once you deduct the co-op from that. And then authors on average are to make $2 $3 per unit sold as a royalty. So let’s assume it’s a lower number, it’s $2. So we’re going go down from $4 to $2 per unit. So

25:55
At best, not including overhead, not including shipping, not including all of the other expenses to be able to run a company, a publisher’s making roughly $2 per unit sold for a $20 book. You go up to a $40 book, they’re maybe making $4 per unit sold because of the way that the numbers scale at that point. It’s just not that much better of a deal, but the publishers are looking at…

26:22
trying to squeeze out every penny they can here, there, and everywhere else. But this is why publishers also don’t do marketing because if they’re only making $2 per unit, there’s really no budget left for them to spend on marketing, PR, and advertising. And this is why they require that their authors bring the marketing to the table. All right, $2 a book. That doesn’t sound like a good business to me. How do these publishers stay in business?

26:51
and pay for their fancy offices in New York and all the staff. A lot of its legacy media and most of New York publishers, now all of the New York publishers, are owned by multimedia conglomerates who are using books as ways to be able to justify other money and revenue opportunities not associated with the individual books themselves. In publishing, it’s not the 80-20 rule, it’s the 95-5 rule. 5 % of the books make 95 % of the money. And really what…

27:20
publishers in the US are looking to do today on the 95 % is really they’re trying to get as close to breakeven as possible versus a loss. And one of the biggest things that a traditional publisher can do beyond getting the retail distribution for your book is selling the subsidiary rights, the foreign rights, TV, movie rights, and those other things. Most publishers leverage the fact that New York is the media capital of the world. And they leverage that

27:50
when they have moderate success with their books to be able to sell the foreign rights for books to foreign countries to say, hey, look at the success we had in the US. If we had success here, you can have success in your country as well. And so they’re able to export that fairly well. And their objective is in selling the rights to get as close to breaking even on the 95 % of the books as they can. Interesting. What are the economics of selling foreign rights? Typically speaking, you’ll get

28:16
Let’s say you sell the rights to a publisher in Portugal. They might pay 10 to $20,000 for the rights to own that book in Portugal and to print and to make the money from that. And typically speaking, the publisher will give the author, depending on the publisher, 30 to 50 % of the payment from that Portugal publisher. I see. Some countries we’ve seen in South Korea or in Japan, if you can…

28:45
if they’ll publish it or in, sometimes in India, you might get a $50,000 payment to be able to buy the rights for the book. So let’s just throw some numbers here. So let’s say a publisher gives someone $100,000 advance in order to make up that they got to sell 50,000 books just to break even. That’s what you’re telling me? That’s what I’m saying. And then what is the, give me some numbers here. What is the average book sell for from like a big five publisher?

29:13
So, and look, you’ve got different kinds of books, right? You’ve got hardcover, you’ve got paperback, you’ve got mass paperback, which is even cheaper, so you can buy a Harry Potter book as an example, in hardcover, $24.95, and paperback at $16.95, and mass market paperback at $7.95. But for the most part, that’s for the really big books, what we’re looking at today is hardcovers in the $24.95 range.

29:39
We’re looking at paperbacks around $12.35 to $16.95. The mass market’s still about what it’s been. But the objective on when you’re selling a book, whether it’s your first time book or a new title that’s being published, it’s likely to come out in hardcover. And the reason for that is that, again, going back to the idea of selling rights, if you have even moderate success with a hardcover book,

30:06
The publisher then has two choices. They can print the paperback, which doesn’t cost them, other than the printing costs, it doesn’t cost them a lot of additional funds to do, or they can sell the paperback rights and be able to recoup their investment. All right, give me some numbers. What’s considered a reasonable selling book at Hardback? Well, let me tell you the average. Because things have changed over the years. When I started, I would say that I would tell folks that on average in five years that a business title

30:34
or non-fiction title would sell 5,000 books. That’s not the case at all anymore. Like we’re talking 24 years later. Last year, if we look at the New York publishers alone, they published roughly 20,000 titles. And those 20,000 titles averaged selling 500 copies. That’s it? It’s dropped over the years? It’s dropped over the years. Yep. Well, again, when I started, were 70-some-odd thousand books being published. were 1,076,000 books published last year.

31:02
There’s a lot more media opportunities today than there was 24 years ago, right? I see. If you look at the, if you remove the 20,000 books that then your publishers published, you’re looking at, so you got a million 56,000 left. Yeah. You’re looking at an average of about a hundred sales. Man. Per title, per title. And so here’s what’s important with that.

31:30
you’ve got the front list of the backlist title. So if you want real success in publishing, you have to get your book modeled. You want your book to be a backlist title. Well, the time frame to do that, this is why I say throw everything in the kitchen sink that you can at the book in the first 90 days is because your book will live or die in 60 to 90 days, depending on the retailer. You’ll either create the sell through at the retail level or you won’t. And if you don’t, the book gets returned and the retailers don’t carry your book anymore. And if you do,

32:00
then you’re able to get modeled. And if you can keep that level of sales for a year, then you’ll be backlisted in the following year and keep that level, that model level for the following year. I see. It just seems like based on the numbers you told me, the publishers are hemorrhaging money. They do make money, but it’s… Look, you’ll have a book by a politician, say…

32:28
say Donald Trump or Biden or whomever else, that’ll sell 10 million copies, right? So they’ll have books that make a lot of money. And the smaller books don’t make, they lose money, but they don’t lose huge amounts of money per title. they still end up being profitable. And like I said, in terms of that foreign rights and subsidiary rights standpoint, they’re back in tactic of being able to sell those rights.

32:55
is really how they mitigate losses for all of the other books. So they end up doing just fine. But their objective is to be able to get a book beyond the first year so that it’s modeled at the store level so they don’t have to pay for that shelf space anymore. Because once they get to that point, then hopefully at that point you got people going into bookstores and buying the book at no additional cost other than the printing cost of the book. I see. Okay. How much do they make on a paperback? Are the economics better? They’re the same.

33:25
It’s about the same. It’s about the same. Well, they might make less per unit if they’re pricing it lower per unit. They’ll use cheaper paper to reduce costs. look, if you to use a symbol number, if you use 10 bucks as your starting point, maybe you’re printing costs of 75 cents versus three bucks. But your your call price doesn’t change hardcover paperback. You’re still spending one to five dollars per unit. Right. And the author royalty.

33:53
might go down from $2 for the author to $1 for the author, but you’re still, mean, the numbers were got to be about the same. All right, so let me just see if I understand. So the co-op cost is only for the beginning during launch, and if you can get your book onto the backlist, the publisher no longer has to pay that co-op fee. Correct, I mean, there are exceptions to that. So as an example, I did a book by a very well-known sales trainer.

34:20
and put it in the number one New York Times, the next year, the next May, Barnes and Noble came back and said, hey, we’re doing a business special for Father’s Day. We want to put 100,000 copies of the book on the shelf, and we had to pay the co-op for that. So there’s some exceptions to that. the objective is for a publisher to get past that first year, have the book modeled and backlisted so that other than special opportunities, they don’t have to worry about paying that shelf space. OK. All right.

34:48
Let’s switch gears a little bit. What does it take to hit these bestseller lists? First of all, what are the bestseller lists that are the most prestigious, and how do you hit them? And it’s a good question. And they have changed in some regards over the years. And I focus primarily on nonfiction. So I’m looking at that. But you’ve got The New York Times, which from a book standpoint is considered the crumb to the crumb. Now, for me, New York Times, from an impact on sales standpoint,

35:19
doesn’t have a huge impact on actual sales of the book or on my clients’ platforms. Really, New York Times, the readers of that section of the New York Times are people that are literary snobs, in my opinion, people who really look at the literary quality. And that’s not a problem, but if you’re writing a business book or a diet book or a health book or a workout book or a cookbook, those folks, those readers…

35:44
aren’t going to be as interested in that content as they might be in a work of fiction. So if you’re writing a book of fiction, New York Times is fantastic. It’s in the industry. It’s considered the top list. Retailers care about that. From an actual engagement of sales, I don’t see a huge movement on that when making the New York Times list. The Wall Street Journal would be the next, and that’s especially true on nonfiction and especially on business.

36:12
Right, so if you’ve written a business book, a money book, a wealth book, even to a certain degree a personal development book that is focused on wealth or money or business, like Secrets of the Millionaire Mind by T.R. Wecker, then Wall Street Journal is amazing. Wall Street Journal, you get on that list. Business people who could hire you are reading that book. Business people who…

36:39
could buy your book and give it to their employees are reading that list, right? And so it’s an amazing list for that category of author. And the way that I look at the ranking of list, number one, New York Times would be top. Number one, for a business title or a personal development title, number one, Wall Street Journal is actually above making the New York Times bestsellers list. If you’re a guy or health, yeah, because…

37:09
if you’re writing number one, because you get to put that status number one to the audience that is most interested in your material. So that’s really amazing. Whereas if you hit number one USA Today and you’re a diet or a health book because of the broad nature of that list, then USA Today for that kind of author is better than just making the New York Times. So number one New York Times, number one Wall Street Journal or number one USA Today, depending on the subject matter, is better than just making New York Times. And then you’ve got New York Times and then below that you’ve got Wall Street Journal.

37:38
and USA Today as lists that have importance. There are LA Times does a list, Publishers Weekly does a list, Chicago Tribune does a list. So there are some regional and local publications that do bestseller lists as well, but they’re localized, right? So they have benefit. And if you’re heavily in the LA market, the Chicago market or wherever, then Fantastic Does a List will have an impact on what you’re doing.

38:07
But in terms of the national list, it’s New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and USA Today. Okay. And I guess let’s just start with the New York Times. What are the five criteria? I think that’s what you mentioned in the beginning. So going back to the need for distribution, number one for New York Times is retail distribution. And this is why we really look at the effort before the campaign comes out because

38:37
We can hit the other four standards, but if we don’t have that retail distribution to begin with, they won’t, we move from qualifying from a technical standpoint to having to have an editorial conversation, which is never a conversation that you want to have because they could choose to include or exclude you based on their own biases and beliefs. Right. And so what we’re looking for is to put at least 10,000 units on the shelf. Now, again, to be clear, the New York Times is not a real best sellers list. What they’re looking for

39:06
within their rule system is validation for why they’re seeing sales being reported to them because they don’t really understand why. And so they’ve come up with a standard to be able to validate that. So number one is retail distribution. if you don’t, their argument, which is fair to a point, if you don’t have enough retail distribution, how are they seeing these sales coming in? Right. That’s number one. Number two is actual sales. So when we, when we look at running a campaign,

39:36
we look at pre-selling 20,000 units. Now, let me give you an analogy of what we’re doing compared to the normal industry and unfairness that exists. In the traditional space, there’s something called embargoing. Embargoing is a legal agreement between the publisher and the retailer. And what that legal agreement states is that the retailer is not allowed to put any copies of that title on the shelf

40:04
until the exact release date. Now, we don’t see that a lot, but a really clear example of this that we all heard about in the news was Harry Potter. When each Harry Potter book was released, there was an embargo on it, on the sale of the book, and you could go to Barnes & or Books of Million or Hudson’s or Amazon and pre-purchase the book, but the retailer was not allowed to ship the book or give the book to the consumer until the publishing date. If they did, the agreed upon fine was $250,000

40:34
per unit that they put on the shelf. So it was a really big expense and cost if you made the mistake. And there were occasionally books are here or there that put a book out early and they got fined for doing so. And so what would happen is that all of these retailers would accumulate all of these orders for a year or two or three, depending on the duration of the release of the book from one title to the next.

40:59
and they would hold all of the orders on the funds. And then the day of the release of the book, they would take all of those funds into the coffers and deliver the book to the consumer. And so by doing that, of course, a book like Harry Potter that’s being embargoed is going to hit number one on the list because you’ve got two or three years of pent-up sales and the millions of copies that are now all being processed at the same time.

41:28
When I work with a client to run an Evertimes campaign, we don’t rely on a legal embargo because for most of my clients, actually I’d say all of them, none of them are at the Harry Potter level. Retailers don’t like doing embargoes because it means that they can’t put their customers’ money into their coffers. And so they want to put money into their coffers as soon as they can. And so for most titles, let’s say the book was coming out in May and if Amazon got the book or Barnes & or whoever got the book in April,

41:56
and there are people who’ve pre-ordered from the retailer, they’re going to ship. Amazon’s going to ship the book to the customer the moment the book comes in. Why? Because as soon as they ship the book, they can take that customer’s money and put it into their coffers. They can’t do that under an embargo. And so they don’t like doing that unless they’re forced to, like on a big book like Harry Potter. And so what I do with my clients is the same thing. I have my clients embargo the sales directly.

42:23
So, and not give the sales to the retailers until the pump did. So they hold the orders and the money. And then we do a controlled release based on the algorithm at the New York Times, the breakdown of how the different retailers are weighted. And so we give X number to Amazon and Y number to Barnes & and Z number to Books-A-Million and beyond. Like we split that up and have those retailers fulfill the orders all within the same week in an author embargoed versus a publisher embargoed process, if that makes sense.

42:52
And so we look at, we want to have those sales all happening at the same time to ensure compliance by the retailers who are reporting and to have the highest percentage of those sales being counted. The next standard is ebook sales. Now it used to be that the New York Times had an ebook bestsellers list. In February of 2017, the New York Times made some major changes to their lists of which the standards that I’m giving you, most of them didn’t exist previous other than sales and retail distribution.

43:20
And so what the New York Times did is they got rid of the five spots on all of their lists and they got rid of half of their existing lists and they did that with the objective of being a more exclusive bestsellers list than they had previously been and so one of the lists they got rid of was the ebook list and So what they did is they made ebooks a standard to qualify, right? So so while they’re well, they want to see the print sale of the book. They also want to see the

43:49
e-book standard or the e-book sales happening at the same time. This is something that they have determined if you have print sales, you’re have e-book sales at a certain level. So our objective during the launch of a book is to be able to put 10,000 or more e-book sales through promotions through Kindle, Kobo and Nook, which are the three main e-book reading devices, right? So that’s the third standard. The fourth standard is what’s called online social proof. So again, I wanna be clear.

44:18
The New York Times as a sophisticated poll is looking to validate why they’re seeing sales come through. And so the first thing they’re looking at is what’s going on in online media. About five years ago, what you started hearing media and publicist change of their language was that traditional media was no longer print magazines and newspapers and radio shows and TV shows, but traditional media was now blogs and…

44:46
blogs and blogs and podcasts and all of those things. And so in February of 2017, the New York Times launched an online technology that it’s a spidering technology similar to what Google uses for ranking the quality of a website and ranking a website before their search results. the New York Times launched this validating spidering technology to be able to go out and see that there was sufficient interest in your book.

45:15
to be able to know that, the reason we’re seeing sales is because we’re seeing all of this online conversation around the book going on. And so while The New York Times doesn’t release the exact standards, what we have determined in the last six years through the many campaigns that we’ve run is that, well, I don’t know the bottom number. We always aim to have 350 blogs in the month of the release, 90 vlogs in the month of the release, 90 podcasts during the month of the release.

45:44
We aim to have to run some kind of of online social media campaign to get 50,000 consumers engaged with likes or comments or shit not probably shares and comments on on Facebook Twitter and LinkedIn each right and those those are the things that the New York Times are looking at to validate that Why they’re seeing sales, right? The final standard is is what I would call old media or traditional media

46:14
which is radio, TV, and print, which are still valid forms of media. But what they’re looking for is for the author to have themselves or their book featured in 100 markets in TV, 100 markets in radio, and 100 markets in print. Now, if you have a good PR firm, TV and radio is still syndicated, right? And so that syndication allows you to get one national hit to hit

46:43
TV or radio prints a little bit more difficult. And so oftentimes we have to look at things like matte releases and other things to be able to hit the print center because it’s not it doesn’t have the same syndication that it used to have, right? That those syndication teams all broke up. But those are the standards that that New York Times are looking for from a technical standpoint for you to qualify. If you hit those standards, then they’ll they’ll let your book on the list. If you don’t, let’s you only have the sale, the sales part of it, maybe part of the distribution.

47:12
then it’s an editorial decision that the New York Times will make. they’re going to look at, they like your publisher? Do they like your subject matter? Do they like you? Like they’re look at really subjective things. Right. Wow, that sounds pretty comprehensive. Yeah. To hit that list. Yeah. Okay. Well, I don’t want to take up too much of your time because I know you got a workshop to run here, but…

47:40
Thanks for giving some insight into the book industry, why publishers don’t spend money on marketing, and what it actually takes to hit the cream of the crop, which is the New York Times bestseller list. In case your audience might be a little discouraged about publishing, me give them this encouragement. The information that I’m sharing should be empowering. It should give you an objective to aim for.

48:08
to be able to work in and succeed in the publishing industry, right? And that it doesn’t have to happen overnight. In fact, what I would tell you is that on average, my New York Times bestselling clients don’t run New York Times campaign until their third, fourth or fifth book. Because what we’re doing is building their platform and their business in the interim and still using books as ways to build credibility.

48:35
with their audience and their customer base and being able to add to their list and audience. But it’s usually the third, fourth or fifth book over, could be anywhere from a three to 10 year timer. I have clients that it took 10 years and five books launched before we ever ran a New York Times campaign. Now, every other subsequent book that they run before that added and built their platform so that when we ran the New York Times bestsellers list, we were

49:03
able to hit those standards that I shared fairly organically because we’d built the business to that point. so I would say, yes, you may not be able to go from nothing to New York Times on your first book, but that doesn’t mean that there isn’t a way for you to have success. You simply have to take the information that I’ve shared and use it to create a plan and to aim to hit those numbers at some point in the future.

49:32
and to then worry about running a New York Times campaign at that point. Right. Michael, where can people find more about you and your services? So my basic website is promoteabook.com, because I like to make it complex. P-R-O-M-O-T-E-A-B-O-OK.COM, promoteabook.com. The writer’s retreat that we run here in Guatemala. By the way, it includes a publishing deal. So at the end of the month, the promise is your book will be written, and we got a publishing deal lined up for you. That’s cool. Yeah, I like that.

50:02
We do this for a lot of those folks that can’t run New York Times bestsellers, but are using their book to grow their business and are looking out into the future. It’s a month long retreat. It’s really hard to be here. We’re at 6,000 feet. I’ve got five volcanoes behind me. It’s 72 degrees out with no humidity for a month. It’s really terrible. got to ride every day. So there is that. But if you want to more about the retreat, it’s bookretreat.com. Because again, I like to make it complex.

50:29
Bookwithreed.com. B-O-O-K-R-E-T-R-E-A-T.com. Nice. Well, Michael, thanks a lot for coming on the show. I learned a lot. I learned even more than the first time I chatted with you. So thank you. You’re welcome. It’s my pleasure.

50:57
Once again, I want to remind you that my annual ecommerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Spocket, which is the dropshipping supplier that I like for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer, no storage or fulfillment required.

51:25
And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash sp-o-c-k-e-t. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

455: If I Only Knew: 5 Life-Changing Insights About Business I’d Tell My Younger Self – Family First Friday

455: If I Only Knew: 5 Life-Changing Insights About Business I'd Tell My Younger Self

Welcome to the first “Family First Friday” episode on the podcast. On these Friday segments, I’ll be producing solo episodes about my philosophies on business, family and life.

Today, I’m going to discuss 5 life changing insights about business and life that I’d tell me younger self!

Enjoy!

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays. And in these solo episodes, I will be presenting to you my personal thoughts about family, entrepreneurship, business, and life. And today we’re going to talk about some life-changing insights about business that I would tell my younger self if I started all over again. But before we begin,

00:28
I just wanted to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now most of you who’ve followed me for a long time know that I’m not a huge fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business. Now if you want to dropship from US or European suppliers, I like Spockit, and here’s why. Spockit integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products and order fulfillment seamless.

00:54
They also offer branded invoices, which allows you to add your logo and store name to the invoice, so it appears as though it’s being shipped from your own warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. And as a result, your shipping times are fast at between two and five days, and the quality is superior. You can try Spocket for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. Now onto the show.

01:29
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast and the very first Family First Friday. Now what if I told you that you could make a few million dollars per year while working only 20 hours a week and spend most of your time with your loved ones? What if I told you that starting a business on the side and achieving financial freedom was not only doable, but that it doesn’t require a lot of money upfront and very little risk?

01:51
Well, I can assure you that it can be done because I’ve personally achieved all the above with my businesses over at bumblebeelinens.com and mywifequitterjob.com. And if you are skeptical, let’s just say that a lot of things in life can seem impossible unless you see someone else do it first. Kind of like how no one believed that a human could run a mile in under four minutes until Roger Bannister did it in 1954. So in this episode, I’m going to share with you five life-changing insights that I would tell my younger self

02:21
and anyone who wants to start a business, achieve financial freedom, and free up their time to do what they want. Insight number one, 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. Now this is a very strong statement, but it is true and here is a fact. Most entrepreneurship advice is given by single men who have no responsibilities outside of taking care of themselves. They have no family, no mouths to feed, and no expenses to worry about, but that’s not really representative of most people.

02:51
Now there’s a popular saying within the entrepreneurship community that entrepreneurs prefer to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours per week at a regular job. But if you follow the path of most entrepreneurs, working 80 hours a week and hustling nonstop, you will end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs on my podcast.

03:19
who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you never hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. I once interviewed a billionaire whose business ended up destroying their marriage because he was working too much. And to this day, this remains his biggest regret in life. And he would trade all of his wealth to be back together with his family again. Now the truth

03:49
is that you can in fact be financially free without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week just to make it all work. There is in fact a sustainable way to achieve financial freedom without making huge sacrifices. You just have to follow a certain set of principles in order to stay on track. Insight number two, you got to start before you’re ready. Most people wait too long before doing what they know they need to do in life.

04:18
I wanted to start my blog for years before I did, and what took so long to get started were two concerns. One, I was intimidated to build my own website on WordPress. Yes, even engineers can be intimidated by tech. And two, I thought I hated writing, so I kept stalling until finally the pain of not starting was greater than the discomfort of just doing it. And then after that, I installed WordPress, and it was surprisingly easy. Two years of waiting, the whole thing took a couple of hours.

04:48
The next day, I typed out my first blog post and it turned out to be much easier than I anticipated and I could even make it fun. My blog post didn’t have to be long and eloquent, they just had to be helpful and direct and I’ve blogged regularly ever since then with minimal resistance. When my wife and I started our e-commerce store selling handkerchiefs, we knew nothing about websites, nothing about selling online and nothing about advertising. But we gave it a shot anyway and made over $100,000 in profit in our first year of business.

05:18
with zero experience. Once we ditched our doubts, progress followed. And lots of things are like that. Most people hesitate to start a business because they doubt they have any marketable skills to offer, or they think they need to conduct years of research to create a viable business plan. None of this is true. Launching a business is actually easy. The hard part is getting it to run on autopilot with minimal effort or interference needed from you. Many aspiring entrepreneurs delay the first few steps

05:47
which are ironically the least risky ones in the entire process. And nobody’s ever ready to begin, ever. You always have to start earlier than you think. After all, you can’t really learn how to run a business until you’ve had experience running a business. So if you wait until you’re ready, then you will never start at all. In other words, you will feel ready to start your business six months after you started. And even if your business fails, you learn something. And that is not failing in my book.

06:17
It’s education. By the way, if you’re enjoying these insights, make sure you preorder my book, The Family First Entrepreneur in the links below. And as soon as you preorder, you’ll receive instant access to my three day workshop on print on demand and my two day workshop on how to make money with content. Just go to thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Insight number three, do not build a business around what you love.

06:42
Now when it comes to business, most people want to sell something they love or provide a service that they are passionate about. But what most people don’t understand is that whether you start a business around an area of passion or not, most of what you end up doing is not necessarily related to the thing that you sell. Now granted there are exceptions to this rule, but very few. In our case, we sell linens, but most of the daily operations have to do with sales and marketing, tracking inventory and customer service. We could be selling computers,

07:10
and it would basically be the same list of daily tasks. So do not start a business because you’re trying to monetize your passion. Why? Because you won’t be very happy and it probably won’t work. In most businesses, what you end up doing, especially in the startup phase, is all the stuff required to run just about any business and usually this isn’t what you’re passionate about. You may in fact begin to associate these mundane activities with your passion itself and therefore grow to resent it. For example,

07:39
My wife was passionate about embroidery and she loved to embroider blankets and pillowcases, you name it. But as soon as we started doing it for other people, for money, she started hating it. It’s just a recipe for unhappiness. If you do find something that you love and turn it into a business and you’re ready to do the work, great. But do not believe the myth that this is something you have to be in love with or that it won’t work. Simply not true. You can start a business around a lot of different areas of interest.

08:07
and make many of them succeed if you know what to do. You don’t have to be passionate about running a business necessarily. Just know that this is how you end up spending the majority of your time, doing mundane, boring things every business owner has to do. So instead of the passion, focus on the purpose of your business. For me, our business was always about whether we could make enough money to replace my wife’s income so she could stay at home with the kids. That was the real goal.

08:34
and every decision we made was oriented around that single objective. We passed up a lot of other opportunities that excited me more than hankies, believe me, but that wasn’t the point of what we were doing. The point was which business would allow us to have the most freedom to do what we wanted, and everything had to pass through that filter. It didn’t matter what we sold so long as we fulfilled our primary goal, and that was what we were passionate about, the purpose behind the business, not just the business itself.

09:04
Insight number four, everything is a commodity. Now when starting a business, most people struggle with what to sell, not because they can’t find a profitable product, but because they want to sell something completely novel or unique. And the truth of the matter is that very few products are unique and almost every product is a commodity. Think of how many successful apparel companies or jewelry companies are out there in the world and you’ll soon realize that nothing is really new.

09:31
Almost everyone sells the same types of products and services, so instead of killing yourself, trying to come up with the next big invention to present to the world, you should focus on what Drew Whitman calls the Life Force 8. The Life Force 8 are the core human desires that are responsible for almost all product sales. And here’s what the Life Force 8 is. Survival, enjoyment of life and life extension, enjoyment of food and beverages, freedom from fear and anger, sex,

10:00
Comfortable living conditions, being superior to others, care and protection of your loved ones, and social approval. If you can appeal to a person’s life force, you can sell anything. And the truth is that people rarely make purchase decisions rationally. It’s all about how you feel. So if you can position your product to address sexual urges, to elevate your status, or to keep your friends and family safe, you better believe that people are going to have strong feelings about it.

10:28
Take Dr. Squatch for example. They sell soap for men, but if you look at their commercials, what they are really selling is sex. Remember those old herbal essences commercials where they implied the women washing their hair were having an orgasmic experience? Or the Old Spice commercial where the guy getting out of the shower is daring the men watching to be stronger and manlier. These are all appeals to the Life Force 8, and they work very, very well. Everyone gets hung up on finding a niche, whether it’s a physical or a digital product.

10:59
But the truth is, is that you can make anything sell as long as you appeal to a person’s emotions. The product is less important than the emotions you evoke in a customer. So focus on the feelings and the sales will come. Insight number five, starting a side hustle is not risky. Now the biggest misconception about entrepreneurs is that they are all inveterate gamblers. Now at this point, as I mentioned before, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful small business owners on my podcast.

11:28
And I can tell you that not one of them has ever struck me as a big time risk taker. Quite the opposite in fact, I don’t know if the media is to blame or just some modern misunderstanding about what it takes to succeed, but there seems to be a myth in our culture that successful entrepreneurs enjoy taking wild chances, that they’re all high rollers who go big or go home. In my experience, nothing could be further from the truth. And almost every entrepreneur I’ve interviewed or met in the past 10 years,

11:55
has taken a methodical and conservative approach to starting their businesses. And as a result, most of them have succeeded. Now to put it concisely, what successful entrepreneurs do more often than not is take small calculated risks. They don’t bet the farm, which gives them room for little mistakes. And then they iterate. When my wife and I started our business, we both worked full-time jobs while building an e-commerce store on the side. And we only invested $630 to start a business.

12:24
We made small bets as we went, making little tweaks with each step and learning along the way. And our success is not a result of any brilliance in our part, just a willingness to keep experimenting and not going all in too soon. Well, how did things end up? It took a while, but our store makes over a million dollars a year. My wife and I no longer work regular jobs and we spend most of our time with family, not on the beach sipping margaritas, but with our kids creating meaningful experiences.

12:53
Starting a side hustle doesn’t have to be risky. Entrepreneurship doesn’t have to be all or nothing. It really can be a slow and steady process of taking risks, yes, but not the ones that will financially devastate you if something goes sideways. Now, if you decide to take the plunge into business ownership, I applaud you. It’s not for everyone, but the rewards can far outweigh the risks if you do it right. Just make sure you have a backup plan. Stay or day job until your side hustle can support you.

13:21
and then build upon your existing successes until you have a portfolio of income streams. Now this episode is just a small sampling of the insights in my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. And my book is relevant to anyone who’s tired of working four hours a week at a job that they don’t like. It’s relevant to anyone who runs a small business and is finding that their business has turned into another job. It’s relevant to anyone who wants to achieve financial freedom to spend more time with their loved ones.

13:48
or to spend more time on what they actually want to be doing in life. I specifically wrote The Family First Entrepreneur to walk you through a better way of building a business. One where you don’t have to strive unceasingly to succeed. One where your business actually frees up your time instead of draining it. And this is the book I wish I had when I first became an entrepreneur. And I hope it inspires you to find your own path to success and happiness. Pre-order it at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com.

14:18
and you’ll receive instant access to my three day workshop on print on demand and my two day workshop on how to make money with content. Once again, all of this can be found over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Hope you enjoyed the first Family First Friday episode and this means I’ll now be putting out two episodes per week. An interview at the beginning of the week and a solo episode on Friday. And once again, I want to thank Spockit, which is a drop shipping supplier that I like for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button,

14:47
You can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer, no storage or fulfillment required. And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T. And don’t forget to pre-order the Family First Entrepreneur over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

15:13
and you’ll get instant access to a couple of amazing bonuses that are worth 690 bucks. You’ll get a three day workshop on print on demand, a two day workshop on how to make passive income with content, and I’m also giving away a six week family first challenge where I will personally help you find your next side hustle. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecourtajob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

454: From 0 To Millions: His Inc 500 Business Turned A Simple Idea Into A Multi-Million Dollar Empire W/ Mike Barnhill

454: From Zero To Millions: This Inc 500 ID Badge Business Turned A Simple Idea Into A Multi-million Dollar Empire With Mike Barnhill

Today, I have my good friend Mike Barnhill on the show. Aside from having a sexy voice and being the lead singer in a rock band called Hydrafighter, Mike and his brother Patrick started an e-commerce store selling ID badges over at Specialist ID.

This business has been featured in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years and they make millions selling what seem like mundane and saturated products.

Today we’re going to learn how and why they are so successful.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Mike started SpecialistId
  • How to grow a multimillion-dollar business selling highly competitive products
  • How to take advantage of B2B sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I my good friend Mike Barnhill on the show. And aside from being the lead singer in a kick-ass rock band called Hydrofighter and one of my favorite people, Mike and his brother Patrick started an e-commerce store selling ID badges over at Specialist ID, which has been in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years. They make millions selling what seem like mundane and saturated products

00:29
And today we’re going to learn how and why they are so successful. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. We are literally down to like the last three or four tickets. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business.

00:56
and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses.

01:22
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now, most of you who have followed me for a long time know that I’m not a big fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business and dropshipping is a great way to get started. If you want to dropship,

01:49
from US or European suppliers, I like Spocket, and here’s why. Spocket integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products and order fulfillment seamless. They also offer branded invoices, which allow you to add your logo and store name to the invoice so it appears as though it is being shipped from your own warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. As a result, your shipping times are super fast, at between two and five days,

02:17
and the quality of the product is superior. You can try Spockit for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spockit. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:47
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcasts on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:59
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my friend Mike Barnhill on the show. Now, first off, I’m just gonna say that Mike is one of my favorite people in the world. He’s such a passionate guy and he’s provided me with a ton of support over the years from my event, The Seller Summit, and I appreciate him very much. Now, Mike and his brother, Patrick, started Specialist ID back in 2001, and this company has been in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years. I kinda lost count.

03:27
They make millions of dollars every year selling ID badges and holders. And what I really love about Mike is that he’s a family man. He runs his business with his brother and he’s got a great relationship with his kids. And in fact, he and his son jammed together on video where his son plays the drums. And let me just tell you, watching these videos makes me happy every time I watch them. Mike also belongs in a band called Hydrofighter. In any case, in this episode, we are going to talk about how Mike started Specialist ID.

03:56
and grew it into a multi-million dollar business. How’s it going, Mike? Good, Steve, man. Thank you for that intro. You’ve been one of my heroes over the years watching you with your kids and your family and giving your wife the opportunity to quit her day-to-day thing and come do something more important and be there for your family. It’s been a big inspiration to watch you. And I can’t wait for your book to come out at the Seller Summit, man. Yeah, man, I’m excited about that.

04:22
Awesome, I will write a little nice something for you in the book for sure. Please do. Mike, it’s been a long time coming and just welcome to the podcast. I just wanna say this upfront. Now, I know I kinda call you out as the lead singer of Hydrofighter all the time and I’m just gonna be straight up with you. When I first heard about Hydrofighter, I was like, oh, that’s cool, Mike’s got a band. And then I listened to you sing and I instantly became a fan. Oh, dude, thank you.

04:49
I it was the Cyndi Lauper cover. I that’s what did it. Anyway. I’m honored to hear that, man. Thank you. We’re not here to talk about Hydrofighter for all you guys listening. We’re here to talk about e-commerce. How did you and your brother decide to sell ID badges of all the things that you could possibly sell? It was an act of desperation. then it was some learning. was, you know, my dad had been homeless for years. He got off the streets in Nashville where he’d been playing music.

05:18
He came into some money because he had some back owed social security, disability, pension, things like that he’d never bothered to get. He ended up befriending an attorney. The attorney got him some money and my dad came into our lives after years being gone and said, hey guys, sorry I wasn’t there. Sorry I didn’t pay child support, but I want to give you this like kind of lump sum of about 20 grand. I called it the dream fund. My brother being a lot smarter than I decided that we should invest it in ourselves.

05:47
And we built a recording studio. Recording studios, we thought everyone’s going to come record in our studio. We’re going to make a ton of money. It didn’t work out that way. So we had this beautiful studio my dad had helped us build, and we had to keep the lights on. And so it basically started as selling pro audio gear and things we knew on eBay. my brother found a distributor. We could sell things on eBay, list their catalog, go pick up, bring things over, ship them out.

06:17
kind of worked, kept the lights on. So we started trying more and more things and ID badge holders. brother had had a previous relationship with, you know, an employer and the guy would sell us badge holders in bulk. And for some reason, these little retractable badge reels for 99 cents on eBay, 299 shipping, we’re selling like, we couldn’t have even forecast like how well they would sell. And they were just selling on, you know, on and on and on on repeat.

06:44
we were reading this book called Good to Great by Jim Collins. one of the things it suggests is that, know, do something that you can be the best in the world at. And we realized right then and there, we can’t be the best in the world at any of other stuff, but we could be the best in the world of badge holders. So we went all in on badge holders, went hardcore and tried to become the best badge holder company in the world. And I think we’re about there. Yeah, I mean.

07:09
I was actually doing, I was just doing some Google searches actually for badge holders just in preparation for this interview. There is a lot of competition out there. It’s actually quite saturated. And maybe things weren’t like that back in the day, but certainly now it’s a lot more saturated. How do you guys stand out? Yes, you’re absolutely right. There was nobody doing it online when we started doing it. And now it’s, you know, can go, you can own a factory overseas and you can.

07:37
you know, use some tools and you can sell them on Amazon and everywhere else. No problem. And so our, you know, really what it comes down to is what we’re good at is we, you know, we’ve known our customers for the last decade. That’s been a huge advantage. So we do, you know, we don’t just sell on Amazon, but we also have, you know, fortune 500 companies. work with, you know, with county government, federal government, everything in between. And we can sell from, from one on Amazon to 500,000 pieces, you know,

08:06
to a big company. And that’s been really good. And the other thing was actually at one of your conferences, this guy Jake gave me the book Blue Ocean Strategy. And just kind of realizing that the ocean’s always going to get saturated with competition. So we always need to be innovating. And one of the great things is we have customers that tell us what they need that doesn’t exist yet. And we’re able to find that, source that, and bring it into the market. And it’s kind of an advantage.

08:34
Is it fair to say that Amazon’s just a smaller fraction of your business? You know what’s crazy is Amazon has consistently remained about 70 % of our business. Really? We didn’t intend for it to grow into that much, but it’s about 65, 70 % of our business consistently. It just keeps growing. Interesting. Okay, I wouldn’t have thought that actually. Actually, I didn’t do a search on Amazon for ID badges, but are you guys ranking for those really hard terms?

09:02
Yeah, we’re still ranking pretty well, but I know there’s a lot of work to do. know, our catalog is so enormous, you know, and we have the kind of 80-20 thing where most of our sales do come from a small proportion of products. And we do need to, I guess, kind of what we’re kind of doing that this focus this year is to revisit all of the tools for keyword tracking and, you know, re-optimizing listings and things like that. yeah. Just curious, how many SKUs do you guys have? SKUs? It’s in the thousands.

09:31
It’s in thousands. Yeah. Okay. Yeah, that’s a lot of skews. Well, take me back to the beginning, because that’s where a lot of listeners find it most interesting. So you sold these on eBay, you’re selling like hotcakes. And what was the next step? Starting your own website? Or? The next step was, it was, yeah, it was pretty much going deeper into the product lines at first. So you know, we had some badge reels, and then we realized people wanted red badge reels, people wanted blue ones, pink ones, everything. So we started kind of adding products to eBay mostly.

10:01
And most of our sales were eBay for the first several years. We did end up adding a website, you know, to start trying to get bigger customers and the phone started ringing. And, uh, you know, we started answering phone calls and actually trying to, uh, you know, put out quotes and proposals and things like that. So we started getting some bigger customers that way. And then we started putting products on Amazon. We basically tried to become ubiquitous. We wanted to be everywhere, anywhere that there were people that needed badge holders. We wanted to be there with the best offerings.

10:29
We wanted to be the Nike of batch holders. So what’s funny about this is you started in the early 2000s and because you even started before I did and back in the day there weren’t that many options for websites. So you did eBay for a couple years that takes us to maybe what 2004, 2003, 2004. There’s nothing available for websites back then. So yeah, no, the original. So the business incorporated in 2002 in my brother’s dorm room and it was more of a consultant group at that time. It was not a consultant group.

10:59
He would go do installs for other companies. He was working in photo ID business, but he incorporated the name specialist ID and he got it. We really started our e-commerce journey late 2000, 2007, 2008, think 2009. So we could start around the same time. yeah. And we did our first Amazon around 2011 was when we started putting products on Amazon. Yeah. Okay. So you were on Amazon pretty early. 2011 I consider pretty early. Yeah, yeah.

11:28
Yeah, that was a hard slog to we were putting products on Amazon from some of our suppliers and then Amazon would actually kind of take the attribution they would own the listing and then all these new sellers would come on and we were like, wait a sec, we put this listing here. It’s like eBay, how come everyone’s jumping on these listings? Yeah, I didn’t understand what’s happening that is a yeah. So so you after did the website come first or did Amazon come first? The website came first and that was that came first. Yeah, yeah. And how did you promote?

11:58
How are you getting these phone calls? How are you getting like the early business on your website? A lot of it all honestly came through eBay, man. It came through ones and twos. What we did was back in the day, we’d put little coupon codes, you know, on our on every shipment that went out, you know, and every every shipment that went out was kind of a lead magnet. We might have to we wanted to get our foot in the door. And what usually happens in the big businesses, you know, the HR department is going to care about the badging. But but somebody’s badge real broke.

12:25
and they have to wait for somebody to approve something, to approve something, to approve something, to get their freaking badge reel that they need for work. And so what we really were was through eBay and things like that, a foot in the door, and everything came back to our website early on, and we were offering promo codes and come see our website and check out all the products, and that was from the beginning. What platform were you guys on back in the day? I think it was Volusion. Okay, yeah, I was about to say, because back in the day, Shopify, I don’t think, was popular.

12:55
Did you guys move over or are you still on? We did, yeah. We’re Shopify now. For a while we were transitioning from one to the other and it was a very expensive transition, but glad we’re there. It’s a good place to be in Shopify. Okay. And then you, okay, so you got a lot of sales from your own website driven from eBay through coupons and whatnot in the packaging that you were getting business from. Actually, what’s interesting about your business is most of the people who buy from you are probably businesses. Is that accurate?

13:26
It’s, you know, everybody that buys from us works for a business. So sometimes it’s the person that’s providing for the whole business. And sometimes it’s the person that just wants one that’s a little heavier duty or blocks RFID signal or is more hardcore. So we want to be there for everybody, man, from the guy that needs one thing to the purchasing manager who needs hundreds of thousands. then, So is it fair to say that when you get a customer, chances are they’re going to buy from you again, like if they enjoyed the experience?

13:54
Yeah, our reorder rates very high, even like on Amazon and stuff like that. do have like, think double, I was talking to one of the people over there, is about double the average reorder rate for a company in our industry. And yeah, we have a sales guy now, this guy Lars, he’s brilliant. And he’s like, man, you guys gave me the best leads ever. I just go through our phone list and I call the people that have ordered from us before and I see how they’re doing and they buy again. you know, customer service has been, we read Tony Shay’s book, Delivering Happiness at the beginning.

14:23
And that became like our culture. You we had to make every customer super happy, even if it meant losing money, if it meant, you know, overnighting products, like let’s make everybody so incredibly happy that even if they hated us yesterday, they love us today. That’s like our policy too. In fact, there was one time when a bride ordered too late and we freaking hand drove the handkerchiefs over to their wedding that day.

14:50
And I’m pretty sure she told all of her friends, you can never discount the word of mouth in any industry, I don’t think so. It’s true. you know, the beautiful byproduct of that is it gives you it allows you to get a good night’s sleep too. Because you know, when you’re going back and forth, are they screwing me? What should I have done? If you just do the best thing for the customer, you just realize, hey, I just did that. You don’t have to fight it anymore in your head that you’re getting screwed. You just go to sleep and you’re like, I don’t think about it anymore. I made somebody happy. Cost me some money. Big deal.

15:20
That’s awesome. So what I find interesting is that your business is very Amazon heavy and, and Amazon obviously owns a lot of ecommerce, but do get a lot of repeat business on Amazon as well? Yeah, yeah, that’s so Amazon is where we kind of have like, like I was talking to somebody, somebody over there about a month ago, and he was giving me a lot of data that I needed. And one of the pieces of data that was so interesting was in our industry, we have

15:49
I think it was a 16%. I’m horrible with numbers, but our reorder rate was about double the industry standard for office supplies. So even through Amazon, we get a lot of reorders. We’re trying to build out the brand leveraging Amazon’s eyeballs. And do you think it’s because people are aware of your website and aware of who you are and they’re like, okay, we trust these guys, but I prefer to shop on Amazon and that’s where I’m gonna get my IDs. I think it’s a bit of both.

16:17
There are people that are always gonna try to price shop or say, well, know, I these things on Amazon, but I want a million of them. You know, I can’t buy a million on Amazon. It’s too expensive. Like, can you get, cut us a deal? So we just, you we put our logo on everything. We have a beautiful logo. Now I’m so proud of it. We try to put it everywhere, have it always be seen. Just, we wanna have that imprint in everybody’s brain all the time. Doesn’t matter to me where they buy from. You we want them to buy wherever they wanna buy, but we wanna be there. Is the pricing on Amazon similar to your website? Is it the same or?

16:47
cheaper or? It’s honestly it’s just different. It’s different. If you’re buying things in bulk, it’s going to be cheaper on our website. lot of things we try to keep it about in line or would you know, they a lot of times they’ll have different skews because you know this this one comes in packaged packaged form with the sort of colors or it’s a bundle. Whereas on our website you can just pick five of this color 20 that color 10 of 10 that color so on. Okay. So does that imply then that you are packaging your

17:17
your IDs and kind of bulk specifically for Amazon? Absolutely. we do we have a lot of, you know, auto baggers. I’m not sure if you’ve heard of them. Probably have we have a ton of auto baggers in house. And we have a whole assembly team product. We call it packaging and branding. And they package all our products, put a barcode on it. It’s got a logo and ship it to FBA or whatever. Okay. And how do you kind of decide like what bundles to sell on Amazon?

17:44
Running your store is probably easier, right? But for Amazon, you actually have to decide what makes sense. Well, the beautiful thing is my brother’s great at e-commerce, he’s great at marketing, he’s great at leading teams. He takes care of all things website. And I’m just this goober dork who loves looking at patterns on Amazon. And I feel like Amazon is the place where I can leverage things like keyword optimization and product market fit and all that cool stuff.

18:10
auto completing keywords, like all these things where I’m able to, you know, product products that have demand but have no relevant, you know, listing. So I love to play in the Amazon space. And just, I think it’s actually really easy to find things on Amazon people looking for just by knowing the industry and knowing Amazon, it’s kind of like Scott Adams, who founder of Dilbert, says, don’t have to be the best in the world at things, just be really good at two different things, you know, and you can have some success there.

18:40
So do you, what do you guys source your products? Is it still from that same guy or you have your own? Oh no, no, we outgrew him. He sold his company and we didn’t, you know, we moved on to bigger, bigger pasture. So we, we source from all sorts of places. just, we’ve looked through all that. We’ve looked for all the best badge holder manufacturers that we could find across the globe. And if they’re to our standard, like a Nike, you know, or like a Nike kind of factory, we’ll work with them. If they’re not, we don’t, pass.

19:10
And so we have, we work in Taiwan, we work in China, we’re working with products now in Vietnam, we work with US manufacturers. you know, yeah, we’ll work with anybody who has a great badge holder. And then what do you guys do in-house? Because I know you have your own facility that’s pretty large in Florida. What are you doing in-house? Do do printing? Do you do any manufacturing there? So we do a lot of the printing like you’re talking about.

19:38
We specialize in these products called badge buddies, which in hospitals are a little tag that hangs behind a badge that just quickly identifies what the person’s role is. So they walk in and you see, oh, it’s an LPN, it’s a nurse, it’s a doctor, what have you. We also do lot of, you know, just assembling of two different products. One of the first things we ever did when we were developing new products for Amazon was, you know, like sticking badge, sticking key rings on badge reels. Cause at the time nobody had to ever put a key ring on a badge.

20:07
which to me was crazy. So I used to drive back and forth to the warehouse an hour a day and I would bring buckets of badge reels and key rings and in traffic I would sit there and I would assemble them, stick them in a different bucket. know, and so a lot of that we do, when we’re trying a new product and we don’t want to go all out, we do a lot of in-house manufacturing as well. we’ll bundle things, assemble things, put two pieces together, you know, and then if it is great, then we’ll have somebody else make it for us, but keeps our costs low for trying things out.

20:39
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And leading up to the launch in May, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. But if you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. And here’s what I’ve given away already.

21:07
a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, a workshop on how to self-publish your first book, and a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search. In addition to the weekly bonuses, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop, and access to my two-day passive income workshop, and free access to any future live workshops. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself

21:35
will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses

22:05
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country, and other special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:16
So walk me through the progression here. So you started out with this smaller outfit who was selling you. You started selling on eBay, you saw success, so you started selling in an online store. When did you start deciding to, you know, source from overseas? Like when did the operation get a little bit bigger? When you decided to move into a facility? Like the early stuff is what’s interesting to a lot of people. Yeah, yeah. The early stuff was, especially talking about like, like our first facility was the studio. It was that studio. We had this little, little, little garage there.

22:47
And that’s where we did everything. Um, and my son, when he was about three months old, we didn’t have any place to stick them. So he’d just come with me to work every day. So pretty much, I know I’d be in the back doing purchasing while he was doing tummy time. I’d have him in a stroll. Literally I’d have him in, I’d have him in the stroller talking about the early days. I have him in the stroller in a county lanyards and I’d go one, two, three, four, you know, teaching him counting while counting products to put in packages.

23:14
And then, you know, I’d be taking sales calls while he was, you know, on my shoulder. And sometimes he’d start crying or, whatever. And, you know, I’d say to the person trying to buy, buddy, I’ll be right back. I got to go change my son’s diaper or whatever it was. And, uh, got a lot of sales that way. But yeah, so I kind of went off on a tangent there, but you know, we started with this little garage by our studio. Next thing you know, the building behind us comes available. We move into that place to knock down some walls. Another place comes available, knock down some walls.

23:43
Eventually we ended up tearing down the studio and we just became we just were growing and growing and growing adding team members and things like that. What were your traffic sources back in the early days? Like were you running ads was I don’t even think social media was around back then. So what was it? It couldn’t have been just all eBay, right? No, no. So by that by that point, that was when I was all going down, that was all Amazon private label. So we started Amazon private label in 2014 by watching guys like Scott Volcker.

24:12
Yep. And, these other, these other people that were giving away a lot of information on the internet. And I’d be watching these videos going to this is like what I need because I’m selling other people’s products. Everybody else is beating me on price. I don’t want to play this game forever. I’m stressed. I’m losing my mind. I can’t sleep. Like I’m going to start private labeling this stuff. You know, it was basically taking products that already existed that we knew there was demand for giving them keyword optimization, giving them beautiful photography.

24:40
You know, maybe making them special, making them into a five pack or a 10 pack or something that had never been offered before. Uh, looking up the, you know, the long tail searches on Amazon and saying, well, why is there no product? There’s so many searches for this, you know, this product that doesn’t exist and just going hard in all those opportunities. And so we just, you know, we went hard into private label and that was what grew us into having 70 % of our revenue from Amazon. wasn’t intentional. It was just because that was where the opportunity was. And, um,

25:09
We just had to keep adding people as we grew. So given that it’s so competitive now, today, like if I were going to look for ID badges and let’s say I didn’t know you at all and I go on Google or Amazon, how do you stand out from someone who does not know you at all? Or is your business primarily, since you have such a strong customer base, you have this really nice base of repeat orders now that you can just build upon.

25:39
It’s honestly, it’s both, you know, I’ll always go back to the idea of the ubiquitous brand, you know, being everywhere that people are looking, looking, we do have a marketing team now that we work with, it’s really good for helping us with like Google search and things, or Google ads and things like that. We’ve not done much in a way of any of that stuff until the last year or two. even like email follow ups and stuff, we’ve never done funnels, we’ve never done follow ups, we had never done any of that stuff. We had not, we had,

26:09
minimal Google ads just because you had to. about a year, maybe a little bit longer ago, we did start outsourcing that stuff to a great company called Zen Media. And they’ve been fantastic. And so now we do have Klaviyo, you know, things, email follow ups, but we had done none of that. There’s so much opportunity stuff for our business because we hadn’t done any of that stuff. Yeah, crazy, right? Yeah, that is crazy. I think the beauty of your business is that once you have a business customer,

26:37
And I can speak from this because for our business, like we focus on our business customers because they buy in bulk and they buy often. It seems like most of your customers that we talked about earlier, they are a business or they work for a business. And once you find someone who’s reliable, like they’re not gonna switch. And I think that’s the beauty. That’s why I was asking you, I wonder if you really even need to advertise.

27:00
So Google works, do you guys do any Facebook advertising or social media or anything like that? We do a little bit now, yeah, we review that every month and we do a little bit. It’s, you know, our ROAS is not fantastic, but it does keep more eyeballs coming in. And like you said, like we try to treat every customer, especially business customers with, you know, with kid gloves, or not kid gloves, but know, with like white glove treatment. And we hope that they’ll keep coming back. And historically we’ve had just great repeat business from customers we’ve tried to make happy.

27:26
And then you mentioned that you were taking calls. that a party? Like, do you want people to call you? Is that part of your strategy? Because I know people I’ve interviewed on this podcast where they just turn off the phone so they don’t want to deal with it. Yeah, no, no, we do. We have two full time customer service reps here in the US and they’re fantastic, you know, and they really care. And that was, you know, very important to us from beginning. And they’ll pass off our, you know, people that might be potential bigger players to our sales, our sales guy. And he’s brilliant, too.

27:54
And these are all things that we’ve built kind of in the last couple of years, but we’ve had customer service forever, ever since my son was born and I couldn’t do customer service, we brought people that started hiring in the US. Actually, that was my next question. Are most of your employees in the US or are you outsourcing any to other countries? Yeah, most of our employees are in the US. Most of those US employees are in the office in the warehouse in Miami, Florida. A couple of us work remote.

28:23
two new hires, they’re both fantastic that are in the Philippines. But you know, our business is so old, it was kind of built before this whole. All these opportunities presented themselves. So we built ourselves as a business to business kind of thing that happened to sell online real well. But we didn’t build it with the intention of scaling the way that people do these days. very, very different mentality. I have to ask you this. I noticed that you guys hit the Inc 500 in 2021, which is pandemic time.

28:51
Yes. And during pandemic, I can’t imagine like people weren’t going in, people weren’t throwing events and that sort of thing. How did you guys manage to grow during that period? Let’s talk about that. I am happy to because we got lucky. And we had been in the business for so long. And we had had great relationships with suppliers that we were able to move on things that other people didn’t see very quickly. So we have these double ended land. So the first thing we did was we made we make these badge buddies I was talking about.

29:22
out of desperation, we started looking on Indeed and Monster for who was hiring. Hospitals are hiring. These travel nurses need all these badge things, these badge buddies. They’re having to buy them themselves to show up at a new hospital, right? They have these favorite colors. So we basically put out every single job title that was hiring. We started building custom badge buddies for those, putting them in the top colors.

29:51
putting them on all sites and then boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, started getting just tons of these badge buddy sales, making everything mostly in hot pink. was awesome. The next thing we do is outreach or were they, did they find you? weren’t doing okay. I putting it on Etsy, putting it on Amazon products that had not existed before, you know, just saying, what do we have? What can we make? What do people need? What can we make immediately? The next thing that happened was we have these double ended lanyards, right? They’re for events, they’re for things. They hold a mask for a mask lanyard.

30:21
unbelievably. So we had just designed like a napkin holder, like a double ended napkin holder to start programs on. And so we had photos and all this crap already. And the next thing you know, we’re like, wait a second, people are using these to hold masks. And we were the first to market with mask lanyards. we went boom, we bought up every double ended lanyard we could find that was currently in the US. And we, we marketed it and we sold it, we put it on Amazon.

30:46
The first day that we started selling them, think we sold like 20 sets of mask lanyards. Next thing you know, we had our biggest two months in history. And then we were making them for schools in different school colors. We were making them with a breakaway so that kids wouldn’t choke on them. We made them MRI and metal detector friendly so you could walk into your office. Like we just kept innovating, innovating, innovating, getting copied, getting copied, getting copied, innovating, innovating, innovating. And if you know anybody that wants to buy some mask lanyards right now, I’ll give you a good deal because…

31:15
We got way too many of them now. What’s hilarious is your story is similar to ours. No one was getting married. Our customers are airlines and hotels. No one was using any of those. And so we started turning our handkerchiefs into masks. And back in the day, the cloth masks were popular. And no one was selling the decorative ones. They were all like the surgical masks. And we had like a really good year because of those masks. We just said, hey, stop making hankies. Turn those into masks. Dude, brilliant.

31:45
Man, okay, so that’s how you guys managed to go. That was ingenious. That was ingenious. It wasn’t even genius. was a good idea that had already been thought of and we happened to have enough product knowledge and relationships with vendors. We were able to just move and then ask the next question, what do they need next? They need a breakaway for their kids. They need a shorter one for their kids. So I think what you guys did was genius because that was a bold move, very quick and…

32:13
I mean, didn’t cost us any money. In fact, my wife was even hand sewing them for a little bit just to test the market. And we started giving away hankies for masks and gave away the instructions. Oh, nice. That caused people to come in too. So these lanyards, so what was, you went on indeed.com and you were looking for who was hiring? That was the first thing. That was to build the badge buddies for the hospitals. we needed to know which hospitals were hiring, what jobs were they hiring for.

32:42
Cause we knew that these nurses were going to have to go to new places. Every, every hospital is either color coded and they’re kind of badge buddy thing, or nurses just pick their own favorite colors. And so we just started, we’ll say, well, let’s build all the important colors that we know are color coded and the blues and the reds and the greens. And then let’s build a hot pink because that’s the top seller on for most of our, our badge buddies and build that for every title. And so, you know, looking at all these jobs that were very specific to the hiring of the time. Um, right.

33:11
putting those out everywhere. And were those marketed as such, like badge buddies for like nurses or medical? Oh yeah, yeah. So we would find out like on Indeed or Monster like, okay, an LPN is also called a licensed practical nurse or a license. And you start looking up all the things on the, pretty much the form where they’re supposed to submit their resume. You’re looking for all the different words that we don’t know. What are the other things associated with this job? Okay.

33:41
I can’t even think of them right now, but we’re looking for all those words that were significant to them that we didn’t understand, we didn’t know, and then building that onto the listings and the marketing and everything. Yeah. totally makes sense. Totally makes sense. For your own website, I’m just kind of curious, like off Amazon stuff, do you guys create content for SEO or what are the things that you do specifically to drive traffic to your website? Man, I wish I knew more about that side of the business. You’re the Amazon side.

34:10
I don’t, yeah, yeah. Pretty much all third party channels are where I can have some expertise and I’d be making it up if I gave you an answer. hi. Well, let me ask you this. Are you guys still selling on eBay and Etsy? Yep. You are? Okay, so can we, can you just tell me what percentage of that is to your business? I imagine it’s pretty small, right? It’s definitely small. A lot of Etsy customers end up becoming great website customers because they’re crafters and makers and they’re buying supplies, they’re trying us out. They love it.

34:40
Some of our biggest customers today are the ones that we met on Etsy six years ago. know, we consider it, we don’t, I say as a percentage of sales, we’re looking at what’s Walmart, eBay and Etsy, maybe about 1 % each. Wow. Maybe up to 3%, but small. How can you, so how can you justify, cause I know we used to be on eBay, we actually stopped because eBay customers are kind of more of a pain, like they require more customer service. They always try to low-ball you for something also.

35:10
For such a small percentage for your revenue, I imagine you still have like a person dedicated to working on eBay at least, right? Or someone taking care of it. How do you justify those costs? Yeah, so for us, it doesn’t seem like there’s any sort of added costs that we’ve noticed. We have a customer service team. They’re handling as many things as they can handle every day anyway. To us, it’s all kind of a profitable lead magnet. And so when we created Amazon, our process is typically when we create an Amazon listing, we just create a, we just move it to eBay, we move it to-

35:39
to Etsy and we move it to Walmart and we strategize, know, it’s a couple of tweaks in the keywords in the title and that’s pretty much all that we’re changing. And then it’s all just, you know, sales coming in and some things that do crap on Amazon do really well for us on Walmart. So we never really know. So we just put it there, let it do its thing and then our customer service team handles the customers. What’s interesting about all this is Etsy I wouldn’t think would be a

36:08
a good place to sell your stuff. But you just mentioned that some of your best customers are from Etsy. So do you recommend that people sell on Etsy also if they already have like a really well established e-commerce store? I’ve loved Etsy because we’ve built our best customers, the most loyal customers, the most community oriented customers have all been on Etsy. And for us, it makes sense because what we do, what we sell is kind of craft supplies. What we realized…

36:36
But we learned from our Etsy customers as well. We learned that a lot of nurses have side hustles where they’re buying a badge reel and they’re decorating it with some bling and they’re selling it to their friends. And then they’re selling on Etsy too. And then when they get really good and really big, they’re go, you know, some of them, don’t even work in the hospital anymore as a nurse. They become a small business owner who is just an amazing crafter. So I would, in my personal opinion, I tell everybody, sell on Etsy because the percentages are pretty low.

37:06
They’re changing all the time. you meet good friends and you learn a lot. Some of our best product suggestions have come from Etsy customers who were like, hey, I know the vendor who makes this. I don’t wanna buy 10,000. Will you buy 10,000 and put them on your website and I’ll buy the first 500 from you? Let me say sure. And so a lot of our best ideas come from our best customers. So on Etsy, presumably you’re selling just like the blank holders, right?

37:36
Do they enforce the fact that it needs to be hand made? I guess you are the manufacturer. is that legal technically to sell? Yeah, yeah. So they don’t even require that you have it handmade anymore. And when we started going there, our loophole, and it wasn’t even really loophole, is if you supply the handmade industry, then you are welcome to sell as they had a whole supplies like catalog or not catalog. And so we just went in as a supplier for Etsy resellers.

38:06
Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about Walmart. Do you think it’s been worth your time? Are you using WFM? We’re trying it. We’re always just kind of dabbling with Walmart. Okay, so right now you’re fulfilling yourself? Yeah, yeah, we have about five products I think that we’re trying Walmart Fulfill. But we’re not making any moves on it. We’re not making any aggressive moves. We’re just trying to be there. I see. Where do you see the future going in terms of

38:36
your sales, is it still all on Amazon, even though it’s getting more more competitive? We’re really doubling down on our website now. I think that’s what we’re trying to bring everything to the website, know, hiring these new things, you know, the marketing team that we were working with joined EOS. So we’re really trying to fix our website, learn everything we needed to do to have that be like just dominant. And then

39:03
You know, and having our sales guy and everything like that. We’re really trying to optimize for our website going forward. Okay. And if you guys seem to be selling everywhere, can you prioritize for me what your marketplaces are? Like if you just tell me right now? Yeah. Yeah. So Amazon. Okay. Website, definitely. Okay. Uh huh. And then it would probably go Etsy, to be honest. Really? Etsy. And then eBay and Walmart. I don’t know.

39:32
That’s a disparage either of those but we know I was just curious what your priorities are because everyone’s priorities are a little bit different like I I actually just had some Walmart guys on in the last episode and they were like yeah you can expect between five and twelve percent you know of a revenue lift by going to Walmart assuming you you put like what was funny about what they said is a lot of times what sells

39:56
poorly on Amazon will sell well on Walmart because it’s not nearly as competitive. Especially if it’s a more competitive product that’s kind of more mainstream is actually what they said. Seems like you’re saying the same thing. Yeah, I would agree with that, especially kind of the inexpensive things or bundle things that are so super saturated on Amazon. That’s where we sell more on Walmart than we do on Amazon even. One thing I’ve always been curious about also, you and your brother are tight.

40:25
What’s it like running a business with your brother or having it being a family-owned business? think it’s great. I love how smart he is. I love what a great leader he is. I think part of the success is that neither of us wants to the other down. We’ve always considered ourselves two ninjas with our backs facing each other. He sees that. He sees the enemies. He sees that. And I see the enemies over here. And what’s great for me is I love him. I’ve loved him since…

40:53
since he was born, you we shared a bedroom growing up, you know, we had parents that fought a lot. And so we were always kind of tight and we kind of had our thing. He’s so good at so many things that I’ll never be good at. And that’s great because I’m pretty damn good at some things that he’s not the best at. And we just have never had that competition. I remember the first time I saw him jump onto a soccer field and score a goal. was like, well, there you go. He’s the soccer player, not me.

41:19
And when he got a guitar for Christmas, I stole his guitar and I played it all the time. And he’s great at guitar too, but it’s cool. We let each other shine and I love watching him shine. Yeah. The reason why I ask is, you know, I work with my wife and whenever people ask me whether you should work with your spouse, I’m always a little hesitant. Maybe it’s different working with your brother, but with the spouse, it’s already stressful. Kids, everything.

41:47
and running a business together just adds another layer of stress where we were fighting all the time in the beginning. Now we have it down, but it can be tough. Yeah. It seems like you guys are really coming into something special. When I see the two of you together and I see what you’re doing through the business and with your kids, to me, as an observer, it just looks really special, man. It’s been cool to watch that. Cool. Last thing I want to talk to you about is

42:15
know, specialist ID is not your only thing. Talk to me about Hydra Fighter. So you’re in a band. How do you manage to balance all these things that are going on in your life? And tell me about the band. I’ve always been curious. Yeah, sure. So the my band is called Hydra Fighter. And it actually is based off of a book by what’s his name, Josh Kaufman. He’s a business writer, but he wrote this parable about the guy who fights Hydra and

42:41
I just love that story. The guy who fights Hydra is a guy who’s a blacksmith, who’s got a very comfortable life and everyone tells him to be a blacksmith, work hard, love your life. And he says, I get that I love that, but I really, there’s this Hydra out there that’s attacking our city. It’s always beckoning me to become the ultimate Hydra fighter. So he goes off and, you know, it’s just a parable about pursuing what means the most to you. And, you know, so seemed relevant.

43:08
for the music stuff. the music that I write is very, we call it sad bastard music. It’s the kind of music where if you’re watching a movie and somebody breaks up and drives away in the car, the songs that we write are the songs that are in that scene. And so I I love folk music, I love acoustic music, and I got a buddy here, we play together, and my brother produces our songs. so, yeah, it’s something I always love doing.

43:35
we’re finally in place in the business where I can actually resume that pursuit of just playing because I love to play. And this is my home studio and you know, I’ve always been a songwriter. It’s in me. And so just I’m doing it. And it’s what your original business was in a way, right? With the studio. Yeah, the whole plan originally was that we were going to build the studio. And the funny thing is we worked so hard for all these years and now my brother and I both have home studios. I record here. I sent it to him in Miami. He’s brilliant at mixing and engineering and he does that.

44:05
And then we come up with these songs that are just so cool. So it took us not being in the same state, not being in the same studio for us to actually find the time and the workflow to make music together again. So it’s been so cool. It’s funny how that happens. It’s like most of the friends that I see most often are ones that don’t live in the area. Cause when they come into town, we make sure we see them. Yeah, right. When they’re in the area, we’re just like, ah, we’ll see them whenever we can, but we never end up doing it. So love it. Mike.

44:35
It was a pleasure talking to you. If people have any questions about your business or need any IDs, where can they find you? Yeah, thanks, Steve. Well, they want to check out specialist ID calm that singular specialist ID ID card calm. And from right here, if you need any mass holders, they’re on they’re on clearance. They’re on clearance. Yeah, come pick them up. Bring the truck. Cool. My thanks for coming on, man. Appreciate it.

45:03
My pleasure, man. It’s good to see you. Thank you so much. We’ll see you at Seller Summit, bro. Summit and ECF. And ECF.

45:13
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Mike is a very successful entrepreneur and there’s lots to learn from him and be sure to check out Hydrofighter on YouTube as well. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 454. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of this year. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

45:43
I also want to thank Spocket, which is the drop shipping supplier that I like for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer without worrying about storage or fulfillment. And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T.

46:11
Now I talk about how to use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

453: How To Uncover Your Competitors’ Secrets And Find Good Suppliers With David Applegate Of ImportYeti

453: How To Uncover Your Competitors' Secrets And Find Their Suppliers With David Applegate

I’m really excited to have David Applegate on the show. David is the founder of ImportYeti, a free service that allows you to search through the US import records to find the suppliers that your competitors are using.

He is also a long-standing e-commerce seller himself on both Amazon, his own online store and a retail store too.

David is a wealth of knowledge and today we’re going to talk about how to be successful in e-commerce today.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to find the suppliers your competition is using on Amazon and Shopify
  • How to succeed in e-commerce today
  • The right way to approach and find your suppliers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, what if I told you that you could find out exactly which suppliers your competition were using on Amazon or Shopify? And what if I told you that you could do all this for free? Well, today I have an amazing guest on the show, David Applegate. And David is the founder of Import Yeti, which is a service that allows you to research your competitors’

00:25
And in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to succeed in e-commerce as things get more and more competitive. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. And it is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. Now, you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:55
Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th.

01:24
go to SellersSummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you’re on an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:54
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one,

02:21
where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:46
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have David Applegate on the show. Now, David is someone who I met recently on an Alibaba panel with Keon Ghazari and MetaWorld Peace of all people. He’s the founder of ImportYeti, a free service that allows you to search through the US import records to find the suppliers that your competitors are using. He is also a longstanding e-commerce seller himself on both Amazon and his own online store and a retail store.

03:12
which I believe is what led him to create Import Yeti in the first place, but we’ll find that out in the interview. But David is a wealth of knowledge. And today we’re gonna talk about, you know, how to be successful in e-commerce, which is an industry that’s getting more and more competitive every single year. So welcome to show, David. How are you doing today, I’m doing great, great, doing great, happy to be here. You know, I enjoyed that Alibaba panel as well. It was fun. know, I’m from Southern California and like Lakers are like gone down here. So to on the panel of Ron Ritesh was just, it was cool.

03:42
Yeah, yeah. And I’m a diehard warriors fan. So yeah, yeah. I always knew there was something off about you. Just kidding. Well, a tough loss the other night. Yeah, I know. You know, this is getting a little tangential, but I clay Thompson was one of our neighbors growing up. Yeah. So you’re friends with clay? Yeah, my little brother more so because they were the same class. But dude, that’s awesome. That’s awesome. So David, how’d you get started selling online and

04:12
Tell me about the brand that you run in the retail shop that I think you’re filming out of right now, right? Yeah, yeah. So I got started when I was in my early teens. Much to my mother’s kind of dismay, I was selling tobacco paraphernalia on eBay. Cigar cutters, hookahs, and things like that. And did that for a long time and just kind of kept with it. A lot of failures along the way.

04:41
And then I kind of haphazardly stepped into wrestling work. And that’s been just a blessing, a real, real kind of learning opportunity. then Pandemic Kit, sporting goods is, least high school sporting goods is not the space you want to be in. It’s gotten a lot better now, the pandemic’s kind of eased up. this, Import Yeti is my pandemic project, just kind of meant to fill some of my time and keep my learning and growth going.

05:10
It’s done, you know, just picked up a huge following, which is really cool. I didn’t realize that you started that during the pandemic, like in 2020. Yeah. Yeah. Like literally it was like they shut things down or like March something. It was like that Friday. was like, hmm. And, you know, we we have been using this stuff kind of ourselves, you know, to solve problems. You want to find somebody that makes, you know, a coffee mug. There’s a lot of manufacturers for that because you start to get into harder products.

05:39
and you’re trying to find higher quality suppliers, there’s a lot of challenges using existing tools out there. And this was our just solution of these problems. We built some of our most successful products and found our most successful suppliers using the Bill 8087. Interesting. So for your wrestling store, what were you using before Import Yeti was available? Like how did you find your products? Or were you just primarily carrying like popular brands?

06:08
Yeah, so we do a lot of, you know, reselling, but we would, you know, we go to trade shows a lot. Trade shows are really, really good, like Canton Fair, you know, the Magic Show in Vegas is great. You know, and then a lot of industry knowledge, like when you, if you take any product that you’re trying to develop and you really spend time in that industry, you really start to dedicate yourself to it. A lot of times the supply chains begin to emerge. You just start to understand who’s actually making the products.

06:36
You know, it happens serendipitously. People start reaching out to you. They start being like, hey, we see that you’re selling a lot of these things. We also, we make these things. You know, you get, you know, you get, you know, mail or, you know, you’ll, you know, be at a trade show. Someone will know that you are a company like this that already you see to their buddy, you know, who they know moves the products. And so we were doing a lot of kind of more manual sourcing.

07:02
and then using platforms like Alibaba and stuff as well depending on what the product is. You know what’s funny is we actually get emails like that every single day from mainly Asian manufacturers who wanna sell us stuff. I don’t think I’ve ever responded to any of them. So are you saying that you actually responded to some of those people that approached you? Yeah, we’ve found some killer manufacturers doing that, just killer. Wow, okay. Now that being said, 90 % of them are horrible. Okay.

07:30
So it’s not like they’re all good. when we try to look for a manufacturer, we really evaluate what type of company they are, what capabilities they have. And we do that stuff through Google. if we are, let’s say we’re trying to make widget A, and someone’s constantly emailing us saying, hey, we make widget A, we’re going to start looking for the ones that we think are good.

07:55
Let me ask you this, since you’re kind of unique, you’re a reseller of very popular brands and you have your own private label brands, what is the revenue distribution of each and which is what you focus on more, the reseller aspect or your private label stuff? Yeah, like I understand the question you’re asking, but we think about it a little bit differently. I think it’s better to say what’s the profit distribution of each is the first thing. And almost across the board, private labels can have higher profit.

08:25
ban when you’re reselling somebody else’s goods. And then we also look at things from saying, how can we develop customers that are able to spend more money with us and are really round out product ones? So we don’t look at it as a competitive thing, as much as it’s like, how can we take person A and really service them as much as we can? And there are certain holes that we choose to develop, which is kind of where Private Label falls into.

08:56
All right, so it’s not like you find out what’s selling well from a reseller and then private labeling a version of the same thing. Like Walmart, they know like Robitussin sells well, so they come out with Wal-tussin. That’s not your strategy, right? No, no. With almost everything we try to do, we innovate. I’m put things differently. If you’re in a marketplace where there’s not big people playing, that might be different. But we’re going up against Nike. I’m not gonna beat Nike.

09:24
You know, they’re a great company that creates great products. It’s stupid for me, strategy wise, to try to, you know, compete in that space. You know, so we try to choose things that we can win at and really stay close to that customer list. Give me an example of something that you’re selling in your wrestling store of something you’ve innovated on. Yeah, yeah. So like we need it very heavily as an example on design. That would be like a really strong innovation point for us because we’re closer to the customer and we have different kind of guidelines we’re able to create.

09:53
If it’s a, know, a singlet as an example, singlet designs that are going to very strongly resonate with our consumer. Whereas, you know, ASICS, Adidas and Nike tend to create more of a blank strategy, you know, where it’ll be like, hey, here’s a red singlet, you know, we’ll be able say like, here’s the Mexico singlet. Because the users want that Mexico singlet. And that’s not competing directly with, you know, with those big dogs, you know, we’re not going to win in that game. Interesting. So just for people listening, a singlet is essentially the wrestling uniform, right? Yeah.

10:24
So I imagine there’s standards on what the singlet can be made, right? Or no, I don’t know anything about wrestling, sorry. Yeah, there are some technical specifications with that, they’re easy for us to solve because we’re a wrestling company. We eat, and sleep to sport. Where I think people make mistakes is they’re like, oh, I’m going to try to develop specs for a product that I don’t actually use.

10:49
I don’t actually know in and out. We know the products like crazy. So it makes it real easy to kind of find the right manufacturer, which plays a huge role in your manufacturer as a whole. You’re not gonna find good manufacturers if you don’t know the product. When you’re asking these questions and things like that, they don’t take you seriously. They’re like, this person obviously doesn’t move this product because they don’t know anything about it. You mentioned not being able to go up against guys like Nike. And I can understand in shoes, that’s probably the case.

11:19
But in other things that, you know, where Nike, think, just puts their brand on something, I feel like you could definitely compete on those, especially wrestling specific items, right? Yeah, yeah. Yeah, I’m gonna be very careful with some of the stuff, as I’m sure you can all worry pussy putting around in a little bit. But we, you know, like what makes wrestling our crush is keeping those vendors just super happy. So it is a statement we know against those guys head to head in some areas, we don’t want to really touch on that. Yeah, that’s like, you know, we don’t move any of that volley, quote unquote.

11:49
Yeah, so they’re an important part of your business having those resellers, you because they give you legitimacy, right, which allows you to then move private label products. Okay. Yeah. All right. I can tell you don’t want to talk about that too much. So let’s switch gears a little bit. Yeah, I think that like we talked about, like the product development strategies, that’s like really stellar and like how to find sourcing agents, how to figure out what products to develop that stuff is. Yeah, it’s great. Let’s do that. Let’s do that. Let’s talk about Alibaba. You mentioned Alibaba in the beginning, but

12:15
Something must have made you start import Yeti. Were you not having great results on Alibaba or? I think that Alibaba starts to struggle when you get into very specialized products, which we had problems with. know, like if you’re searching coffee mugs, there’s a thousand coffee mug manufacturers. But if you’re searching, you know, die cast vintage cars and you want to find the company that has the molds for those. There’s a high chance that that’s not on Alibaba to figure out who’s actually making these products.

12:43
And in its core, that’s where we were kind of struggling. Combined with, know, Alibaba is great for, you know, helping you find a large amount of manufacturers, but it doesn’t do as good of a job of saying who is a better manufacturer than this other person, or at least doesn’t paint the full picture. And, you know, the bill laying data sets can really help you understand that, because you can look at things like how much volume do they move? Who are this? Who are like their customers? Do we trust their customers? What’s the product quality of their customers?

13:11
If they’re able to meet the product standards of a big brand that you know and trust and love, they’re likely to be able to make your standards. If they’ve got the green and ESG certifications for a particular brand, they’re likely going to be capable of doing that in-house themselves for you. Yep. Let me ask you a question that I’ve always wondered. So there’s other competing services to import Yeti out there, which I will not name. Yes. But why start your own as opposed to just paying like the couple hundred bucks to use another person’s tool? Yeah. So

13:41
We struggled with some of the way that data was being represented when we used other free tools out there. That was the first kind of data point. For me, when I spoke with other e-commerce sellers, they found that this data was hard to utilize from an action standpoint. You wouldn’t actually be able to get what you needed out of it. You had to really, really understand data science. So we wanted to create something that would be user-friendly so that somebody who wasn’t

14:09
you know, a supply chain, you know, expert who didn’t have a strong understanding of the way big data worked, can go into something like this and be able to make those supply chain decisions as if they did. Give me an example of that. I mean, I’ve actually used all the tools at some point. Yeah. How’s yours different? Like, let’s say you’re searching, we’ll take a big company like IKEA. Now, IKEA, of course, you’re not going to be importing from IKEA’s manufacturers of fat, but

14:36
You know, on the bill laying data set, there are probably 500 IKEA entities, maybe a thousand IKEA entities. So you’re going to search that and it’s going to be like, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA. And you have to wait through all of those. You have to figure out which one is the right IKEA that adds your particular product. Right. We do a bunch of fancy footwork that when you search IKEA, there’s just IKEA. You know, and all of their, you know, things, all their vendor table is visualized.

15:04
The fact that when you look at their vendor table, you can understand the volume those vendors are moving. If you’re using the data set in its raw form, you would have to search IKEA, see that, and then search the vendor, tabulate how much that vendor is moving, try to visualize the consistency, compare that consistency across a bunch of other vendors. And that becomes very hard if you’re trying to make decisions around who is the right vendor based off their consistency.

15:31
You basically just want the data process in a different way in an easier to digest manner. Let me ask you this. I’ve had varying success with tools that browse the import database. Yes. Mainly because, you know, if you look for a big guy like IKEA, you’re right. They’re probably not going to work with you, right? So how do you approach like, how do you, let’s talk about how to use your tool actually. So you find a company and there’s a list of manufacturers. What is your strategy for actually getting one of them to even want to work with you?

16:00
So I think that you’re like, the way I like to think about it is that, you know, just like how you look at some customers is bad versus good. You can flip the roles and start to say, if you’re in that manufacturer issues, right? How do, how are they thinking about you? Why would they want to give you a good price? Why would they want to pick you up as a company? You know, why would they want to ensure that your product is super consistent and has no issues, right?

16:29
And when you start to ask those questions, you can then begin to kind of, you know, say, how do I present myself to alleviate those concerns? Like a really common problem I see is people will send out an email saying something like this. My name’s Billy. I’m an Amazon seller. I want to import your coffee mugs. Tell me your MOQ and price. What that email tells a vendor is, hi, I’m an unproven seller. And they think that

16:58
because of the fact that they got 800 other emails that month saying they’re an Amazon seller. Two, you’re gonna be extremely cost conscious because you’re asking about the price in the very beginning and you’re gonna be ordering the smallest amount of stuff possible. Now when you think about that, you would never give that person a good price ever. You just be like, you wouldn’t. You know what you wouldn’t even mention that I’m an Amazon seller. That’s probably a red flag too. I don’t. Yeah, I don’t.

17:26
Now, you put that script in you, if we take the wrestling mart analogy, imagine you make a wrestling product and somebody messages you and they say, Hi, my name is David Applegate. I’m the purchasing director at Wrestling Mart. Right. We’re the world’s largest specialty wrestling store. You know, I’m trying to import product ABCD from you. And, you know, we’re very aware of this product. You know, we’re looking for these specifications. You guys become highly recommended. I’d love to set up a call with, know.

17:55
you know, and your CEO or sales manager, so we can better understand what your company’s capabilities are and see if we might be the right strategic alliance or something like that. And then you’d have a call with the person and you’d start to build that relationship and they would become invested in your success. We want our partners to be like, you know, Wrestling Mart is the best company ever because when that happens, that’s when, you know, you get the best products, the highest quality and best price and all that good stuff. What if you can’t make that claim?

18:25
Like pretend that you were starting from scratch. What would you say? So I think the first thing I would say is that make sure that you’re the things that are inside your control. You understand like the product you’re trying to import. Do not ask questions about like, what is this material made out of? How is what about this feature and this feature? Because that just says that even if you’re a beginner, you don’t understand what you’re doing, you know. And if you don’t understand what you’re doing, learn.

18:51
I’ll even message like this, if I’m trying to import a product, I don’t know everything I’m importing, I’ll message some vendors from a different email address and just ask all those questions and learn all that stuff so that when I message the people I actually want to message, I already have all of that knowledge framework in my mind. So one, first thing, we don’t make any rookie errors around the things that you should be knowing, doing that. And then I think honesty is always the best kind of approach.

19:18
But there’s a difference between being honest and positioning yourself poorly and being honest and still positioning yourself well. So it’s okay to say, I’m a newer e-commerce brand and we’re investigating bringing this and this and this out. I’m looking through these products. In I’d still like to build a relationship. That’s a better thing than saying, tell me your MOQ and price in the first few steps. And I have a lot of friends that have started,

19:48
Amazon brands that have done very well, that have stellar relationships with their vendors from day one. And it makes a big difference. have been none of them are sending out those emails saying, me your MOQ and price in the first 10 seconds.

20:04
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy the book before a bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. Here’s just a preview of the bonuses coming up in April.

20:34
There’s going to be a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. There’s going to be a workshop on Chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And I’m also giving out a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to this, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop,

21:03
and access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I’m re-throwing after May. Now aside from these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

21:31
I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you all the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:55
So if you were new, would you start out with like an Alibaba or would you consider just starting with, know, import yeti and finding out, you know, who your competitors are using and starting with Atlas first? I’m not a huge Alibaba fan. Alibaba gets a bad rep with some things, you know. I don’t think that it’s as binary as that. It’s a little bit of either or. You know, I would probably be searching the suppliers on

22:23
that find on Alibaba into import yeti and seeing the problem that the volume they actually move. One of the biggest problems that will happen on platforms, and this isn’t Alibaba’s spin-fix, just out there, is like, let’s say, you if you take Wrestling Mars as an analogy, we sell lots of wrestling shoes. We also sell wrestling laces. Now, our wrestling shoe competency is a lot better than our wrestling lace competency, but if we were to list our product in Alibaba, we’d say we sell both.

22:50
So you’re gonna end up messaging Wrestling Mart saying, I buy shoelaces? When we’re the worst shoelace supplier in the world. And by using data sets like Import, you can see what is the company actually move volume up. And when you understand what that supplier specializes in, hey, 70 % of their business is whatever the product you’re looking for is, or a particular manufacturing technology, then you’re gonna have a much higher quality, you’re gonna have a much…

23:19
you know, typically better cost structure because they get the efficiencies of sale of scale tied to that. Yeah. They’re going to have a more trained workforce in that space. They’re going to have, you know, they buy more raw materials. They got lower cost of goods for that type of stuff. See, I don’t think it’s an either or with Alibaba or Import Yeti. I almost always use it. Alibaba at least some stage of my sourcing journey. I think the more important thing is, you know, making sure you have a good product. It’s very rare.

23:47
that I see people that mess the sourcing stage up so bad that that’s the failure of their business. Every single time I’ve had somebody say like, this didn’t work, was because you chose the wrong product. Right. I mean, quality control is a problem. Actually, since we were just talking about that, what are your guidelines for deciding on a manufacturer?

24:11
Yeah, it’s, I mean, for me, it’s a lot of feel. It’s not as hardcore as that. And since I’m building the relationship, it’s the one I feel like is going to partner the most with, you know, our organization. You know, I those people that want our business, because those are the people that are going to make sure that there’s not issues, you know, that are going to make sure that they’re treating us right. You know, you know, we’ve had manufacturers where there are quality issues.

24:36
And if they’re a strong partner of ours who say, listen, there’s a quality issue here and they refund our money or they give us this context or they do right by us. Now, the reason that’s the case is they look at it they go, we want to keep you guys as a client. So it’s not in our best interest to screw this relationship up. Just like it’s not in our best interest to screw their relationship up. And we treat them fairly because there’s been times where it’s like we make an error or something like that. know, yeah. So it’s more about your gut feel on

25:06
how they’ll work with you as opposed to something that you’ll find in like the assessed supplier report on Alibaba or are there things you look for first? Yeah, I think that like maybe I put those as qual the problem where is I use as qualifiers. So I say like, what is my manufacturer need to have like what will be the right potential fit? You know, and if they’re checking those boxes off, then it becomes relationship. So it’s like, okay, I want to find somebody that

25:35
specializes in manufacturing product A, that we’re gonna be a big fish in their pond, that is located in this region or whatever the six things are, that has a stable customer relationships. And then from there, it would be at those two or three, which I don’t message 30 vendors, I pick one or two, sometimes three. I then say, hey, let’s build a relationship. So some of the common questions that I get asked are mostly solved by relationship.

26:04
So I’ll get asked like what’s stopping them from just copying my product and selling to other people? Yeah. And my answer to that is always, you know, once you’ve talked to them face to face, it usually doesn’t happen. What is your answer to that question? Like you have a good relationship. think that one, the copying problem isn’t as big of a deal as I think most people make it out to be. You know, it’s very I have heard of use cases where someone’s like, I was making this product with this manufacturer and then they started selling on Amazon and that has happened.

26:33
But it’s very, very rare. It’s not like I talk to 100 people and 20 of them have that experience. like one. So I think that’s the first endpoint. But the second thing is goes back to that relationship as you’re saying. There’s no way any of our vendors would want to do that because they’re like, okay, we can A, ruin this relationship that is very profitable for us and is win-win. Or B, we can try to make some, know, little bit cash on the side and, you know, it just doesn’t, the math doesn’t pencil out.

27:02
Plus, there’s an organizational competency thing. Most good manufacturers are not Amazon sellers because they’re focusing on manufacturing. You know, that’s a different skill set. Yeah, totally. So we talked about Amazon a couple of times, and it’s getting harder every single year. Yeah. How do you stand out among the crowd looking forward in 2023 for Amazon or DTC? Yeah. So, I mean, I think the first thing is, is I never like to think of

27:32
creating an Amazon business. I feel like that’s trying to say you’re trying to create an app on the app store. That’s not a business, it’s a sales technique, a distribution channel. The correct thing is can you create core business fundamentals that make sense and add value to customers? And if you can answer yes to those questions and you’re creating things people actually want to buy, Amazon’s a great accelerant for that sales.

28:00
You know, I have warehouses, do warehouses are hard. You have to scale. have to have ERP systems like it’s hard. Amazon completely abstracts all of that, which is a huge, huge, huge deal. That doesn’t, you know, make it so that you then magically can wash your hands of the actual business problems, which is how you create value, how you market your product. You know, like I can’t tell you how many Amazon’s I speak to, or I say, what’s your marketing strategy? And they say Amazon PPC. And that’s not

28:29
an entire marketing strategy. That’s one tool you can use out of many. And it’s a hyper competitive one that is getting much, much thinner in terms of value these days. But there’s thousands of other ones that are great, that work stellar. And you can use Amazon’s amazing warehousing and infrastructure to scale the way you never could in the past, which is just amazing. But you have to focus on this core business fundamentals if you want to create something that lasts.

28:56
you know, stands the test, you know, generates money over the like the time. Walk me through your process of finding that product that you know is going to sell well. Regardless of the first thing. Yeah. Yeah. The first thing I do is I try to be a consumer. You know, I really slight like spend time in areas that I enjoy. So like we look right here. Here is a fountain pen. Right. I love writing and I’ve got 10 fountain pens over here.

29:22
And I could tell you about the inks, the different strategies behind inks, different colors with inks, the different oils that go into inks. I know this stuff, but I don’t sell any fountain pen products, but I have considered it because I know what I want. For me, the things that value, that I really like is I like certain color reds. They’re drawn to me and I don’t see them in the marketplace a lot. I also like certain fountain pen holders and things like that. Fountain pen space in terms of the actual pens I’m very happy with.

29:51
I love a lot of pins on the market. I don’t go, ooh, I wish I could create this. But because I’m in this space, and it’s important, there’s a lot of spaces that I try to spend time in, whether it’s fitness or fountain pins or whatever, I begin to see opportunities, things that I would want, that my peers that I’m hanging out with want, that other people online want, because I’m in those communities.

30:21
You know, from there, I began to take what would be a potential product idea. And then I tested out with people. I’d say, Hey, I’m thinking of doing this. What are your guys’ thoughts on it? You know, because I’m in the community, people will give me feedback. You know, it’s kind of a slightly tangential story. A long time ago when was in college, we had a great senior project and everybody in the room had presented an idea.

30:45
And so we’re sitting in like, there’s like 40 of us or something like that. We’re in a circle. And the first person’s business idea is like, I’m going to create a cleaning service for college fraternity parties. And the next person’s like, I’m going to create hangover breakfast. The third person’s like, I’m going to create a book lending service. And the fourth person’s like, I’m going to create a college cleaning process for house parties. know, it’s like everybody had the same business ideas.

31:12
Like literally there was no diversion thinking. And you realize because we were all students and all we were doing was partying and studying. Right. know, and so that was the ideas we had. No one had any money. Nobody was playing around with fountain pens. Nobody was thinking of, you know, the next, you know, boring, you know, Shopify conversion app or something like that. Because they weren’t on Shopify. They weren’t, you know, playing with makeup or whatever kind of passion is.

31:38
So spend time in areas where you think you can actually add value and you’ll see serendipitously where those values can be created by being in that space. Once you have that idea mentioned, I like to test it, really say, hey, I’m thinking of creating an ink. And then I would say, okay, what are the biggest risk areas? Risk area one is are people gonna want to buy it? Risk area two is how am I gonna get in front of those customers? And risk area three is can I even make ink?

32:05
You know, maybe it’s different, but those are my first three that I would think of if I’m trying to make ink. And I would say, which is the riskiest or most, you know, kind of, um, you know, has the highest chance of failure. I have pretty high faith. I could probably figure out how to make the ink, you know, uh, like people I could pay to do that. Like, so I go, okay, that’s low distribution too. I actually don’t have a lot of risk in that area. I, know, I’m very competent at my ability to market on forums. I’ve seen a lot of people do things like this. I understand the way it’s worked in the past.

32:35
But I have no idea whether people actually want to read it. You know, I do. But am I the only one in the room? So I would probably, you know, message 30 people and I’d say, hey, listen, can I buy you a cup of coffee for a 10 minute Skype call or Google meets call and just ask a few questions about your ink purchasing habits. And I would say, hey, here’s my name’s Dave. Here’s what I’m thinking of doing. You know, do you feel that you want to read it too?

33:00
And people are like, they’re like, oh yes, I feel the same way as you. Yes, yes, yes, I’ve been dying for this. And I go, hey, you if you, I did the pre-order today for 20 bucks, would you pay for this? And the person’s like, yes. That’s a huge indicator of interest. And that’s, you know, the way we build everything. It’s the way Import Yeti was built. We didn’t build Import Yeti all in one day. We released a really, really shitty version of it. And people tore it to smithereens. But a lot of people tore it to smithereens, which indicated that people were interested.

33:31
You know, it’s funny, before we hit the record button, you were telling me that, you you run Wrestling Mart, you’re not really a wrestler. And we were just talking about like some of the merits of having a retail location. How do you get feedback from people regarding the next product that you’re gonna launch? I mean, I know you have this retail store. you, would you say that the retail part of your business is a very important component of your product research process? Insanely.

33:59
You know, especially for a sport where like you’re trying things on and stuff. So you get it like, you know, it’s if you’re dealing with like a coffee mug, it’s easier to get feedback from that over the phone. But with certain garments, like you have to be able to look at it person because people can’t describe the way a garment doesn’t fit correctly or whatever the particular thing is. And I actively try to develop, you know, ways to stay in touch with customers, whether it’s answering the phone a lot. Like most people would never answer a customer’s support call. I answer customers’ calls regularly. You know,

34:29
you know, looking at emails, surveys, you know, all that stuff makes a big difference. So what I’m getting at is, if you were to do this all over again, yeah, would you actually start the retail component? Also? That’s a tricky one.

34:48
I’m bullish on certain aspects of specialty retail, but it depends a lot on situations. It varies a lot depending on the kind of individual space. That being said, I think that there’s a lot of magic in retail that’s not being utilized correctly.

35:10
If you were online only, how would you get your feedback? I mean, lots of phone calls, you know, really trying to make sure that you’re plastering your ability to get in touch with customers, you know, just like everywhere’s phone numbers, you know, you’re available all the time. There’s surveys after purchase, like, you know, email addresses are everywhere. You know, you have those monitoring systems and you have all hands on deck meetings with team members so that, you know, people have

35:40
clear ways of bringing problems forward and you can have discussions around things. That kind of stuff makes a big difference. If you’re just starting something out, trying to participate in communities like forums or subreddits, things like that, just really, really being in there makes a big difference. Interesting, are you still doing all that stuff today or is your retail channel good enough?

36:10
Um, you know, I still answer the phone a lot. You know, I’d like to take 10 to 15 phone calls a day is my guess. Any more than that. Okay. You know, and then we, you know, we have like a lot of all hands on deck types of meetings, where it’s like, you know, people are able to disseminate information so that, you know, if someone takes a phone call, and they’re like, Hey, this person, you know, is complaining about this product. And then six other people have the opportunity to go, Oh, I got a phone call about that too.

36:39
or I got two emails and one phone call about that. And that provides a lot of opportunity to kind of make sure that those things are being dialed in and you’re getting everyone sharing information. So what’s funny about this is I’m trying to get information about you, like if you were to start all over. When you’re on Amazon, you don’t get any of that. So what would be the sequence that you would start things if you were to start wrestling all over again? I I would never start on Amazon. Like I know that’s probably a controversial opinion, but like,

37:10
I feel like if you’re starting on Amazon, you’re effectively doing, you’re doing manufacturer arbitrage now, you never spend the time, which is you’re trying to say like, as opposed to drop shipping, you’re just saying, I’m going to buy more units with a longer lead time and then sell the same widget as everybody else at 1 % lower the cost or 10 % more efficient, the PC campaign or whatever the, you know, the, the letter is. And that’s a, that’s a bad business strategy, like really bad business strategy. Because all you’re saying is, is I’m waiting for the next person who’s

37:39
X percent smarter than me or stupider than you will lose money, which is a likely thing that happens to and you know, you’re going to end up, you know, this just doesn’t work out well. That’s a short answer. You know, and in doing things like traditional retail, traditional Ecom are important. You can’t sell somebody on a Shopify store. You’re not going to build a good Amazon store out. The truth, not in the long term, at least not in the long term.

38:10
You could find that manufacturer arbitrage, but you’re not building a sustainable brand if you can’t do whatever. And I’m all for Amazon, I love it. It’s a beautiful platform that completely can accelerate your growth. But people think it’s a business and it’s not, so distribution show. Yeah, I always refer to it as like an ATM machine where you insert products and money comes out, like if someone, everything is a commodity on Amazon, right? People will just copy that exact same thing.

38:37
Yeah. So that’s interesting. I would say a lot of the people who are trying to get rich quick are selling commodities on Amazon. I buy a lot of things like ink that are not commodities. You know, like if I buy, you know, this beautiful Eldenstein, I think it’s how you pronounce it, Topaz Blue ink, which is one of my favorite colors. I got this on Amazon. This is not a commodity. This is a well-branded, well-developed product. Correct. Correct. But it has brand equity, right?

39:07
I’m just talking about when you’re first starting out. You probably don’t have brand equity. So it’s interesting. You wouldn’t start out on Amazon and you would launch your store first and get sales there and get the feedback there and then launch on Amazon later or? Yeah, I honestly probably wouldn’t even start on Shopify first. would buy, with most things I would just say, can I get community sales? So can I go into a subreddit or a forum or whatever and convince people to buy my product?

39:37
you know, you know, or even if it is you give it away, you know, he said no one’s willing to take it or whatever, then you’ve got other warning signs. And I would just from there, really hedge my bets. You know, and take baby steps forward. what are you talking about, like a PayPal button? Okay, that’s a perfect example of it. You know, like a PayPal link. Yeah. Like, hey, you know, like I see a lot of this like Kickstarter, like functions. Yeah, it’ll be like, hey, I’m bringing in this product.

40:07
you know, like I’m trying to sell 10 units of it. And if I do our 100 units, you know, we’ll do this. You know, and those things prove is stellar ways to prove out of market. You’ve mentioned several different ways kind of in passing, like, would just look on Reddit, what are the communities like, where do people hang out in communities? Typically, I know Facebook and Reddit are, are two, are those the two main platforms you use? Or? mean, it varies a lot depending on what the space is. So like,

40:37
And if you’re part of it, you generally get a very quick understanding of where those communities lie. some things, like you take guitars as an example, which is another thing I love, forums are very key with guitars. Probably slightly older demographic, not using younger social Like standard forms, like the old school, like BB press type of forms? Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Wow, okay. And really tight-knit communities, just stellar places.

41:05
if you’re trying to move a new guitar tune or maybe you can innovate on or whatever the space is. And then Facebook groups work really well for some things, really bad for others. Reddit works great for some things. Some things, it’s physical meetups. I spent a lot of time going to e-commerce meetups. There’s lots of conventions. You just have to say, where are my people hanging out? And if you find where that place is, online, offline,

41:33
Discord, know, wherever it is. Yeah. Walk me through, like if you’re new to a community, walk me through your steps to kind of ingratiate yourself before you start dropping these questions like, hey, would you buy this? Yeah. So I, I almost like nobody ever responds to posts that are like, would you buy this? Like, that’s just like, I’m sure, you know, I focus on, you know, at first, just adding value and being a part of it, you know, and then I generally do reach outs.

42:01
to people after I’ve already built up a reputation, you know, of like a valued member of the community. You know, then people are going to want, because they know me, they’ve seen my screen name, they’re going to want to, you know, participate in that stuff. And there are sometimes some exceptions that were like, you truly have a product that like, is going to be viral, and you already have samples of it, and you’ve got a great post, you can eventually do the post and it’ll probably do well. But at first, I’m starting out just with messaging people and just trying to…

42:30
you know, get inside their heads and understand their worldview. Okay, and then if you can get people to buy it, we already kind of talked about interfacing with the factory. One thing that I forgot to ask you was, in terms of pricing, like, how do you gauge the profitability of the thing that you actually want to sell? So, one people, I think they’re afforded walk into this conversation that changed my views on pricing a lot, is time scum. I used to much more low cost kind of

43:00
You know, thinking so much is my part of resting Mars done a really good job and like saying, since higher prices are good and we’ve seen really good results with that. Um, you know, I think that because Amazon is so price conscious, people have the mindset they need to be the lowest cost. That is how a sale happens. You know, uh, but if you’re focusing more on value, you know, price becomes a secondary thing. Like for me, if we take, back to that ink example.

43:28
I genuinely don’t know what I paid for that ink, but I can tell you there is a 0 % chance I’m not buying it. It’s $9, $15, $19, $29. It’s the same ink. like for me, it’s 20 bucks. You know, like I want the ink, you know, I want the color. I want that color, you know, so I’m willing to pay more money for that. Just like how everybody buys the fancy new iPhone, it three times the price of the Android phone that does the exact same thing. And anyone who’s like my iPhone’s better than an Android phone.

43:57
myself because I have an iPhone and love iPhones is lying to you. You’re buying that because you want to have an iPhone. And that’s the way your products I think need to be if you want to charge those kind of premium prices. And if you are going to say we’re going to be a low cost provider, that’s okay. But you have to have a competitive advantage with that type, that low cost strategy. What doesn’t work is you’re going to say, I’m going to use the same manufacturers as everybody else, get the same pricing as everybody else.

44:26
and sell it for a lower cost than everybody else. That’s a flawed business strategy. If you’re like, I’m able to manufacture these things 20 % lower because I’ve got ADCD technology, or I’m innovating in this space, or I understand this thing. And that allows me to sell at a significantly lower price than anybody else, and still be profitable, that might work. But most people aren’t thinking like, or actually, they’re not thinking like that. They don’t have the opportunity for that. I think going low cost is one of the hardest things that you can do.

44:56
I always tell everyone to just go high end because then it’s not a question. That puts money out of the equation altogether. And having competitors, it kind of makes you more resistant to the competition. If you can put out something that’s really good, you’re right. I pay for stuff where I don’t even look at the price. it makes advertising easier. It makes customer service easier. Because you can just, you don’t care. You just give it away for free or whatever, like if they complain. And that adds to your bottom line. So yeah.

45:26
I actually don’t know that many people who stand the test of time going on the low end route and just, because it’s always a race to the bottom in terms of price. Yeah, my first product I ever sold was that tobacco paraphernalia. And I’m gonna, you know, he’s butchered the numbers a little bit, I would save some work, but I was selling these cigar cutters, and it was like, I was selling it for like 9.99, buying it for 50 cents, and I was charging like $3 shipping. And it was like 13 at times, I don’t sell like 20 of these things a day.

45:55
which when you’re that age with that, this is back in 1992. Like I was literally looking for my Ferrari online. like my first car is going to be a Ferrari type of thing, you know, thinking I was like, this is it. And I do this for like 30, 45 days or something like that. And then I woke up one day and there was zero sales. And I was like, that’s weird. I went 20 of the day before, you know, and then the next day comes around zero sale.

46:23
So I go on eBay search and now some dude selling cigar cutters at 9.50. I’m like, whatever. So I changed my ID to 8.99 and then 20 sales, right? Next day, 20 sales, 20 sales, 20 sales. And this goes on for nine more days. And then I wake up the day and there’s zero sales. And this time immediately go and check and the dude’s now selling them at 7.99. know, and fast forward four months, I’m now selling cigar cutters in a dollar 99 with free shipping and losing 50 cents on every cigar center I sell, with shipping included, you know.

46:53
And that’s the way eBay went back then. Amazon is going through the same thing, although it isn’t quite as extreme yet. If you search my favorite searching exercise rings on Amazon, you will see 195 exercise rings listings that are all from the exact same pair of exercise rings. It’s probably coming out of one of two factories. What do you expect this gonna have?

47:22
My last question for you actually is how do you feel about those people doing Amazon wholesale where they’re using these pricers to just make sure that they get the buy box and whatnot. To me that’s unsustainable but I’m just kind of curious what your thoughts are. Yeah, mean like I know a lot of people that made a lot of money doing a lot of different things online and you know I’ve got you know I’m not gonna use my name and I’ve got a friend that makes a fortune doing things like that. His mindset is I’m gonna be ahead of the curtain. That’s always what he thinks.

47:52
It’s how can I be the first one to figure this out? Push it as hard as I can and then recognize when it stops and take my foot off the gas and move on or next. You know, and I don’t agree with that business model at all. You know, he makes a lot of money doing it, you know, but he has done things like that before. Now, the reason I say that is that obviously people make money doing things like people make money doing retail arbitrage, manufacturer arbitrage and drop shipping.

48:22
whatever it is, but there’s good and bad business models. And, you know, if you, if you focus on what the good business models are and core business fundamentals, you stand the test of time, you actually make the world a better place. And you tend to, you know, have a much easier kind of, you know, time in the long run. The one other thing I’d say about my buddy is he is extremely intelligent, a lot smarter than I am. And

48:50
I think that intelligence serves him well. And if you’re looking at these sorts of opportunities and you’re going, haven’t spent 20 years doing various internet marketing trends and always spinning on the top of the curve, you’re an idiot if you think that this time you’re going to be, you know, because history has said you’re hot, you know, and I’ve tried to do some of those hustles before and sometimes I, you know, uh, wins and I lose, but what I’ve learned is that

49:17
ends up being kind of net velocity at them all together. And that I am investing a lot of time. And so now I, you know, try my best to avoid that temptation. And you know, focus on what’s valuable. For me, it’s about sleeping well at night, actually. Yeah, with those fads and whatever, like you could lose that stuff really quickly. Whereas if you have your own brand, it’s still my drop, but it’s a lot more gradual and you have time to react. Yeah. And it’s I think that’s that’s well said, like especially if your income is depending.

49:45
Like if you’re saying that like I am the wholesale, you know, button buyer guy, like you have to be able to, you know, be able to weather that storm because there will come a day where that would stop. It’s just gonna happen. Yeah. Dave, where can people find about your tool? Ask you questions. Where are you at online? ImportYeti.com. And there’s a little contact us button and the emails go straight to me. And I would love to hear from anyone and everyone about how they use the tool.

50:14
especially if they have ways they can make it better. And I care about especially the granular things like you’re like this, putting this button here makes me want to punch you every time I see it. It’s so annoying, it’s the wrong spot. I want to hear that feedback. You know, it’s the thousands and thousands of Import Yeti users that have made Import Yeti good so far and allowed us to spread and give me opportunities to be on podcasts and stuff like this, which I’m very grateful for. And I love the tool and I love the fact that it’s actually free, which we had

50:42
talked about this earlier, like that core component of the product is always gonna be free. there’s no reason not to check it out. Thanks for coming on Dave. I appreciate it.

50:54
Hope you enjoyed that episode, and if you haven’t already, go check out Import Yeti right now because it’s free. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 453. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div.

51:22
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

452: Meet The Man Who Makes 8 Figures Selling Baby Shoes With Cole South

452:  Meet The Man Who Makes 8 Figures Selling Baby Shoes With Cole South

Today I’m thrilled to have my friend Cole South on the show. Cole runs an 8 figure business selling moccasins for kids over at Bird Rock Baby and BJJ uniforms over at Gold BJJ.

He is a former poker player turned entrepreneur and in this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to grow a footwear business to 8 figures.

What You’ll Learn

  • How much does it cost to start a footwear business
  • How Cole grew this business from the ground up
  • Cole’s philosophies on business grow, 3PLs and selling on Amazon

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have an old friend, Cole South on the show, and Cole sells moccasins for kids over at Bird Rock Baby and BJJ uniforms over at Gold BJJ. And what’s cool about Cole is that we have similar philosophies on business. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to grow a footwear business. But before we begin,

00:28
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. It is a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people.

00:54
and everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com.

01:22
I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-comm and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Cole South on the show. Cole is someone who I met at Ecommerce Fuel and the Seller Summit in past years. He is a former poker player turned entrepreneur, which is something that I’m actually finding increasingly common over the years. There are a lot of poker players who actually go into business. Cole is an eight figure seller who runs two brands, Gold BJJ and Bird Rock Baby. He is also working on a software tool for Ecom as well.

02:54
Now, since I’ve always known Cole for his baby moccasin store over at Bird Rock Baby, this is a business we’re gonna focus on today. And I just have to say that selling any kind of shoes, especially kids shoes, I would say is tough. It’s capital intensive, you have to carry a bunch of styles and a bunch of different sizes. So in this interview, we’re gonna learn how Cole grew this business from the ground up. And with that, welcome to show, Cole. How you doing today, man? Thanks for having me on, Steve. Yeah. Hey, so I…

03:21
out of all the products that you could sell, why did you choose Baby Moccasins? It seems like shoes are competitive, saturated, there’s lots of brands that sell these. Yeah, totally. Well, when we started this e-commerce business, we didn’t really have any clue what we were doing, there wasn’t a ton of thought into it. Aside from that, we wanted to start the business around products my business partner and I were personally using. And at the time, he had two young kids, and his wife just wasn’t crazy about the shoe options. They were either 65 bucks and like,

03:48
you’d lose one with kid throwing out the window or losing at the playground, just kind of impractical to spend that much money on a pair of shoes that your kid’s gonna outgrow really fast. Or like six bucks from AliExpress, drop shipped in a plastic bag where you feel like, this even safe to put on my child? So that was the initial idea. Maybe we can do like a mid-market baby shoe, backed by an American company, safety tested to beyond all standards. That’s how we landed on baby shoes. Interesting. So you mentioned AliExpress and Wanna. Are these made in the US then?

04:18
Our shoes are all made in China. They’re all made in China, okay, okay, right. And so you just have tighter quality control and whatnot. Exactly. So did you do any testing on this? Because like I said, it’s competitive. Or maybe it wasn’t as competitive when you got started. But how did you know that these shoes were gonna move? Well, we could tell from all the typical Amazon and SEO tools that there was a lot of demand for this type of product, leather baby shoes, baby moccasins. And again, it was kind of just seeing that gap in the market.

04:48
a lot of these very cheap items were selling a ton of units. And then there were some brands with some expensive baby shoes selling a ton of units. And kind of just use a little bit of logic thinking that, there’s probably a space for a mid-market baby shoe in this category. So as a poker player, you probably calculated the expected value of launching this product. Yeah, mean, certainly a lot of skills translate well from poker to e-commerce. I think the biggest one is just like being okay with.

05:14
risk and comfortable losing. If it didn’t work out, it’s not like we had mortgage or houses for this business. How much did you invest actually to start it? Man, I want to say we opened the LLC. My business partner and I, and I putting in five or 10 grand. Of course, as the business grew, e-commerce is a super capital intensive business. And so I loaned the business some more money to finance inventory. And then eventually as we became more established, we started getting other.

05:41
financing options through Amazon or Chase. I am curious, when you first launch, like, do you have to launch with multiple styles, multiple sizes, or did you just launch with one style? I believe we launched with four colors in four sizes, something like 16 skews. Okay. And then how do you actually, this is something I’ve always wondered about anything related to sizing. Like, how do you know what to order or how much to order in what? Yeah, that’s tricky. And I feel like, especially on your first order, it’s so hard to tell. And there’ll be some

06:10
some specific colors where the baby size just crushes in that color. But a different color, people are only buying that for two year olds. So it’s hard to kind of translate that from style to style. So our approach has been just order a ton on the first order so you don’t run out of stock because the second you’re out of stock, all your forecasting goes haywire. And then try to use that cushion from that first order to place more accurate orders going forward. What do you consider a ton? How much was your initial order? Oh man, the initial order was probably

06:40
two brand of shoes. Of each style and size? No, total. Yeah. Oh, total. We started off really small. Yeah. I mean, we started our e-commerce business as a side project where my business partner and I both played poker for a living. We were pretty burnt out on it looking for something new. We like, let’s just start something to get some experience doing any sort of business outside of poker. And that’s how we land on e-commerce launching brands around products we personally use. Okay. And so you ordered 2000 pairs, I assume evenly split because you had no idea.

07:10
what was gonna sell. And then what was your first market, was your Shopify store your first or were you on Amazon at first? No, strictly Amazon. I’d say that first year sales was 99 % Amazon. Okay. And then I imagine you did all the keyword research and whatnot and did you do anything special to rank those? Yeah, so, you know, when we started the e-commerce business, was kind of like learning poker all over again. We just devoured every Amazon e-commerce podcast and blog we could find.

07:39
to try to learn how to market for e-commerce. And we definitely were lucky to kind of catch the wave of Amazon and e-commerce at the right time, where in 2016 we put this product up on Amazon. And I think on the first day we sold two or three units, you know, without ads or anything, turning on ads or anything. Yeah. Okay. And then over the course of that first year,

08:01
customers really liked the product and we just had enough organic traction that we’re like, okay, I think we’re onto something here. And then we quit poker and went into this full-time. Oh, I didn’t realize you were still doing poker at the time. Did you have your website up then or was it just strictly Amazon? I think we had a website up, like a very simple commerce website or something. But if we did more than five sales on the website the first year, I’d be surprised. Oh, okay. So it was literally all Amazon. And I am curious, are you guys in retail at all or?

08:31
Yeah, so we just broke like 500 wholesale stores. My wife runs the wholesale program. It’s all small independent mom and pop boutiques around the country. But yeah, it’s a cool part of the business. Very different from online marketing. To get those, did you literally just walk, go door to door to these mom and pop shops? We’ve tried a few different things. Some of it has been outbound where my wife just has stores she likes that she thinks would be a good fit and reaching out to them with a very personalized pitch.

09:00
and then trying to use those to find similar stores in other cities, something like that. We’ve also used wholesale platforms like Fair, which has been great for customer acquisition. And we’re starting to do a little bit more on the outbound side of things. But I also think there’s a lot of aspect of just getting your product out there. And people who own boutiques that sell baby products, they need products that parents like on the shelves that sell through. So they find our product and just inbound reach out to us and stock in their store. I’ve always been curious. what is your minimum order from one of these small mom pop shops?

09:31
I believe 250 bucks and they get a 50 % discount. Okay, so it’s not very much money at all. And then it’s a different beast, right? You have to keep track of them and then maybe remind them to reorder or do they keep track of all that stuff? We have not done an amazing job at the customer relationship management side of wholesale. Okay. But you know, we do at least have like a customer database for wholesale customers that we’re sending email campaigns to and trying to send out reminders when they haven’t ordered in a while.

09:58
I was just chatting with my buddy about this because sometimes you got to argue for where your stuff is displayed to. But I guess it doesn’t happen in boutiques. Maybe that’s more for the big box stores. Yeah, for us, it’s all, you know, they’re paying upfront for all the inventory or for all their orders. So it’s not like we’re financing an order in a big box store where we have some risk or if it doesn’t sell through, we’re taking the product back. We had a fitness brand as well that we sold to one of the large Amazon aggregators. And for that brand, we had our products in Best Buy.

10:28
And so we learned a little bit about big box retail. Best Buy was launching like a connected fitness section where they had to like pelotons and treadmills and they had one of our fitness products in there. you know, totally different model where we’re being paid on net 90. Yeah, 90. Crazy, right? Yeah. Just wild. Yeah. Can you walk me through just like the sourcing process? I know a couple of my buddies, they source shoes from like Mexico. Did you look in different geographies?

10:58
Yes, we have looked at Mexico as well. There is a big shoe industry in Mexico and it’s specifically something we’ve been thinking of as tensions between the US and China have kind of ramped up for the past couple of years. We want to make sure we’re not, you know, totally locked into manufacturing there. Although we do, have great relationship with our partner there. I think we first found our, all of our manufacturing partners on the baby side through Alibaba. Nice. Okay. Just got a ton of different samples and

11:27
worked out who we felt comfortable working with. And were you designing your own designs at that point? Or were you just kind of taking what they had? We always want to do something like a little bit different from what everybody else was doing. So we would try to take an existing design and add at least like three customizations to it. Give me an example of a customization. Oh, sizing is huge for baby shoes. So a lot of the existing brands I just had like totally off the wall size charts, whether it was like Chinese

11:55
sizing or just something totally custom. So something where like we, you know, use a traditional sizing chart and made the fit of the product like a way more standardized and better customer experience, lower return rate, that sort of thing. you give me an idea of like what the return rate is for shoes? Is it like apparel? Yeah, say probably like in the 15 to 20 % ish range. Okay, so less than apparel, but still pretty high. Basically.

12:24
Also, our products are being worn by people who can’t talk yet. So to some extent, they can’t complain too much about the Well, the parents are the loud ones, right? Yeah, I guess so. And minimum order quantities for shoes, I you can just get by getting like a couple thousand units, huh? Yeah, when we first started with our manufacturer, yeah, I think our initial order was, yeah, just, it might’ve even only been a few hundred units, might’ve been 500 units, something like that. Have you switched factories over the years?

12:53
No, we’ve worked with the same one the entire time for our main products and grown our business a ton with them and it’s been just an awesome relationship. Wow. Okay. So we’ve never been there either. As you’re selling these shoes, I’m just kind of curious what the margins or shoes are like. Are baby moccasins similar margins to just like people selling shoes? Or I’m just kind of curious what the margins are like. Yeah, you know, I don’t really think of it too much, like within the shoe category. I just think of it as like running a healthy e-commerce business in general. And specifically like, you know, we’re talking about wholesale. We’re like,

13:23
If you need to make your wholesale business make money, if you retail a pair of shoes for 30 bucks, the wholesale customer is paying 15. You really need a 50 % markup on that wholesale to be running a healthy business. in general, think to run a healthy e-commerce business, you need to have like a 4X markup on your cost of goods, kind of bare minimum.

13:44
you know, to make it work. I would say bare minimum. So I’m just kind of curious because you have a let’s say you have a return rate of 15%. You kind of have to factor that in as well. Presumably you can’t resell the returns, right? You know, it’s hit or miss. I’d say probably half of returns we can resell. Okay. And then prior to starting the recording, like you’re recording from your warehouse right now, right? And, and I had mentioned I just bought a warehouse.

14:12
And then I told you like, hey man, if I could go with the three pill, I definitely would. It seems like your products are pretty ideal. They’re small because they’re baby shoes, pretty light. I would imagine a three pill makes sense. Why are you, why did you invest in your own warehouse in California of all places? Uh, just like me, right? I mean, I could share my story, but I’m curious what, your reasons were for sure. mean, so the main one is just the sheer number of skews. think most three PLs do really well with a small and light product that is like,

14:40
supplement where you maybe you have a line with 10 SKUs, but for our baby moccasins, we have, you know, 50 different styles each offered in six sizes. The, you know, number of SKUs compared to the actual inventory of each SKU is kind of crazy. And we have tried to use several 3PLs. I just don’t think we were a great customer based on how many SKUs we had. And so it never really worked out well. I really just like running our own warehouse too. It gives me like a sense of control over the business. And for something like wholesale, it allows us to, you know,

15:09
get a wholesale order boxed up personally by our team, sent out to the customer quickly. I feel like that was a real big pain point using a 3PL, trying to do something like wholesale. See, for me, I like the control too, because I’ve just heard so many nightmare stories of 3PLs losing inventory. Our mutual friend, Mike Jackness, he actually had to fly to his 3PL and dig through all the stuff and find his inventory. Presumably stories like that are few and far between.

15:37
But I’ve never heard anyone like running a warehouse actually. And I know you’re in California. Do you have problems finding workers who are willing to do that sort of work at a reasonable cost? You know, I think part of it is just finding employees that do a really good job and then overpaying them so they stay and running a relatively lean team. I feel like one thing we’ve learned in our warehouse is the difference between an A player

16:06
and a C player is not like 2X, it’s that the A player is like working 10 times more efficiently and the B player or the C player is like literally pulling your business backwards. So try to like get a small squad of those A players, do everything you can to make sure that they’re super happy in their job and keep things running relatively leanly. How big is your warehouse? curious. 5,500 square feet. 5,500 square feet and how many people are in there? It’s like five of us.

16:34
on daily basis. Wow, and so you’re picking and packing, running an eight figure business with five people. That’s nuts. Okay. Yeah, you know, mean, Amazon is roughly 60 % of our sales. those orders are all fulfilled by FBA. So that’s just going out the door, direct to Amazon in bulk. And the other stuff, I feel like we’ve got good enough processes with the way things are laid out that if anything, we’re running a little bit below like our

17:02
bandwidth capacity just because we’ve learned that like, if everybody’s running nonstop and you feel like you’re always playing catch up in the warehouse, that’s when projects start piling up, people start getting grumpy. So we always try to like leave ourselves a little bit of a buffer on our bandwidth. I completely agree actually, because the holiday season comes around. You need a little bit of buffer like I go in to the warehouse and I’m like packing orders and answering phones over the holiday season. Because in the past, we used to try to hire like temporary people over those periods but

17:31
Training them and getting them up to speed was actually problematic. we kind of just suck it up now. Do you guys do anything special over the holidays? Nope, it’s just all hands on deck. Yeah, just like you’re saying. We’re all in here trying to get everything out the door and also accepting that like, look, over the week of Black Friday, orders might go out in three business days instead of one and like we’re selling apparel here. It’s not like life or death supplies that need to be get to the customer the next day.

17:58
Let’s talk about the D to C side of your business. And it’s interesting that you sell kids shoes and I was looking on your site and it’s still pretty much baby, right? So do you get a lot of repeat business? Yeah, we do. think we do. We try really hard to catch people at the beginning of their customer lifecycle with us, whether that’s marketing towards people who are expecting or have a newborn so we can get several purchases out of them in our sweet spot of ages zero to two. And then people who have one kid, you

18:27
relatively frequently have another. As a new parent myself, I’m always talking to other parents about baby products they like. I think there’s a big word of mouth aspect to the business. On the DDC side, what is your primary acquisition channel? So we were spending pretty aggressively on Facebook up until roughly six months ago. And then I feel like the iOS privacy changes just wrecked the profitability of everything. And we just had a phase in the business where we had

18:56
spent enough to kind of get the initial snowball rolling of customers to where we could really dial back marketing spend and try to run things a little bit more profitably with an eye on the bottom line as opposed to top line. Yeah, I mean, over the years, we’ve started focusing a lot more on our existing customers and our own marketing list.

19:16
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy the book before a bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. Here’s just a preview of the bonuses coming up in April.

19:46
There’s going to be a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. There’s going to be a workshop on chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And I’m also giving out a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank and search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to this, you also get access to my six week family first business challenge, access to my three day print on demand workshop,

20:15
and access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I’m re-throwing after May. Now aside from these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

20:43
I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you all the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:06
I’m curious though, so now that Facebook isn’t as working as well, and it’s not an uncommon thing, like I’ve talked to many e-commerce business owners where when the iOS updates happen, like Facebook ads kind of went to crap, what are your new things that you’re trying to acquire new customers? Yeah, I’d say kind of our approach is do the 80-20 of a lot of different areas. You we do focus on SEO, Google ads, but we’re not like all in on like, okay, we got to figure out TikTok this quarter.

21:34
and we’re gonna spend all of our ad budget there. I really feel like at this point, the business is somewhat organically growing just through word of mouth, existing customer base spreading it. it feels like for a long time there, we were pushing the rock uphill and now it’s starting to roll downhill a little bit and this is kind of growing on its own a little bit. Plus the retail probably helps with that, right? I would imagine. Absolutely. Being in a lot of boutiques. Can you walk me through the retail side?

22:03
So are you allowed to run discounts on your website? Can you like undercut your retailers and price? how does all that work? So we try to focus on purely retail retailers with a physical brick and mortar store. Okay. Where, you know, want to sell the product on their website. We’re not going to tell them they can’t do that, but like we’re not working with e-commerce only businesses. Okay. So that’s been our approach where we don’t feel like we’re competing with them really, cause they’re, you know, focused on walk-in traffic to their store, buying the product. So do you have the freedom to sell things cheaper than

22:32
Like the brick and mortar price? Yeah, I mean, we run sales and we allow our brick and mortar customers to run sales too. We’re not super strict on, you know, map pricing for our products as long as they’re not going and like selling them on their website cheaper than us and bidding a bunch on like branded Google ad terms. Actually, that was my next question. So they have to obey a map price. Yeah, but you know, we’re not super strict about it again, most of the partners we’re working with are physical brick and mortar stores that don’t do a lot of online sales anyway.

23:02
So, A, how are we gonna enforce this? we gonna go around running? Yeah, you can’t really. That’s I was asking. Yeah. Yeah. And if they wanna sell the shoes for $20 instead of $30 in their own brick and mortar store and they’re still paying us $15 for them, go for it. Yeah, so presumably the wholesale price is 50 % of what you sell on your site, like retail. Exactly. 50 % of retail. probably these people aren’t internet savvy. They’re probably not running campaigns that are competing against you.

23:31
I would imagine Okay. On the so on the deed, and we do our best to screen for that too. And like, we make sure that like our, we can both get our ideal customers and we set those policies very upfront. Like the number one thing is just you cannot sell on Amazon. Right? was actually my next question. Yeah. Okay, because you they could like piggyback on your listings. Okay. Got it. But again, they’re not particularly, you know, Amazon savvy. Business owners, we are if somebody tries to piggyback on our Amazon listing, we notice it real fast. You know, we have a

24:01
you know, one very frank discussion with the person. And then if it’s an ongoing issue, you know, we’re brand registered, trademark sellers, we know ways to protect ourselves. Well, you just cut off their supply. mean, totally. That’d be the end of it. What about social? Is that a big part of your strategy? It is, but it’s something my business partner’s wife works on. She runs Instagram and email marketing. And it’s not something that I personally have my hands in too much. Well, I’m just trying to.

24:29
gather like what your primary, like what’s like the main driver of new business now? Just on the DTC side. Yeah, on the DTC side, I really think it’s just the business kind of growing based on word of mouth. Like we have all these individual channels like SEO and email marketing that are getting that existing base customers and some new customers going, but I wouldn’t say we have like one specific channel that’s driving a bunch of new customers. Can we talk about SEO real quick? are you going for

24:59
Content that attracts like moms and dads or you doing like product focus content or a mixture of both? Okay So we have like an article on how to size baby shoes Which is a problem that every you know new parent has and you know We rank number one in Google I think for how to size baby shoes and we also try to rate rank our collection pages So if you search baby moccasins in Google, we’re I believe we’re number one in that right now as well that’s been through combination of on-site optimization stuff as well as

25:28
PR has kind of been the biggest thing for us. hired a PR agency that got us a bunch of exposure, high authority backlinks. That’s interesting. Walk me through the PR because I’ve known a number of people, like I’ve never used a PR agency before, but I just get mixed reviews on that. is the main benefit for the backlinks or has some of the PR exposure directly led to a lot of sales? Yeah, great question. So I think it’s really

25:56
matters on what your approach to it is. If you are approaching PR as like, this is a performance marketing channel and I need to pay my PR agency three grand a month and they have to drive 5,500 a month in sales to make this work. Like it’s not going to be a good fit for you. But if you approach it as like brand and awareness marketing and like asset building of, Hey, you know, I’m going to run a six month PR campaign. I’m going get all these cool features that I can use as amazing social proof that, Hey, our product has been featured on motherly and all these popular outlets for new moms, pregnancy magazine. And I’m getting valuable backlinks from all the sites that are just

26:26
building our SEO authority, then I think it really makes sense. I do think there’s an aspect of it where any PR agency has their kind of core group of connections that are super valuable. And they kind of turn through those for the first like six, 12 months of a campaign. So don’t know if it makes sense to have permanently for small business, but I think like a three or six month PR blast is pretty underrated for an e-commerce business. I can imagine all it takes a couple of backlinks actually to really boost your domain authority.

26:56
You know that post you mentioned that you’re ranking number one for? How to size a shoes. Does that actually lead to sales? At least in my store I can tell you this like the articles that I have that target the customer I just try to get them on the email list and maybe they’ll convert the ones that convert directly to sales are like buying guides or reviews or comparison posts. I’m just curious how your content converts and what your strategy is. It does it doesn’t convert to sales like a

27:25
collection page ranked in search does. But we’ve been trying to do content that’s like pretty tightly wrapped up in the buying experience. Like how to size baby shoes is the next step in that is where am gonna buy the baby shoes? It’s not like seven tips for putting your newborn down for the night or something like that, you know? Where that’s a little more disconnected from like the shoe buying process. We’re not focused on stuff like that. And that article that you’re talking about, it like an advertorial? Like is there a like a link to your?

27:54
your shoes at the bottom or? Oh, of course. Yeah. But I mean, we try to make it like a valuable piece of content to like we have a printable size chart that obviously has our logo on it. And like, you know, our products are interspersed throughout the article. But even if you weren’t going to buy our, our product, it is a good guide on how to up issues. Let’s switch gears to Amazon. I know it’s gotten a lot more competitive over the years. And I’m presumably you have a lot of competitors now on Amazon. Right? Absolutely. Yeah.

28:22
How are you adjusting to the increased competition, the increased costs of FBA knockoffs, evil sellers and that sort of thing? Yeah, it’s certainly been a lot of that. We did a price increase this year. I think that was probably long overdue and that helped subsidize some of increased FBA costs, just increased costs that we’ve experienced across the board in our business. Advertising has gotten more expensive on Amazon. I’d say, you know, three years ago we were probably spending

28:52
six or 7 % of our total Amazon revenue on advertising, and that’s maybe doubled. Really? To 15, 10, 12%. 10, 10, 10, 12%. Something like that. Okay. Are you guys doing DSP or? No. No, just straight sponsored product ads and brand ads? Sponsored products, video and search, headline display, but no DSP. Okay. And then these days, presumably, can you walk me through your launch process when you have a new style? For sure.

29:22
So we really have not focused on launching many new products. We’ve been trying to continue to drive demand for our core product of Baby Mocsins where we have really strong product market fit. We have tried to launch other products like a diaper backpack, other types of baby shoes, and we just really haven’t had as much success with that. And I feel like the kind of standard way to grow an Amazon business is to launch a bunch of products once you have this formula figured out. I feel like for us, our penetration in the actual market of baby shoes is so small.

29:52
And we have this one product that just has really clear product market fit. People just love these baby shoes that I don’t think it makes a bunch, makes much sense for us to keep branching off instead of just to push this ball further and further, faster and faster. I love that policy actually. Cause a lot of people are, I mean, I think launching new products is actually the hardest way to grow the business. It’s much easier to focus on maybe increasing.

30:18
the average order value or increasing the number of times that someone buys. What are your goals with this business actually? Are you trying to grow it or are you kind of, I don’t want to say taking your foot off the pedal so to speak, but it sounds like it’s not like a VC backed company where you’re trying to grow at all costs. Totally, yeah. mean, so the first five years it was like, we need to double this business each year to get it to the point where, you know, it’s just like,

30:47
a relatively self-sustaining operation. But now that we are kind of at that point, yeah, we’re trying to do a modest 15 % a year growth sort of thing, actually be making money from this business rather than reinvesting it all into taxes and more inventory. So yeah, would say taking our foot off the pedal is a reasonable way to describe it. I also have two young kids and other hobbies and like, I want to make sure I’m living a lifestyle where I’m not totally burned out on this business and I actually enjoy running it.

31:14
And in terms of like your focus on Amazon versus DTC versus retail, how do you treat each of those? for me, I focus all my efforts on DTC. Amazon is just like a bonus. It seems like you’re split a little higher on Amazon. How do you view all those different marketplaces and traffic sources? Sure. So from year one, you know, when we were 100 % Amazon to now we’re at 60 % Amazon, like even just breaking off that 40 % of the business was a ton of work.

31:44
Um, but I feel like now that we’ve kind of gotten to that point, we run each part of the business relatively siloed where, know, have my Amazon Asana board where I, you know, pop in her ad campaigns, make sure Amazon inventories replenish that sort of stuff. Then I have like the DTC silo of things. And then my wife runs the wholesale side of things. So really try to run the three, uh, sales channels of the business somewhat independently. Um, so we have a little diversification. Nobody feels like they’re.

32:13
having to work on every aspect of the business, that sort of thing. So the reason why I’m asking that is like, do you ever use your email list to launch a new product in Amazon or drive people to Amazon or is it always to like your own online store? Nope, always to our own online store. Again, if it was one thing where like our strategy to grow the business was to launch a new product every week on Amazon, for sure we would be doing something like that. But that’s just not how we’re operating the business. Okay, cool. I like that. I like that.

32:39
You’re different from some of the other people that I talked to where they’re always just constantly trying to scale, scale, scale. It seems like you guys got a pretty good balance with the way you guys are running things. Let’s switch gears again. And with the fact that Amazon is a lot more competitive, I understand you guys have developed some in-house tools to help you with that. What are these tools and why does it give you an advantage? For sure. So yeah, I’m working on an e-commerce software tool called Synchronize.

33:08
And it allows e-commerce sellers to use their data from Amazon Seller Central, Shopify, Facebook ads, directly in Google Sheets. And the way this started off is from inventory management. We manage our inventory in a big Google Sheet. And every six months or so, we would try using some sort of hosted inventory management tool. And they just never were a great fit for our business. There’s so many different quirks of how each individual e-commerce businesses ran that I felt like they all box us in. And we would just end up right back in the Google Sheet.

33:36
So can you actually before you go on, I’m curious about this too. What are some of the problems you’ve had with standard off the shelf inventory software? Handling multiple sales channels and multiple warehouses. So, you know, we have FBA and our San Diego warehouse and we have Amazon, Shopify and wholesale sales channels. And there are some really good Amazon only inventory management tools and the other inventory management tools that try to take everything into account. It almost feels like

34:05
for the first two years, they got 10,000 support tickets with a bunch of different requests. And now the tool is just 800 check boxes on every page is impossible to like untangle to like actually get what you need for your business out of it. Okay. And so you’re, you’re managing all that stuff on a Google sheet, which seems a little bit on, I don’t know, I’ll let you go on. Okay. So you’re doing this on the sheet. I’m curious what this sheet looks like. Cause I know what our inventory looks like and we actually, my wife is an Excel.

34:34
Like she’s an expert in Excel. So she actually manages it in Excel. But to me like looking over her shoulder It looks like a disaster. So I’m curious how you guys do it. Yeah No, that’s the beautiful thing about a spreadsheet though because you can perfectly customize it for how you run your business Yeah, so I mean, I’m happy to send over a screenshot of her sheet An example if you want to put in the show notes But basically the way ours is set up is we have like one tab That’s the master inventory dashboard that you know has a list of all our products and tells us

35:02
when we need to reorder it, how much runway we have. And then a bunch of other tabs that are like our manage FBA inventory report and our Shopify sales from the past 30 days. All that sort of thing. We have an employee that every day goes into Amazon, exports the inventory reports, the sales reports, same thing from Shopify, uploads it into those data tabs that the main dashboard pulls from. Because if you’re forecasting inventory, it’s critical you’re working with up-to-date information.

35:31
But it’s such a manual process that no matter how careful you are, it’s only a matter of time until you’ve filtered for the wrong date range when you exported the report or uploaded it the wrong tab. And in our experience, these mistakes, they weren’t always immediately obvious. It’s not like it would totally break the spreadsheet. You would just be working on a reorder of something. You’re like, that number just doesn’t quite look right. And then you realize that, it’s ignored one sales channel for the past three weeks, and now you’ve drastically underordered.

35:59
And those mistakes are super expensive for an e-commerce business. So we started by hiring a developer to build an internal tool for our business to allow us to connect our Amazon and Shopify accounts. So instead of, you know, importing that Amazon manage FBA inventory report, we just have a custom function that’s equals Amazon inventory MySkew. And that’s a continuously refreshing value of the units available at FBA or equals Shopify sold units MySkew T30. And that’s like an always up to date.

36:29
value of the number of units sold over the past 30 days of that SKU. And this was super helpful for us to eliminate a lot of that manual work and make sure our inventory dashboard was always working with up-to-date data. like that. I actually had a similar problem in our company too where we do personalization and every morning someone had to cut and paste the personalization into another tool so it could be digitized and sent to the machine. And you’re right, inevitably someone cut and paste something wrong.

36:58
and then you have an unhappy customer. So I wrote something that automated that entire process. It sounds like it’s something similar to you on the inventory side, right? Totally. Yeah. So we’re scraping all these reports from Amazon and Shopify, putting them in a central database that we host and then allowing you to query them in very useful ways in your Google Sheets for something like inventory management, know, all sorts of other stuff to it. Cause we have like return reports or marketing reports to kind of keep an eye on all that sort of stuff. So any sort of dashboard that you’re already doing in a spreadsheet.

37:26
This is kind of supercharging it and removing the manual work of getting that data into it. So this spreadsheet is something that is shared among your team and it’s considered like the golden document of all the accurate inventory measurements in your company. Exactly. And I just feel like I’ve talked to so many other e-commerce store owners who are in the same boat where they tried these inventory management tools and they just end up back in Google Sheets. So we figured, you know, if this tool is useful for our business,

37:53
how hard it could it be to turn into something that other people can connect their Amazon and Shopify accounts to. Turns out that was way harder than I expected, but that’s what I’ve been working really hard on. conceptually, it sounds simple, right? But when you get into nitty gritty. Man. Let me ask you some more questions. So this sheet, how do you do inventory projections on, like, does this sheet have a bunch of formulas that help you project? Exactly. So, you know, the important numbers are the number of units I have available at our San Diego warehouse, the number of units I have available at FBA.

38:23
and the number of units I have in production. That’s on the inventory side, right? Then on the sales side, I need like my average daily sales from Amazon, Shopify, and wholesale for that SKU. I’m kind of using that in combination with the lead time for that product to make sure that I always have a bit of a cushion, you know, that I have an order in progress before I’m running out of stock. Does it take into account seasonality, like holiday season? Yes. Okay. We basically have an adjustment column where you can

38:52
in our sheet, adjust any one SKU sales velocity by a percentage of your choice. We go through and kind of look at previous year’s sales. We also look at like, has this SKU been out of stock? Because if it’s been out of stock, any sales projections I have based on like its trailing sales aren’t gonna make sense because it’s sold zero units since it’s been out of stock. So that’s something that we’ve got like some custom formulas for in our tool where we can say, hey, this SKU has been out of stock.

39:21
for 60 % of the last 30 days, you don’t wanna trust a sales velocity number based on trailing 30 day sales. Yeah, I guess the next level to this is to issue alerts, right, when all this stuff’s happening. Exactly, so that’s kind of the next step of this to have some actions where, if sell D2 drops below 100, create an Asana task saying reorder product and sell B2, that sort of thing. that’s kind the next step Yeah, cool, I like it. For anyone who’s listening who actually wants to sell

39:50
shoes or moccasins, like what were the hardest part of your business? Oh man, that’s a tough one. Cause I feel like running an e-commerce business, you’re, you’re juggling so many different balls in the air. for us, it hasn’t been like one specific area of the business that has been constant headaches. It’s more like we’re just playing whack-a-mole on a bunch of different things. Um, I think the hardest part of any business is just finding product market fit, like having something that people actually want and are really excited about. And if you can figure that out.

40:19
it makes marketing so much easier. makes inventory forecasting so much easier because you know, people are going to continue ordering it and that sort of thing. So if that’s the one thing I would stress on, it’s like focus less on the e-commerce hacks of, I can pump this product through some search, find, buy campaigns, number one on Amazon. And then I can use that to leverage an insert to pull people over at my website and then trick them to buy this. And it’s like, no, just like focus on the core aspect of a business, like having a product or service that people really love and want to pay for.

40:48
And that just makes everything so much easier. If you were to start all over again, would you do shoes with all the sizing requirements? I was going to ask you actually, what do you deal with? How do you deal with like all this excess inventory of sizes that you can’t sell and that sort of thing? Would you do it all over again? I well, I think part of like picking your business in general is like identifying where or how developed the market is. And it’s like when I played poker, I started poker at the start of the poker boom and like

41:16
rode that wave really well. And then that kind of started to die out. And when we started our e-commerce business in 2016, I think it was a really good time to start an e-commerce business. I don’t think I would necessarily try to start an e-commerce business selling shoes from scratch in 2022. So I think that’s kind of on the market cycle thing. the actual product, I do think there’s some aspect of complexity being a moat in your business. And if you’re selling garlic presses that anybody can find on AliExpress, you’re going to have a lot of

41:45
competitors right off the bat and something like baby shoes where the more complex the business is, the more value there is for the customer and that like, we have so many styles and sizes. It’s an amazing selection that like somebody else can’t just open up an Alibaba account, spend 10 grand and immediately be competing with us. I do think that’s a moat that’s becoming more more important as e-commerce gets more competitive.

42:07
I’m a firm believer in barriers to entry. You know what’s funny, I’ve been doing this for a long time and I teach a class, everyone always asks me, what’s the easiest way to get started? What’s the easiest way to do that? I mean, if it’s easy, then anyone can do it and you got tons of competition. Whereas if you just take a little bit of time and produce something that’s hard, like this is why we do embroidery. I can’t, I don’t know if you guys do custom embroidery on your stuff, but the machines break all the time. It’s a pain in butt to maintain the machines. And it’s actually my least favorite part of the business, but I do know that that’s actually

42:37
one of the main revenue drivers for our business too and our moats, so to speak. Totally, you have to have something that is your unique competitive advantage that’s hard to replicate. And on our jujitsu side of the business, we have a lot of jujitsu academies that buy our uniforms and stuff. And a lot of them want the uniforms to be embroidered with their academy pattern. So that’s a goal of ours to get done next year. Oh, you guys are going to do embroidery? I think so for the jujitsu side of things. Yeah, it’s just such a common request where

43:06
an academy wants to 150 uniforms, but they have to have the Academy logo on them. It makes sense. Cause you can charge a huge premium for those also, which is what we do. sure. And it’s just one more thing that is like, it’s very hard for an overseas seller without a presence in the U S to offer something like an embroidery turnaround, an embroidery program where they can turn around 150 yeas in a week to a Jitsu Academy. And then you’ve got your product in a ton of people’s hands right off the bat. Yeah, absolutely.

43:35
Well, hey, so Cole, you’ve got three main things going on, right? You got the BJJ store, you got Bird Rock Baby, and now you have this SaaS company. And I’m guilty of this too, like I got a lot of stuff going on too, but how do you split your time and your focus? And do you have this belief that if you work on too many things, you can’t focus on either one as well as you could? Totally, but at the same time, you gotta know who you are. like, I am.

44:03
someone that likes working on a lot of projects. And I feel like that kind of almost prevents me from getting burnt out on any specific one, where especially if I have a strong team working on that project, like our e-commerce business, we’ve got really solid people and processes in place. Or if I’m just getting burnt out on something, okay, maybe I’ll go spend a little more time on the SaaS tool for a little bit, or switch from brand to brand. So I get what you’re saying, but for me personally, I like working on multiple projects. So do I. It’s a curse though. I feel, I don’t know.

44:33
I go back and forth all the time like, hey, you know, if I had just focused on this one thing, could I have blown that up? But you’re right. Like I need constant stimulation and I do get bored of certain things and thank God I have other things to keep me occupied. So. Yeah, it’s kind of like think about what your goals are. Like if your number one goal in life is to like blow one thing up massively and build this massive business. Yeah, then for sure. Focus is probably the number one thing. I like kind of like the four burner theory that you talk about like.

45:01
you know, there’s some aspect of that in business too, where like, it’s not all about building the biggest business possible. Like that’s not my approach right now. Right. I want to work on things that I find interesting and feel like I’m not being totally burnt out in a pursuit of a goal that like isn’t really my ideal big picture. Cool. Cool. Where can people find you if they want to learn more about any of your brands or your new SaaS tool, inventory? Sure. You can find me on Twitter. My handle there is coal south.

45:30
And if you’re interested in trying out Synchronize, you can go to synchronize.com slash slash Steve and we’ll have a special offer for my wife, quit her job listeners. Sweet. Did you get the blue checkmark? Yeah. Yeah. It’d be interesting to see if that program is still still live by the time this podcast goes live. It sounds like it’s kind of haywire. I don’t see any value in it whatsoever. They don’t even verify you. Right. Anyone can get it. So.

45:58
Yeah, it seems like it’s been a rocky start for him. Cool. Hey, thanks for coming on, man. Appreciate it. Thanks, Steve.

46:08
Hope you enjoy that episode. Cole is a very successful entrepreneur and there’s lots to learn from his strategies and philosophies. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 452. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you guys in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

46:38
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

47:07
Just type in your email and it’s sending the chorus right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

451: $360K/Yr In Passive Income – Where To Invest Your Money Today With Sam Dogen

451: 360K In Passive Income - How To Invest Your Money In This Climate With Sam Dogen

Today, I have a very special guest back on the show, Sam Dogen. Sam is the owner of the popular personal finance blog Financial Samurai.

He’s also a published author and his last book, “Buy This, Not That” hit the Wall Street Journal Bestseller List.

In this episode, we talk about passive income investments and how to manage your money in the current economic climate.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make stealth wealth.
  • Passive income investments you can make today
  • How to manage your money in the current economic climate

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest back on the show, Sam Dogan. Now, Sam is the owner of the popular personal finance blog, Financial Samurai. And in this episode, we talk about passive income, investments, and how to manage your money in the current economic climate. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com.

00:29
It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every night. Personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance.

00:58
Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s sellerssummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why

01:27
I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source to my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:55
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:21
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:38
Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my old friend Sam Dogen on the show. Now, Sam and I, I wanna say we met in 2014 maybe at FinCon. I think we had Dim Sum at Yang Sing and SF a long time ago, this is way before COVID. He runs the very popular blog Financial Samurai. He’s also a published author. His last book, Buy This, Not That, hit the Wall Street Journal.

03:07
bestseller list and he is, he’s fantastically knowledgeable about just finance, the economy, how to make stealth wealth and that is what we’re gonna be talking about today. Great. Sam? Good, thanks for having me. It’s been a while. Yeah, it’s been a while. Quickly just catch me up. Since this is like the first time we’ve talked since you don’t even go to FinCon anymore, do you? I haven’t gone to FinCon, the financial bloggers conference.

03:36
in a long time since it was in New Orleans. And that was so fun. And I wanna go, they’re hosted at places I’ve never been to before. Or that are just super fun. So yeah, it’s been at least seven, eight years. And just, I’m pretty sure most of my listeners don’t know who you are since I typically interview e-commerce folks. How do you make your revenue and how have you retired? Also quick background, I worked in finance.

04:05
investment banking from 2000, let’s see, 1999 to 2012. I started financial samurai in 2009. And then we started the same year actually. Yeah. Okay. July. I was July, two more later in the year. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. So I started in July, 2009 because I was, I was afraid of losing everything, my job, all my money, everything. I was like, ah, the financial crisis really stung.

04:31
might as well have a backup plan. And so the backup plan was financial samurai to just kind of write out my thoughts. And it was kind of a cathartic way to deal with all the chaos, much like the chaos we’ve been experiencing since 2020. Yep. And I just kept on writing three posts a week and the site grew to the point where I was like, Oh, it could actually generate a livable income stream. And I was having a lot of fun doing it. So in 2011, two years after I started financial samurai, I devised a strategy to try to

05:00
negotiate a severance so I could get a severance check and keep all my deferred cash and stock compensation because it had accumulated to you three years worth of deferred cash and stock which equaled like a year salary, right? And so that’s the golden handcuffs in finance and I just didn’t want to quit because if I quit I would have lost all of that. So I was able to negotiate a severance in early 2012 and then just break free.

05:28
And so that’s how I early retired and I did, I was retired for about a year. And then after about a year in 2013, I was like, this is stupid. I’m too young. I’m 35 years old now. I want to do something. So decided to do some consulting for local startups in the Bay area and just work on financial samurai. I continue to travel a lot. So that’s what I’ve been doing ever since. Financial samurai is your main moneymaker. that accurate?

05:58
It’s grown to be a website that generates a livable income here in San Francisco for a family of four, Yeah, because I was about to say, you’re one of the bigger personal finance blogs of the people at FinCon, I would say. Certainly the most enjoyable to read because you write all your own stuff. And I feel like a lot of these personal finance blogs, people have writers now that…

06:25
maybe are using chat, GBT or whatnot, just to get all the facts out there, right? But what I like about your pieces are that they’re opinionated and it’s definitely not, no machine could ever generate your content, let’s just say. Yeah, well thank you. I just like to write. People ask me, how can you keep on writing? And I think that if you can speak forever, you can write forever. There’s something new going on every single day. And for me, as someone who,

06:54
no longer has a steady day job, money is too important to be left up to pontification. I have a portfolio that I need to manage to get right to take care of my family, to generate enough passive income so I never have to go back to work and have a day job again. So to me it’s very important that I get the finances right. I’ll talk about the errors, the wins, to try to make it as realistic as possible because I know if I have questions, other people in my scenario will have questions too.

07:23
The financial journey is a journey where your situation will change in your 20s, 30s, 40s, 50s and so forth. So now I’m 45 years old and I face different situations, different dilemmas, such as raising children, caring for older parents. And these are all important things. And so I guess my style is I just want to write what’s real to me. And I know I can go the freelance writer route to just generate mass amount of content and generate affiliate income.

07:51
And it’s been very successful in the personal finance space. And I’m actually surprised that Google really doesn’t care too much. You know, they talk about expertise, authority, trustworthiness, but I think what they really want is just good quality content, but that can be written by anybody. So I had a decision to make. Do I want to go that route or do I want to just tell my story? And I decided to just go that my route because it was what was true to me and it feels more authentic and

08:19
can last for a longer period of time. Yeah, just for those people listening, in order to write to rank now, telling stories is actually a disadvantage because Google just wants the answer. So I actually took the opposite route and I started writing to rank because if no one’s reading it anyway, then Mays will do it. And I use YouTube now and the podcast as my primary creative outlet.

08:48
So that’s interesting. So I guess the thing that I think about is I can always write to rank and write SEO optimized content and hire people to do. I just want to write what I want to read. so nobody can write what I’m writing because it’s just my own story or what I see the experiences, right? So I feel that I have like this free call option where I can hire people to write on financial samurai and leverage the platform for SEO content.

09:18
when I can no longer tell stories and when I no longer want to work in that manner. but on the flip side, so for some people, if they just write SEO optimized content, I don’t think they have that free call option to be able to share stories in a entertaining way, for example, as easily. Correct. Which is why I use that outlet for YouTube video and audio. Because I think

09:45
Especially with the latest generation people aren’t reading as much anymore Everyone wants just everything in like a short 30 second video or something. Yeah, you don’t say short form content, right? Right, right, So I I I understand that trend But I do believe that there’s enough audience out there for anybody and You just have to do what you feel is best because I can’t for example, I can’t put out tick-tock

10:13
15 to 30 second videos on some piece of financial advice because I would just feel it’s just not enough information to make the right decision. Now, I love what you’re doing, Sam. You should definitely continue on with it. Yours, like I said, is one of the few personal finance blogs that are still interesting to read. Let’s talk about the current landscape right now with what’s going on. Always curious, what are some of your predictions and how you’re changing your…

10:42
strategies right now given the current climate? Well, I think the climate is pretty dire. The Fed has raised rates very aggressively and very quickly, and they’re going to continue to raise rates through the mid middle of 2023. You’re seeing Silicon Valley Bank implode and they’re now in receivership with the FDIC because I think they lent out, no, they bought 10 year treasury bonds in 2021 with an average yield of about one point.

11:12
6, 9%. And as their deposit costs go up, right, they’re paying 4 % interest rates for the deposits. They have this mismatch in liability and duration. And so that was a bank run and an implosion. And that’s unfortunately going to happen to other regional banks. And so this is like deja vu 2008, Lehman Brothers, Bear Stearns, Washington Mutual. And so I think the carnage is not done, unfortunately. And so what I’m doing is

11:42
I’m buying treasury bonds with a three month to one year duration, yielding over 5 % now. You can get, you know, 5.125 % for like a one year treasury bill. Yeah. It’s risk free, no state income taxes. And I’m just chilling, right? And it’s like T-billing and chilling. I think that’s a great phrase to- Did you come up with that? I didn’t come up that. I read that somewhere. was like, that’s really smart, right? Instead of Netflix and chilling, but T-billing and chilling. So you can earn 5 % risk free.

12:11
as you wait for the carnage in the economy to unfold. And so maybe by the end of 2023, we’re gonna be in a recession, a couple million jobs, or maybe a million jobs will be lost. People will be suffering. But maybe then by end of 2023, the Fed will say, okay, enough of suffering to get your grocery bill down by $10 every visit. And we’ll start pivoting.

12:40
And so you just have to be patient because these downturns, a bear market on average takes like 15 months. And we’re now about 15 months in, but it could last another six months easy. So you just gotta be patient. And if you can earn risk-free 5%, I think you should because in the past you couldn’t. Did you liquidate all of your stock positions or are you still invested in &P? Okay. No, no, no. I did was,

13:08
At the end of 2022, I cut down my stock exposure. So I had about 35 % of my net worth in public investments. I cut it down to about 30%. And 30 % to me is like a comfortable range. It’s like, if it goes down 50%, sure, my net worth will take a 15 % hit, but I don’t think it’s going to go down 50%, but that’s kind of it. But what I have been doing is I have rebalanced some of my tax deferred or tax advantage accounts where

13:35
you can buy and sell stocks or bonds or whatever without any tax consequences. And I’ve shifted a lot of that into treasury bonds. Because for me it’s, you know, I feel like I’m just, have enough and I just don’t want to go through the stress and the volatility and stuff, you know, and I just want to spend time with my family. Yeah, we’re older now. And it’s just like, I mean, more money is not going to change our lifestyles because we’re free, right? So it’s like, whatever.

14:04
10 % return versus a 5 % that that spread is is marginal now Sam just for the people in the audience who don’t know how to do this. How does one buy a treasury bond? You can go to treasury direct gov But more efficiently you just go on any online brokerage account and they’ll have a fixed income tab And then you just buy treasury bonds on the secondary market is a huge secondary market for treasury bonds And you just you can look at it by duration

14:34
you know, three months, six months, nine months, one year, three year, five year, 10 year. And then you can choose and you just click a button that’s probably going to hyperlink to treasury bonds. You know, there’s going to be a whole list of bonds, municipal bonds, treasury bonds, corporate bonds, whatever. I just choose treasury bonds and I just choose the duration and you can buy straight from there. And it’s just like buying stocks. Right. And if you decide to liquidate before then it’s just whatever the value it is.

15:02
Yeah, if you decide to liquidate before maturity, you’ll probably take a slight discount. But if you’re buying short-term treasury bonds, which are called treasury bills, three months to one year, the discount is tiny. So essentially it’s very, very liquid because the secondary market for treasury bonds is massive. And you know, you can get money market rates at 4 % to 4.5 % now, but you can get treasury bond rates at

15:31
5 plus percent with no state income tax. So it’s worth spending the time clicking extra buttons to make that extra, extra yield. Well, I think the tax aspect of this is the most important part, right? Cause if it’s money market, you still have to pay taxes on that. Whereas with the treasury bond yield, you don’t, right? Oh, you’re, you’re muted. Yeah. With the money markets, yeah, you pay federal, state, local, and treasure bonds, just, you don’t, you just pay federal.

16:00
you don’t pay the state and local. you have to tax adjust, you should do your calculation. After taxes, what is your net yield? And so a good exercise to think about, so you have to buy at least $1,000 worth of treasury bonds, that’s the minimum. But good exercise to think about is, let’s say you had $10 million investable assets. What would you do with that right now? Wow, you can invest all 10 million yielding 5.2%, so you’d get 500,

16:30
$20,000 risk-free. If you had $20 million, you would make over $1 million a year risk-free. Would you do that in this environment now? For me, I would say absolutely. So you might only have 10,000, $5,000, $1,000 invest, which might not bring you a great amount of risk-free income, but you’ve got to think bigger picture on that. so everything…

16:55
All risk assets are based off the risk free rate of return and the risk free rate of return is the 10 year treasury bond. So you will not invest in any assets stocks real estate, whatever. If you don’t believe the return will be greater than the risk free rate, which is currently about 5.15%. I mean, the way I think about it is I will buy treasury bonds that just match what I need to live on. Like I’ll put the amount of money that’ll generate an income to live on and then

17:24
The rest is just kind of gravy and I played around with the rest. I think it’s just because we’re old, like we’re around the same age and I go for what’s safe now. Whereas in the past I might do like options or stocks. There’s no way I’m doing that right now. I think if you’re early, you’re still wrong is kind of like the investment thesis. So it’s like, yeah, you could have bought something early, but you could still lose money. And even if it rebounds two, three years from now, if you don’t hold on, you’re still wrong.

17:53
And I just don’t feel with the yields at these levels, it’s worth taking that excess risk. But it depends on where you are, right? How old you are, your income, current income stream, your future income growth, what you want, how greedy you are, how fearful you are. You know, as you get older and you have more money, I think for most people we get less greedy, more conservative, and are just happier with what we want, what we have.

18:22
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus.

18:49
Here’s just preview of the bonuses that I’m giving out for free in April. A workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce donors, which expires on April 6th. A workshop on chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And also a workshop on how to structure your blog posts to rank them in search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to these bonuses, you also get access to my six week family first business challenge.

19:18
You get access to a three-day workshop on print-on-demand, and you also get access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I happen to be throwing. Now aside from all these bonuses, the book itself will teach you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it.

19:45
and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you are tired of hearing from a bunch of single guys or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers.

20:13
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

20:20
Let me ask you this then. I’m sure a lot of the people listening to this podcast want to use this as an income, right? They want to make more. They’re not conservative like we are. How would you aggressively invest in this environment? Well, what I would do is I don’t think mortgage rates are going to stay in the average 30 or fixed mortgage rates, especially like 6.7, 5%. I don’t think it’s going to stay that way for another year because over the 40 year long-term trend,

20:49
Mortgage rates and interest rates have been coming down and why are they coming down? It’s because of technology Knowledge a smaller world efficiency so What I think people should do is aggressively look for real estate deals. So anybody who is listing now I Would say they’re probably more desperate than not

21:16
Because why would you list now when the economy is in such uncertainty we could go back to recession, mortgage rates are so high and demand has really tailed off. So you might be listing because you lost your job or you went through a divorce or something and if that’s the case, getting the best price might not be the most important but getting liquid is. And so because of the advent of DocuSign for example, you can write up offers, you can make offers in like three minutes.

21:46
Yeah, your agent set something up, put the terms and just click, click, click, click sign. So I would be aggressively spring and praying in terms of submitting offers to all these properties that I think could be great and could turn around because I think the real estate market will go through a retrenchment period through the end of 2023. But if you can get prices down 10, 15 % from 2020 peaks,

22:14
It’s probably just this is like on average around the country. This it’s probably as good as it’s going to get because eventually so the economy will start slowing down. The Fed will start having to cut rates. More people will buy 10 year treasury bonds, 10 year bond you will go down. Mortgage rates will go down. And then so by I would say 2024, you’re going to start seeing a floor and a rebound because the long term trend for real estate is going to be up because inflation is up, population growth and so forth.

22:43
I think that’s one of the best way the average person can make good money over the long term is through real estate. Okay. The title of your book is Buy This Not That. So what do you buy and what do you don’t buy? So Buy This Not That was written to help people think in terms of probabilities. I have this 70-30 probability framework where I say if you believe there’s a 70 % probability or greater, you’re going to make the right decision.

23:13
Go for it while having the humility and understanding knowing that maybe 30 % of the time you’re to get it wrong. But if you get it wrong, so long as it’s not some kind of catastrophic mistake or decision, you’re going to learn from your mistakes and get better. I think over the over the years, too many people feel like they need a 90 % probability or 100 % probability to ask out that girl or boy to apply for that job to join the startup to make that investment. And because of that,

23:42
desire for assuredness, people miss out on too many opportunities. And that is just a shame. And so I think, you when I look back on my life, we should take more risks, but we should also take more calculated risks. So the whole book on buy this, not that is to help you tackle some of life’s biggest decisions such as, you know, private school or public school, have children or not get married or not where to live or not join a startup or stay at a big corporation, start your business and so forth.

24:12
And so that, the book is really about tackling life’s decisions so that we can live better lives and not have so much regret when we look back. Okay, walk me through this then. Okay, most of these people that are listening want to start a business. So walk me through the decision making process on how to assess whether it is actually a 70 % probability. So let’s say I want to start an e-commerce store, which is what I do. How would you assess that opportunity?

24:41
So first you’d have to assess where you are in your current environment, your job, your income, your future income growth, the stability of your job, whether you could get laid off, whether you have the probability of negotiating a severance so you can have a financial buffer. So you gotta write that down. And then you have to talk to people who run businesses that you wanna run and understand what is the feasibility that that business will succeed or fail. Talk to as many people as possible, understand how long it took.

25:11
took for them to succeed or fail. And then you have to come up with this matrix to say, look, if I take that leap of faith, how many years will I need to spend before I determine whether I’m a failure or a success? And if I’m a failure, what is the probability of me going back and getting my old job? So in other words, there are so many variables and you can never really get to that exact 70 % probability, but you have to get to that

25:41
feeling where you will get to that 70, you feel like you have a 70 % chance or greater. And then once you feel and get to that, after you do your due diligence, talk to everybody and understand the various different scenarios, then you’ve got to take the leap of faith and do it. And if you fail, then you’ve got to go back and see where you got your assumptions wrong. I mean, it’s a constant cycle of testing and analysis.

26:08
And for this particular scenario, what I say is the fear in your head is generally greater than what will happen in reality because the worst case scenario is you try for one or two years and then you fail. But what is failure? Going back to your day job, who cares? No big deal. And you can increase your probability of success by just starting it on the side on the weekends and nights in the mornings while you’re grinding away. And I would say that probability of success is pretty high, especially the longer you work at it.

26:36
I think given a long enough runway, the probability is always gonna be high. You know what’s funny is I teach a class on e-commerce and whenever I have an engineer sign up, I’m like, oh man, okay, this guy is gonna overanalyze everything, take forever and he’s looking for the sure thing. And to be straight up, the engineers in my class tend to not do as well as people who don’t think as much. Like what you suggest, it required a lot of thinking.

27:06
The people who are successful in my class are the ones that say, just screw it. We’re just going to try this and see what happens. And some of them, like they asked me for help and I’m like, hey, I don’t think you should do this actually. The chances are low. They do it anyway and they make it work. And I’m like, okay, well I was a hundred percent wrong then. That’s interesting. Cause I’m definitely not an engineer by background, but I’ve decided that thinking is free and planning scenarios is free.

27:32
You wanna do pre-mortem planning as much as possible. So for example, if you get in a car accident, God forbid, you’ll probably be dazed and confused depending on the extent of the car accident. Even if it’s a small car accident, I think most people will be dazed and confused and people will maybe not understand that they need to call 911 or call 311 or find their license plate or pull over or whatever.

27:58
But if you did a pre-mortem planning and said, if I was to go into this car accident, here’s a checklist of three things I need to do, it makes things much clearer. So for me, it’s important to plan for various scenarios and unknown variables that could happen in your life. So I was just driving my son to school today, and what we do is we do a probability game where we say, okay, we left at 8, 18 a.m. We gotta get to school by 8, 45 a.m. What do you think is the probability we’ll get there on time?

28:29
And then we start off at like 90%. And so I’m driving and I’m like, today’s Friday, so not as much traffic. Maybe people are taking time off. Maybe the probability is higher. said, okay, maybe it’s higher. But then what about the unknown variables? So last night, there was huge rainstorm, torrential downpour, and this traffic started slowing on the way to school. And then I asked him, what’s going on? Do you still think it’s 95 % probability? We’ll get there on time. He said, not really.

28:56
And lo and behold, was an unknown variable that a massive tree in the panhandle fell over crunched cars and then they took out a lane. And so that probability of getting there on time obviously declined because there’s a lot of traffic. So my point is thinking is free, planning is free. You might as well plan as much as possible, but then still have the conviction to go for it. I actually a hundred percent agree. That’s the way I am too. So maybe you’re like a closet engineer. I assess all the probabilities and

29:26
At some point you have to take that leap of faith and whatever it takes to convince you to take that chance. Most of the time my wife is actually, ironically, less risk averse when it comes to trying stuff than I am. she’ll, she pushed us over the edge actually when it came time start our business. Whereas I was still calculating the probabilities and how much money we could make and you can never account for everything. And I certainly didn’t account for the success that we had for our stuff. So yeah.

29:54
Was that the case with your blog too or was your blog purely just a hobby when you started it? I didn’t plan for it to make lots of money. I knew there was at the time AdSense that could generate several dollars and I remember telling myself a year in I was like, well, if I can make a thousand dollars a month, that would be amazing. Would it be such great bonus money? Because I was working in banking, the salary was good and I thought I would be in the field until I was at least 40, if not 45.

30:22
I was shooting for 40, so 18 years post college, save and invest aggressively and then have options to do something else. So I really didn’t approach it as a business. And I understand the whole business aspect of it, I really do. But what I found for me is that the more I try to focus on the business aspect and try to make money, the less happy I was. And the sooner I felt I would achieve burnout and then just quit altogether.

30:51
And so that’s kind of half the battle is just surviving long enough to see the flowers bloom. And it is fascinating to me. I see people very business oriented, focused on the money and that’s fine. And then there’s people like me, probably terrible business operator, but I’m enjoying what I do and it generates income anyway. So you’ve got to find out your personality, but find out your objectives. Like what is it that you really want that money for and that business?

31:17
Because some people, they quit their terrible job, they start a business and they end up spending 20 hours a day on their business and they’re back to miserableness, right? Let’s say you make $2 million in your business. What is the extra incremental $3 million? If you make $3 million, what is that gonna do for your life? You have to ask yourself, everybody’s different and that’s part of the fun. What you described actually happened to me. We started seeing some early success.

31:46
and then I just kept wanting to grow it, grow it and grow it. My wife already stopped enjoying it. She, just to give you an example, she used to like embroidery, but I decided to monetize that and sell like embroidered stuff. And then she, it’s one thing to do it for fun, it’s another thing to just fulfill orders and do it for other people. So she dropped that and it got to the point where we were spending a lot more time on the business when all we wanted to do was replace my wife’s salary actually so we could both stay at home.

32:15
Yeah, so you’re right. You need to figure out what you need. Otherwise Everyone in business, especially it didn’t happen to you, which is amazing Is they start setting like the goalposts farther each time? For no arbitrary for no reason really. Yeah Well, I think part of the reason so a good trick everybody should do is Look at your boss. Maybe your immediate boss and your boss’s boss They make probably more money than you they might have a nicer car. Nice a house

32:45
whatever, and you gotta look at their lifestyle and see is this what you want and is this what will make you happier you think? And I encourage people to try to make the money that they think will make them happy and then reassess once they get there whether they’re happier or not. In my case, I saw my bosses, you because I worked at Goldman Sachs in 1999, that was the year the company went public. It was one of the best Wall Street firms and a lot of the partners made tens of millions of dollars.

33:16
Instantly and I saw them. I was like, okay, they’re happy they can have nice they can go to no boo or whatever But yeah, I’ll try for that. I’ll try to make as much money as possible for 15 years But I didn’t see them as much happier, you know, it was like and it’s the same thing with entrepreneurship It’s just like a never-ending a dollar amount to make but there’s never enough time. You’ll never make another second Yep, and the thing is I’ve also know very wealthy people here in San Francisco

33:45
who have half a billion dollars, a billion dollars. We play tennis together and they have the same problems as everybody else, as me, anybody. Same worries, same hopes, same worse problems actually in a lot of cases. Yeah. I mean, they might have 5,000 employees they have to stress about and a board and perception and criticism and privacy issues. And so I just, there’s a whole study about the maximum income amount aware.

34:14
happiness increases no further. I think that’s about 250,000 in the Bay Area. 200, 250,000 per person, maybe 400,000 now for family. Probably, yeah, that sounds about right. Yeah, 400, maybe 500,000. And then the new study actually, Daniel Kahneman, who came out in 2010 saying 75,000 was the limit, which I thought was total. That was BS. BS, right, it was like so low. And I figured out, I think why, was partly because the median private.

34:42
university salary back then was about 80,000. And so it’s like, just kind of like are incurred to what you know. But anyway, so now they came out in March, 2023 and said, actually, it’s not 75,000, it’s 500,000. And I’m like, wow, that’s a big job. But yes, thank you for recognizing that actually your happiness does increase more than the more you make above 75,000, because you have more options and freedom. So let me ask you this. Most of your income comes from financial samurai. Is that accurate?

35:11
Ah, I would say yes. Or is most of it passive from your investments? Significant chunk from financial samurai, right? Yeah, so passive is about, passive investments was about 380 grand last year. Dude, that’s awesome. So the target is to try to get to 400. And I think it’s actually ironically easier to do to generate more passive investment income because interest rates have gone up, right? So a couple of years ago, ironically, you can only get

35:41
0.1 % to half a percent in your CDs, treasury bonds, money market. But now you get 5 % plus. so my goal was to try to get to 300,000 because I thought 300,000 was the amount you could earn to live a comfortable middle-class lifestyle for up to a family of four in San Francisco. And obviously with inflation, I think that number is probably more like 350,000. Just like a middle-class comfortable lifestyle, right?

36:10
Extra bonus is that you don’t have to really work hard for that income, you know, unless all of that income is you managing, you know, private real estate properties where you got to deal with tenants and all that. Right. And so that’s been my, my whole goal. However, I do believe that active income is enjoyable income. And so that’s why I think everybody should have a mix. samurai. Would you say most of your income is from affiliate? Yes.

36:38
Most of the income comes from affiliate partners that I use and invest with. And so the idea is, so there’s two strategies again for personal finance blogging. You can try to sign up tons of affiliate partners, like hundreds, which I know people do, and then they highlight, they use freelance writers to write affiliate articles on those products. So that’s breadth, or you can go deep and invest with or use products.

37:08
and then just have a few. So I just decided to do the few because I just wanna write about the things that I know and use. Right, uh-huh, always a good policy. Let me ask you this. So with the event of Chad GPT, and I don’t know if you’ve gotten a chance to try the Bing search, where you just ask and it gives you the answer and there’s not a whole lot of hyperlinks going on there. Do you think this affiliate model has legs going forward? I think it does. I think you have to build a brand.

37:37
So once you build a brand, you have to stand for something. You know, the brand can be anything, your voice, your looks, your motto, what you stand for. I think it’s important to build a brand. If you do that, I think you become much more impervious to different types of technologies that could disrupt your business. Because if you think about like, let’s say, NBA basketball players.

38:05
Or tennis players. I like tennis. Let’s talk about tennis. So Roger Federer makes, he made millions, but he makes way more from his sponsors because of his brand. His ambassador as a tennis player, he’s elegant player, he’s a good looking player, he’s got nice style and he speaks well. And so he will always command way more in brand sponsorships and companies who want to be his affiliate partner than someone who has no personality and no brand. Of course. I was, I thought you were going to lead to Djokovic.

38:34
but because he’s better as a lot more likeable than Djokovic. Yeah, it does well. So in terms of like chat GBT, you know, I think, so I think content creators can say, well, wow, are they going to put me out of business? And I would say until, you know, AI can, this is goes back to telling, you know, personal insights, unique insights about finance. I don’t think it’s going to, I think what chat GBT can do is probably push out a lot of,

39:04
companies that have no brands or have very generic writing, right? Because it has to spit out generic facts. So if you are spitting out generic facts where you don’t tickle the reader with emotion or ideas or you inspire, then I think you might suffer. But I think those who are able to write original content, I think it actually helps. But maybe I’m biased and overly bullish. I was actually thinking more in terms of search, the entire search model going away.

39:33
Right now you type in something in Google and a whole bunch of articles come up and you said personal capital, right? You’re an affiliate for personal capital. Let’s say it just gives you the answer. Go to personal capital to invest and there’s no link to your site so you don’t actually get that link. Do you see that, the traditional affiliate model that we’re all used to through Google, do you see that getting disrupted? I think that will get disrupted for sure. And so what happens is what you want to,

40:02
Well, if you think about Bing, right? I think Bing has like a 2 % market share. Something single digits versus Google with like, I don’t know, 90 % something, right? Microsoft has been trying to build its search engine for like a decade now, right? To get to single digit market share. So I think there’s this over indexing of, Bing is gonna, and chat is gonna disrupt Google and.

40:31
put them out of business or something, right? But I think in capitalism, you know, yeah, they might be over employed, but at Google, I think they’re gonna find a way to figure something out and counteract. But yeah, I think the affiliate model, yeah, could get hurt. If you’re a marginal player with no brand, nothing unique. But the other thing that I think will rise up if you have a brand is something called, I would say, the ambassadorship model.

41:01
You know, you’re the brand ambassador. So let’s say, Empower Personal Capital says, we like you as a partner for the past 10 years. We’re not going to pay you per affiliate. We’re going to pay you as the brand ambassador. Here’s a million dollars. Right. I think that model is going to increase. And so for people to put themselves out there, I think that might be very beneficial. Let’s talk about you for a sec, though. So you…

41:30
strictly focus on writing, right? And I would imagine that do people find you mostly through search or is it through your email list or? I would say through search, but I do have a podcast. Right, yeah. Yeah, yeah, yeah. How’s that been going for you and how has that contributed? Because growing a podcast is tough. I’ve been running mine since 2014. Yeah. The growth is linear, but it’s not exponential for me at least. Well, it’s been fun.

41:58
I think I recorded my first episode in 2017, but then I stopped for like a year. So I think it’s only been over the past two or three years. It’s been fun because I just kind of record on my iPhone, 10 to 20 minute podcast. It takes 30 minutes and then I just upload it and that’s it. I just kind of get straight to the point. I don’t have any advertisers and I just kind of try to add some nuance to the articles that I write. It’s kind of supplemental.

42:22
because a lot of people will learn differently or, you know, I’m driving my kid to school every day now. So I like to listen to 10 to 20 minute podcasts. And I think it’s going well because it provides a different kind of color and personality. The main reason why I do my podcast, this is really his main reason is so that can have an archive of conversations with my wife. So just in case one of us doesn’t live long enough for my kids to be adults.

42:50
that they can always look back and listen to what mom and dad was talking about when they were young. That’s my number one driver and it’s just been so motivating and it’s been so enjoyable for us to record. And then the second driver is to just build that personality and that little nuance because a lot of times nuance is lost in writing. And so if you can hear the voice, that’s great. And then finally, it’s good practice to learn how to deliver eloquently and concisely.

43:21
Yeah, absolutely. That’s one of your strengths for sure. Any thoughts on video in your future? Video? I think one, it takes too long. Maybe it costs too much. Maybe I don’t, I have a face for radio. I don’t know. And then, and I like to, I like to just maintain my privacy. So probably not. just don’t have, I don’t, I don’t, I don’t have that desire. I don’t have the desire to,

43:51
be out there on video. But I like the efficiency of writing and I like the efficiency of recording and getting it out there. I wish I cared more about the quality of my sound and all that, but I just wanna just get it out there, because it’s like, just get it out there. Let me ask you this last question here. When you engineered your layoff, you had a huge severance package. How much did financial samurai impact your finances to where they are today?

44:19
Could you have just gotten by with that severance? Would you have gone back to work, you think, if you didn’t have financial samurai? In 2012, I left with about $80,000 a year in passive income. I was 34 years old. And so the passive income came from CDs, money markets, rental properties, and stock dividend. And then I had the severance package, which paid out a severance check. I was there for 11 years. So it was a really good severance check.

44:47
And then I got all my deferred cash and stock compensation, which built up over three years. And then I had this toxic assets that they made us buy these mortgage backed securities in 2010. We had to buy it. A portion of our bonus was used to buy it. And it was very smart to take it off the corporate’s balance sheet and then to give it to the employees. It was like, our crap. So we ate the crap.

45:14
And we’re like, fine, whatever, one team, one dream, we’ll just take it. But it turned out to be a good investment back in 2010 because the investments gained in value and it had seven year bullet. was like seven year investing where in seven years you would get it all. So if I left in 2012 and just quit, I wouldn’t have got it. all of this was able to, Severance alone was able to cover five years of normal living expenses. Wow, nice. And I’m a frugal guy, but it was still like,

45:44
four, five, maybe six years of just normal expenses. And then I had my passive income of 80,000. And then I had the ability to generate income from financial samurai. I wasn’t making that much, probably in the tens of thousands. And then I had my wife who was three years younger than me. And I told her, if everything works out, by the time you’re 35, you too can negotiate a severance and I’ll help you negotiate a severance. And you can join me in this crazy new path we’re gonna take.

46:14
And so I had the security, these financial buffers, severance, passive income, financial samurai opportunity, and my wife. So I figured there’s no way I wasn’t gonna take a leap of faith because worst case, I definitely think I could have gone back to work within two or three years at a similar salary. Is your wife still running on Templator? She is, she’ll publish like once a quarter. Okay, okay, yeah, I remember that. Because it was a pretty tight community. It still is to a certain extent.

46:44
that whole personal finance community that I know and love. Yeah, but she basically helps me edit my posts, does the taxes, does like a lot of the backend stuff, updates posts with me. And, you know, it gives her that professional and creative fulfillment. She writes on occasion, maybe like once a quarter on Financial Samurai. Okay. And then we’re just busy trying to be state-owned parents because all the books said before we had kids, the first five years is the most important years.

47:11
because they’re going to stay with you the longest, they’re to grow the fastest, they’re to build that foundation. And then, you know, at the, age of five or at age of five, they’re going to join kindergarten and that that’s a full day. And then by the time they’re 18, they will have spent 80 to 90 % of their time with you remain for the rest of their lives, right? That’s it. And so we just, we just decided to go all in on being parents and because we didn’t want to regret like, I don’t know, 18 years from now, the kids don’t turn out well and they’re like, oh.

47:41
we kind of messed up. And it took us a long time to have our first as well. That’s exactly my same philosophy. In fact, I let my kids know on at least a weekly basis that their lives are not normal. Like I’m around all the time. In fact, they probably wish I’d take a job sometimes. So you’re pretty much around all the time, right? I’m around all the time. I try to have a balance of writing, working in financial samurai, maybe three hours.

48:11
on average a day. It’s like the sweet spot where it gives me a lot of joy and not enough time where I start, you know, resenting the work. Because there’s always like emails coming in and inquiries and all that. It’s like, it’s a nonstop endeavor. And then I try to spend a couple hours doing exercise, like playing pickleball or tennis or hiking. Nice, nice. Last question for you actually, this is a selfish question. Why did you write your book?

48:39
Like what was the purpose for you? I have my reasons, but I’m curious what yours were. Well, one, I tried to get a literary agent back in 2011 and I failed. You I sent out 25 resumes or whatever, inquiry letters and I failed. And then so I decided to self publish How to Engineer Your Layoff, Make a Small Fortune by Saying Goodbye as an ebook. And it was a really rewarding process that has turned out to be a very profitable.

49:07
Endeavor because it generates about forty to fifty thousand a year in passive income from book sales Get out of town that how to engineer your layoff book. Yeah Amazing. Okay. Yeah, and it’s a ninety eight ninety seven point five percent profit margin, right? There’s every sale they take two and a percent right and I updated once every year or two years and it’s helped thousands of people Gain the courage to quit their jobs with money in their pocket. And so it’s been very satisfying

49:36
And so I did that. was like, oh, everybody rejected me in the traditional publishing industry. That’s fine. I’m going to just do it myself. I’ve always been that way. You reject me. I’ll just do them anyway. Right. Yep. And I think a lot of e-commerce people or entrepreneurs have that same type of mentality. And so at the end of 2019, was, I was approached by an acquisitions editor at portfolio Penguin random house who wanted me to write a book. And I was like, oh, really? I’m not interested because I rewrote a book and it took too long and I’m good.

50:05
But then once the pandemic hit, lockdowns March 18th, 2020, I said, you know what, let’s just write this book because this is a way to kick the pandemic’s ass and make lemonade out of lemons, right? So I know that five, 10 years from now when my kids or my grandkids, 30 years from now, hopefully, will say, what did you do during the pandemic? I’ll just say, oh, I used this terrible time to write a book that I’ve always wanted to write. And so that was my main motivator to keep me busy.

50:34
during the pandemic. And also to show my kids who we pulled from preschool, my son from preschool, that this is what daddy does to work. And I would spend time writing and because they’re in the education phase of their life, what better thing to do than to do what they are learning by writing and learning how to communicate. And then to have that final product to say, hey, look, here’s the book. We went to Books Inc in San Francisco.

51:02
and to go treasure hunting for daddy’s book. It was the most joyous experience ever. It was so fun. They were thrilled. They were like, hooray for daddy. So this was an indelible moment that think they will, that hopefully helped them appreciate what their parents do and how important education is. That’s one of the reasons why I wrote my book also. And your story, what you said about getting rejected and doing it anyways.

51:30
I always wanted to be a keynote speaker. No one would take me, so I started my own event. Oh, nice. And I nominated myself as the keynote speaker. Well, there you go. That’s how my event started. Yeah. I think we’re a lot alike, actually. We’re both Asian, so maybe that’s got something to do with it. Sam, where can people find you, your book? Is it still a book sink?

51:54
It’s everywhere books are sold. You can pick up a copy of buy this not that at financialsamurai.com forward slash BTNT for buy this not that. You can find all the relevant links. I think you’ll really enjoy the book, especially if you’re in your 20s or 30s or 40s, you’re going through all these dilemmas. You money is just a means to an end. Hopefully money will be used to help you make better decisions so you can enjoy your life and look back and feel great about your decisions.

52:24
You know, the easiest way to just never say again if I knew then what I know now is to learn from someone who’s been there before and understand the errors in their ways. This will help you in your probability analysis to make better choices in the future. So that’s where my book is. You can go to financialsamurai.com. I read all the comments and I respond to any comment that requires a response. And that’s about it. And I just want to give a plug for Financial Samurai.

52:53
It’s not like the generic stuff that you search for on Google. Like if you say personal capital review or whatever, you’ll get this generic chat GPT-ish article that will show up. But Sam will give you his real opinions based on his experiences and then he’ll reinforce it on his podcast as well. because of Google, it has turned into like a, a Google search is just garbage these days, that that’s just my personal opinion. it’s always nice.

53:21
when someone has not succumbed to the algorithm and continues to write how they want to write. So I commend you for that. Thank you. Thank you very much. Sam, thanks a lot for coming on the show, man. It’s been good to catch up. All right, good catching up.

53:37
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you want to check out Sam’s writing, go over to FinancialSamurai.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuarterDob.com slash episode 451. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at Postscript.io slash du.

54:05
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

450: Insider Tips On Finding The Best Factories And The Lowest Prices For Your Products With Kian Golzari

450: Insider Tips On Finding The Best Factories And The Lowest Prices For Your Products With Kian Golzari

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Kian Golzari on the show. Kian is one of the world’s leading sourcing experts who has visited over 500 factories and sourced over 2500 products for the NBA, The Olympics, and other famous organizations.

Today, Kian is going to reveal some insider tips on how to find the best factories and get the lowest prices possible for your products.

What You’ll Learn

  • The right way to source products from China in today’s environment
  • Tips on finding the best factories
  • How to negotiate with suppliers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my friend Kian Golzari on the show and Kian is one of the world’s leading sourcing experts and he sourced products for the NBA, the Olympics and other famous organizations. And in this episode, he’s gonna teach us the right way to source products in today’s environment. But before we begin, I wanna let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:27
are going up in price this Saturday on April 1st over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night.

00:57
I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:25
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people will want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d-u.

01:53
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table, and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Keon Golzari on the show. Now, Keon is someone who I met recently on an Alibaba panel with David Applegate and MetaWorldPeace, the NBA player. He is one of the world’s leading sourcing experts who has visited over 500 factories and sourced over 2,500 products. He specializes in product design and manufacturing, and he’s a wealth of knowledge when it comes to best practices. He’s made stuff for the NBA, the UN,

02:56
the Olympics and top athletes like Kobe Bryant. And he’s also mentored over 200 Amazon entrepreneurs as part of the Titan network. Today, we are going to talk about product sourcing and where to have stuff made. And without, welcome to show Keon. How are doing, man? Thanks so much for having me, man. It’s a pleasure to be here. And I’m just excited to drop some value and help out wherever I can. So how did you get into product sourcing? Because visiting 500 factories, that’s a lot of factories. I’ve visited

03:26
Maybe like 1 % of that. Yeah, no, I was really lucky to be honest, because I started off in a family business. Like my dad started a camping and outdoor brand called Highlander because I grew up in Scotland in the UK and he was really, really keen on the outdoors. So he just had a shop in the UK and then he would actually, he went to China about 35 years ago when it was just coming out of a communist rule and sort of private companies were allowed to have factories for themselves. And he would help them to say like, hey, this is how we make goods in the West and kind of like.

03:54
helped him out build and then as a result he had very very close ties with China so from a young age when I was four or five years old I was like this curiosity of like you know what goes on in China how come my dad keeps going there all the time and then like Chinese suppliers would also come and visit us in the UK they would bring their kids so I was like always around that as a child so when I graduated university my dad was like hey do you want to join a family business do you want to head up the supply chain stuff do you want to come to China with me I’ll show you how it is I was like yeah absolutely

04:20
So went to China for the first time in 2010 and what was supposed to be just a two or three week trip, I ended up staying for three months, then went back to Scotland, grabbed my things and then moved to China and I lived there for several years, set up an office there. I became obsessed with how products were made. so I would say I’m so lucky because I found my passion at such a young age, whereas I know it takes some people a long time to really figure out.

04:46
what they like and what they’re good at and luckily I was just kind of thrown into it and I loved it and I’ve never looked back. This is a great first question and do you speak the language? I can speak a little bit of Mandarin but the tough thing was that like so I sat up in office in Ningbo and Ningbo was very much like you know Chinese you had to speak a little bit to get around so to obviously respect the local culture like I could order food at a restaurant I could take a taxi and speak Mandarin no problem but when I moved to Shanghai

05:15
I call Shanghai like China light, like it’s not the real China. can kind of, everyone speaks English, you can, you know, go to a nice Italian restaurant. So if you like basketball, you can play for a team there. Like it’s not the real China, but as soon as we leave Shanghai, that’s the real China. But so when I moved there, like my, my Mandarin basically went away because everyone would reply to me in English. I, but the one thing I really do know is like numbers because I would always, when I was sitting in factories and stuff like that, I would pretend like I didn’t speak any.

05:40
Chinese and then the factory bosses and stuff they would be communicating amongst themselves and they’d be talking about the numbers when we’re negotiating price and stuff like that. So pretended like I don’t understand what they’re saying. I was just like doodling but I was actually figuring out what they were talking about. So I guess that helped a little bit. Well, it just goes to show anyone listening out there, you don’t need to be able to speak the language. And I actually have that problem too. Whenever I go there, I actually try to speak Chinese because I speak it maybe like a kindergarten level, but they always reply to me in English because my accent is so bad and…

06:09
they know an American right away. Totally, and that’s actually a really good point because a lot of people think, oh hey, when I go to China for the first time, do I need a translator or should I hire a before I start talking to this factory online? And we’re absolutely not, like they have very good sales assistants which are very geared up towards English. You might deal with a factory boss which doesn’t speak English, but that’s fine because you communicate with the sales assistant and then they communicate to the boss. And you can still have a means to communicate with the boss, but it’s absolutely not essential to speak any form of Chinese to

06:39
to do business with them. And I would say worst case you can write it down. They can read English quite well. Maybe not speak it as well, but everyone can read. mean, they study Chinese from an early, I mean, they study English from an early age over there. So absolutely can’t. Okay. Walk me through the process of sourcing like a pro. Let’s say I want to create something. What are your best practices to find the best factories and get the best prices?

07:05
Okay, cool. So let’s just imagine that we already have, we know the product that we want to source. sort of identified, we looked at the competition, we’ve made all our changes and all that sort of stuff. And now we’re like, okay, cool. Now we’re ready to find factory. Like where do we start? So I always like to start with alibaba.com. Just as a general, this is where I’m gonna begin my research in terms of, let me find the top five factories for this product. And a lot of people just go to alibaba.com, they type in their product, they search by price. And let’s take the example of like blue light blocking glasses, right?

07:34
We’ll look at, we’ll type in blue light blocking glasses and all of them look the same, right? The images, but some are $1.80, some are $5, some are $7.90. And we’re like, how is it that all these products look the same but they’re so wildly different in price? And this is where a lot of people fall down and they just end up going for the cheapest one but it’s terrible quality. So when I search on alibaba.com, I search by manufacturers, not by product because the goal of alibaba.com is to find the best suppliers. And once you find the best suppliers, then you can negotiate the price down. Don’t start by looking at the prices.

08:02
So to find those best suppliers, I’m looking at manufacturers that must be verified, meaning that a third party has gone in and validated the information they provide is true. So if they say they have 2000 workers, a third party has proven that. If they say they have these inspections, third parties have validated that. If they say they’re in this particular location, that’s been accepted. Quality, number of sewing machines, et cetera, et cetera. So I start with the verified factors. And then after that, I also select trade assurance to make sure your payment is protected. So you get absolutely what you say you’re gonna get if you order.

08:30
and blue light blocking glasses with a blue frame, but you get a red frame. Well, now you get a refund from alibaba.com. So those are given, but then I also like now go into the certifications as well. So you get certifications on the factory and get certifications on the product. On the factory, you might get things like BSCI ISO 9001 ISO 14001, which is like environmental standard, business compliance, quality control, all that sort of stuff. Can you describe what those are actually? Yeah, sure. So ISO 9001 is more of a quality standard.

08:58
and ISO 14001 is more of an environmental standard. it doesn’t mean that, and BSEI is your business social compliance initiative. And if your factory has these things and it’s a great bonus, meaning that they very much care about quality control, that they’ve hired a third party to go and validate that they have sound quality control measures. And if they don’t have it, it doesn’t mean that they’re not capable of passing, it just means that they haven’t applied for it. But I like to start my search off with here are the factories which have this level of certification.

09:27
So I’m working with a certain standard. It might mean that, okay, they supply retailers in the US, they supply big customers. So if you supply Disney or if you supply Walmart, Walmart will ask you, hey, you have to take this audit for us to supply you. Like when I supplied the Olympics, every single factory which I purchased from had to be audited by Intratech. And then had to upload the report to the Olympic portal and then I would get permission to buy from that factory, even though I selected that factory myself. But like a lot of these big brands, they don’t want any bad press or bad.

09:56
bad publicity to be like, the factory that made these garments, the workers were making under minimum wage or anything like that. So those sort of audits validate all your sort of legals at the factory is a very sound place to work with. then- So actually a common question I get asked that I don’t have a good answer for is how do I know that the workers are not being abused? Which one of those certifications covers that? So I can tell you firsthand, right, from my experience, like from visiting over 500 factories,

10:24
probably seen one factory where there’s been like child labor or where there’s not been good working practices. And it’s a massive misconception in China that like, oh, hey, this is unfair labor. This is like, don’t get, they get forced to work overtime. They get forced to work every day. They don’t get paid fairly. And honestly, it’s just not true. Like, know, factory workers actually get paid more than what someone in Starbucks gets paid because they have in China like an aging workforce, right? So when I first went to China in 2010,

10:52
all the factories were at the major port cities. like your major cities like, know, Shanghai and Ningbo and Hangzhou, Fuzhou, all these places, all the factories were there. But then as a result of this growth in the middle class in China, right, it starts to make a lot more of a disposable income. So they start to desire Western goods. So they start to pop up like KFC, Starbucks, Pizza Hut, nightclubs, bars, restaurants, coffee shops. So now you had that young workforce that used to go into the factory and now you’re like, well, you know what?

11:18
let me just go work in Starbucks and make coffee and play on my phone all day and have conversations rather than work in a factory. It’s much easier work. So the factories had to move more and more inland. So now when I get on a plane to China, I need to go like four hours on a train into the countryside. And then as a result, they have to pay those workers more to want to work in a factory because there’s jobs available to work in other places. So you would never get away with, you know, paying like underage labor or low wages and stuff like that. But to your question in terms of like what certifications check all that, I would always ask your factory.

11:48
what factory audits have you got? And there’s many different types of audits. know, it could be the ISO 9001, it could be the BSEI, it could be an organization called SEDEX. And whatever they send you, if you don’t understand any of it, just Google these certifications just to make sure that they’re validated. But going back to alibaba.com, well, the good thing is if you select a verified factory and they say right here is our Intertech report for the ISO 9001 quality certificate, and that means that that report is…

12:16
actually correct and has been verified. It’s not like, we just made this report up and we uploaded it. It’s like, no, a third party has gone in and validated that this report is correct and all the information that we’ve said here is true. So that’s why I love it because it’s kind of like your eyes and ears inside the factory and not to change topics. But a lot of people ask about, well, what about sourcing in Mexico and all those other places? And like, well, that’s great, but you don’t have that like verification that you know who you’re working with. They can just say whoever they are and you have to kind of take their word for it.

12:43
but at least with alababa.com, you have lot of transparency and visibility in the factory. And then, to further that in terms of, how do I know if this is true and stuff like that? I always talk in my content in terms of building a relationship with your factory using either WeChat or alababa.com, like chat feature on the app. talking about, hey, where you guys up to on the weekend? What are you having for dinner? How do you celebrate Chinese New Year? Just informal conversation. But then you can video call them. So let’s say your goods are ready on the 1st of April.

13:13
and you’re now at the end of March and you know the inspection’s happening, you can literally call them on the app to be like, hey, can you take me down to the factory floor? Can you show me what the inspectors are looking at? Can you show me that all the production pieces are finished before I make this payment? So you’ve got eyes and ears inside the factory because of that verification process, right? And building that relationship and chatting on the features. my mind just goes in different tangents, so I probably answered a few different questions. what you’re saying from what I’m interpreting from what you’re saying.

13:40
If you choose verified and they have those intertech reports, chances are there’s not child abuse going on in that factory. Yeah, absolutely not. And you’ll have the certificate to back it up. let’s say, for example, anyone ever quizzes you about it. Let’s say, for example, a particular big customer wants to a large order and they’re like, can you prove to me that you don’t have underage labor here? Then you just ask the factory to send the certification. Now, an important thing is that I always ask the factory to send me the certificate.

14:06
certification anyway, even if it says it’s on their Alibaba profile, I’m like, can you send it to me so I can read it and check it? Really important thing is to verify and check that the address on that certificate matches the address which is on their Alibaba.com profile, because then it could just be sending you any certificate. So I just always make sure that addresses match. And then, you know, the best test is yourself going there when travel opens back up to have eyes and ears inside the factory. you actually know who you’re doing business with. Because the way I was always doing it was I was going to the Canton Fair, meeting these suppliers face to face.

14:35
deciding who I wanted to work with and then going and flying to their factory and visit them and seeing them. Because, and even if anyone’s just sourcing online, in your messaging to the factories, I would always mention that as soon as travel opens back up, I’m coming to visit your factory. Even if you have no plans of doing that, I would always say that so that they know that you’re gonna be there one day. So they’re always gonna give you their honest information upfront. So if you ask like, many workers have you got in your factory? And they wanna say 500 to impress you, but they’ve only got 100, but you’ve said, I’m gonna come and visit you.

15:05
then they’re like, okay, well, let’s just tell him it’s 100, because he’s actually gonna come and check it out. So I would state my intention to go and visit, even if I don’t plan to, just so that you get more honest upfront information from day one. I It’s like a little threat, like the in-laws are coming or something like that. Okay, so we did verify, you look for certifications, and presumably all this is to weed out all the lesser players. Let’s say you do all that, and you still have 100 factories or 200 factories. How do you narrow it down further?

15:32
Yeah, great question. And that’s a common thing as well. So after that, I’m gonna be looking at what is the main region in China which specializes in this product, right? So for example, if it’s an electronic product, chances are it’s made in Shenzhen. If it’s a backpack, chances are it’s made in Xiamen or Shenzhou, right? If it’s blue light blocking glasses, it’s most likely made in Wenzhou, right? You’re not expected to know that, like whenever you type, in China, they concentrate in certain areas based on the access to raw materials, right? And the skilled labor that they have in those areas.

16:02
So if anyone wants go into alababa.com, hit manufacturers, type in blue light blocking glasses, take those boxes of the certifications that we just talked about, right? And just watch, scroll down the list. The first word of that company name, the first word is always the city or the state of where that company is based. So it’ll say like Wenzhou Optics, Wenzhou Glasses, Wenzhou this, right? And as you scroll down, you’ll just see Wenzhou, Wenzhou, Wenzhou. Then you’ll see an outlier, which will be like Suzhou. Then you’ll see one that’ll say like Guangdong. And it’ll go back Wenzhou, Wenzhou, Wenzhou.

16:30
So I like to scroll through that list, let’s say if you’ve got 100 results, to be like, what is the most common name, what is a common word that pops up? And then chances are that’s the area which specializes in this product. Because you essentially want to be buying it from the area which actually specializes in it. And then after that, I look at the number of years that they’ve been on alibaba.com and the number of years that they’ve been established in business. So it will say like years in the top left corner and it will be either two years, three years, eight years, 12 years. And that’s just the number of years they’ve been on alibaba.com. But why you need to be careful is that

16:59
a lot of very good suppliers only went to the Canton Fair and never registered their products online, right? But with what happened in the last few years, they’re like, well, actually now we need to put our products online because the customers aren’t coming to the Canton Fair anymore. So you might see a very good supplier, which has been established for 25 years, but next to their name, it will just say one year. And you’re like, oh, this is a new supplier, let’s just dismiss them. But they could actually be like the rock star supplier that you’ve been craving. So when you click on the profile, you go on company information and it’ll tell you.

17:27
the year established and next year established you’ll have a blue tick which is that verified information and it will stay like 1999 or 2002 and you’re like oh wow this company’s like over 20 years old so after all that I would like to search by you know the number of years have been in business and also the factor location and that will really hone it down but what’s your minimum usually

17:49
Normally I go minimum five years because I think that like five years is enough where you’ve developed enough experience, you’ve done enough orders, you’ve exported to enough different countries. And that’s the other thing as well. When I look at that company profile, I’m now looking at, okay, it will say like quality control and that will say like what machinery they have and what quantitative machinery they have. So let’s say for example, I’m doing footwear, right? I would want to, if I saw in their…

18:13
quality control in machinery, they had like flex test machine, which basically means that you put the boot in the machine and it just flexes it 10,000 times to show it’s done 10,000 steps, that it can walk like a few kilometers and the boots aren’t gonna be damaged, right? And if they say, right, we’ve got five flex test machines, I’m like, well, this is a great factory because this is the factory which tests the products in-house so they know they’re qualified before they even send it to a third party, they know they can pass, right? And you know, if it’s a backpack factory, they might have like a waterproof test machine, they might have a fabric strength test machine, they might have a zip test machine.

18:43
So I’m kind of now looking at, what testing did they have in-house? And then on top of all that, when you go down to a company profile, it will tell you what trade shows they’ve done, right? So they might have exhibited at a Canton Fair for five years, they might have gone to a trade show in Italy, Spain, UK, Germany, whatever. And that is really good for me as well, because if you attend a trade show as a factory, it means that one, you have good English speakers within your company, two, it means you understand the export market, meaning you know what German customers want, you know what US customers want.

19:12
So if I say, hey, I need this latest certification to be compliant, they’re like, yeah, we’ve already got that. We do that for that other US customer. So they know the language that you’re talking basically. So there’s so much information that we kind of went over that you can get from your factory profile, but it all has to be verified so you know it’s true. But compare that to what we first started talking about when someone just types in a product, looks at the price and then goes for the cheapest one. Look at all the things you just missed out on. So it’s very important to sort of use that as a base.

19:40
to then find the right manufacturer. But then once you find the right manufacturer, that’s like part one done. Now it’s like communicate with the supplier. So we can now go into like, know, how we- Plus the prices on Alibaba are all bogus anyway. Absolutely. Yeah, yeah. I never ever, ever take the price on Alibaba for what it is because that is what the supplier thinks that you want. So let’s say for example, it’s an outdoor furniture or a camping chair, right? And you see a camping chair, you’re like, okay, that was $8. Well, that’s just what they make already, but-

20:08
What if you want steel tubing rather than aluminium tubing? What if you want polyester material rather than nylon material? What if you want 80 by 60 rather than 80 by 40 dimensions? So it’s like you have to say what you want and then get them to price it up, not just take the price of what they already sell.

20:24
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus.

20:50
Here’s just a preview of the bonuses that I’m giving out for free in April. A workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. A workshop on chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And also a workshop on how to structure your blog posts to rank them in search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to these bonuses, you also get access to my six week family first business challenge.

21:19
You get access to a three day workshop on print on demand, and you also get access to my two day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I happen to be throwing. Now aside from all these bonuses, the book itself will teach you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

21:49
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you are tired of hearing from a bunch of single guys or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

22:18
Now back to the show.

22:21
All right, so we just talked about narrowing down a top quality factory. A lot of those factories work with a lot of larger companies though. So how do you get them to work with someone who’s just starting out? What’s your question? Yeah, essentially what I wanna do is I wanna know who I’m working with first, right? So let’s say for example, you we looked at that company profile information and in the company profile under verified, it says number of workers, right? And.

22:48
If the number of workers says like, you know, 500, I’m like, you know what? That’s quite a big factory. They’ve probably got pretty big customers. They’ve got certain systems and processes. They run their production line pretty strictly. If I’m like, Hey, I want 300 pieces of this customer product. want to try it out. They’re probably going to think this is a massive pain in the ass and they’ll probably shut it down. I know I’ll ask them anyway, but I’m pretty sure that’s what they’re going to say. But if I have this like new innovative product, I want to try it. Um, I’ve never done it before. I’m going to look, go through the exact same process. But when I see company profile.

23:17
I’ll get excited when I see a factory that says it’s only got 25 workers or 50 workers, because I know they’re a small and nimble operation and they also want to acquire new customers and they’re willing to try different things and they don’t have a set system in terms of production and processes. So I’ve got a much higher chance to get success with a factory which has got fewer workers rather than one which has got larger workers. But saying that, you can still get the bigger factories even for your custom project, even on a small MOQ. And the whole thing is, it’s about like building leverage.

23:47
you might already be a big brand, right? You might already have had two Amazon brands who both doing like a million dollars in turnover. You might be doing Shopify and I want to get that factory excited to work with me. So the first product that I give them might be a new item. Let’s just say, for example, we’ve invented some new neck pillow. We don’t know if it’s going to work, but hey, we’ve developed other brands before which have gone pretty well. So I’ve got a good feeling about this. Rather than saying, hey, I want 250 pieces of this custom new neck pillow. I would say here’s a product that I want.

24:17
but here’s what I’m capable of. Here’s the other two brands that I’ve got. Here’s the quantity that we’ve been selling. And we’re very experienced in online sales. We work with the biggest influencers. We’re very familiar with Amazon platform, with Shopify platform. So now I’m like, okay, supplier’s thinking, okay, well, this is just a really small order, but look what they’re capable of. So if I get this order right first time, these guys are capable of scaling a massive business. So let me just give them what they want. Let me just do this first order at a break even. I don’t really care if I don’t make a profit from this first order.

24:46
but I wanna acquire this customer because the supplier is not thinking how much money am I gonna make from this order or thinking how much money am I gonna make from this customer over the next three, five, 10 years. So if you can sort of build leverage to be like, we’re capable of scaling big businesses. And look, if this is your first business and you’ve not scaled any businesses before, just show that you’re a specialist in this particular product. So let’s say for example, it’s a yoga mat, right? I would say, hey, I’ve been a yoga instructor for 14 years. I have my own studio. I can…

25:14
Developing your products feedback to my clients get a lot of knowledge. I know the biggest influencers and in China to call them KOLs key opinion leaders I know the biggest KOLs in this space. So we have really big opportunity I’ve got new ideas for lots of products. It will help improve your systems and products and stuff like that as well So now the suppliers thinking you know what like this is not a big order, but this is a qualified customer This is someone who really knows a product inside out and it’s different to the other inquiries that we get where they ask for a price and then we never hear from them again, so

25:42
I would always hone in on what are your strengths and build leverage using that. And then you get the suppliers to want to work with you. Cause bear in mind, if you go on one these websites like alababa.com, those suppliers are getting inquiries from maybe 50 to a hundred customers every week, right? And a lot of them will be the same thing. Hey, what’s your best price? What’s your MOQ? Can I get customized packaging? Same message, right? And then the supplier gives them that information and then never hear from that customer again. But now you have this nice long detailed message. You’re like, you know what? This is what we are. So what we bring to the table, this is brands that we’ve built.

26:10
hey, and this is why like working with you. You have these certifications, you’ve been to the Canton Fair before, you’re expert to the markets that we like, you have these quality testing machines. And then now the supplier is thinking, wow, like, okay, this is a, we’ve told the supplier why we know that they’re good factory. So we’ve done our research and then they’re also thinking they’re gonna be a good customer. So now your inquiry goes to the top of the pile. So that is the difference in terms of make a bit of effort, read up about them, state your leverage, state what you like about them.

26:38
share the specification sheet of the product that you want to make, and then you get their best service from day one. And that’s really what a lot of people miss out on, regardless if you’re a beginner, intermediate, or advanced seller. I think the key here is for anyone listening, these factories, they’re really just people. And if you were to go on a date, you wouldn’t just say, hey, give me your phone number, right? If you make a little bit of effort, you’ll stand out among thousands of people. It’s like this with business or anything that you do. I get like…

27:06
hundreds of outreach emails every day from people wanting something, but if they’ve taken a really thoughtful way of writing it, I’ll at least read it. And even if it’s like someone small or whatever, you know, I’ll listen if they actually made an effort. It’s the same thing with sourcing. That analogy is one of the best analogies I’ve heard, right? It’s kind of like, if you see a girl at the bar that you like, and you’re like, hey, my hotel’s around the corner, do wanna go? Right? There’s like five or 10 different steps before that. Hey, let me get you a drink.

27:35
here, let me get to know you, let me take you out for dinner. You have to go through those steps, right? Same with a supplier, you have to go through the steps of qualifying yourself and then you have to say what you like about them. And then as you said, people buy from people, right? This is not like, they get excited because they have customers all over the world. They have customers from the UK, from US, Brazil, Japan, and they get to communicate with loads of different people and that’s what excites them. So if you like talk about yourself a little bit, where you come from,

28:02
you know what you like to do and things like that that really excites some people buy from people and the more you build on those relationships the better Quality of service you get and a lot of people think oh hey if I get a good relationship Then I get about price or so much other things aside from price that they can really give you they can give you Faster delivery times they can push you right into the front of production schedule. They can give you better credit terms They can give you information about what other customers around the world are doing They can give you information on the products that they’re developing for next year

28:29
Because while we develop products all the time, well, so do your factories. They’re also developing products because they’re also specialists in that product. So there’s so many benefits you can get from a good relationship, but you just miss all of that goodness out if you just go straight for, hey, what’s your price? So you mentioned something earlier about looking for factories with less workers. Chances are those smaller factories aren’t going to be certified, right? It’s something that larger factories do.

28:54
Well, yes and no. I’ve still been to factories with like 50 workers, but still have all the right compliance and stuff like that because you know in today’s society, like it’s very hard to supply someone without all those certifications and accreditation and stuff like that. So I find that most of them have it. I’ll tell you where you have issues with like smaller factories. And this again goes back to the information that we can see. I had a client I was working with where they had one product that they were doing over 250,000 units of.

29:24
that they would always pass the inspection, but when the goods got delivered, they always got high return rate. And they’re like, how is it that these goods keep passing the inspection? We don’t pick anything up in the factory, but every time the goods arrive here in its cells, it’s defective units. And I was like, can you send me the pre-shipping inspection report and can you send me the Alibaba company profile? They’re like, cool. So I look at it and bear in mind that they’re doing 250,000 units of a cut and sew product. And when I looked at the factory profile,

29:49
When I looked under the equipment, it said sewing machines verified, it 25 sewing machines. I was like, it is impossible that a factory can have 25 sewing machines and they can manufacture 250,000 units in order. So they’re obviously outsourcing this production to smaller factories, but the reason they’re passing the inspection, you’re not picking it up, is that they’re doing the inspection in their factory, but the ones which are not being checked are the ones which are being outsourced.

30:13
So I was like, go back to the factory and ask them, you outsourcing this production to smaller factories? And they asked that and they said, yes, they were being honest about it, but it just never revealed that information. average seller is not gonna really know that stuff, but like, if you just look at the information that you’re given, like there’s 250,000 units, but it’s only 25 sewing machines, something’s got to give, I’ve got bad quality, you can start to figure that stuff out. So that’s where like, you have to be a little bit mindful of like smaller factories is that if you have big orders, and that’s actually a really good point in terms of like one of the biggest things that I see.

30:43
biggest mistakes I see sellers making is that you can outgrow your factory, meaning when you first start this item, you know, we just want to trial 300 units and only the smaller factories want to work with us. But now we’ve scaled it up to like 2000 units a month, but we never went back and renegotiated the price. We never went back and sort of seen like, are they actually the best factory for us today? And you might be better off with a factory which has got 500 workers, but you never went back to negotiate. So I would never just like switch factories, but.

31:11
Let’s say you have a specification sheet or a tech pack, which has got all the information of your product, the materials, dimensions, Pantone colours, packaging, testing, need all that PDF it, you send it out to multiple top five factories you find on alababa.com or maybe you use our friend David’s website, import yeti.com to find other factories as well. And then you contact those factories and they give me your best price and delivery date for this particular item. And the price starts to come back, you know, maybe a dollar, $2, $3 cheaper than what you were getting already. And at that stage, I wouldn’t just switch production to those cheaper factories.

31:39
I would tell my own factory, hey, by the way, I’ve had other suppliers contact me, which is possible because once you’re like on page one of Amazon or if you have a good website with traffic, suppliers will find your brand, find your website, contact you and say, hey, we also make this, they’ll make you a sample and they’ll send it to you. So I wouldn’t say to my supplier that I was shopping around, but I’d say to my supplier, hey, other factors have contacted me and they’re willing to make the exact same product that you supply me with, but are $2 cheaper. Now, I very much like working with you. You’ve been amazing so far. I don’t want to switch, but.

32:08
I need you to match the price. And if you can’t match the price, then I have to think about switching. And then you’re giving them the chance to be like, yep, you know what? We can actually come down on price a little bit and then cool, continue working for them. But if they’re like, you know what? We can’t match that price. We’ve had a great run, like go for it. Then you can sort of keep them as backup supplier, remain friends and use them whenever you need them. But you’ve now like got that better factor, that better quality, that faster production, those better production techniques, the better production equipment, all that sort of stuff.

32:34
but you never sort of seek that out because you just grew too fast and you always thought, you know, I’ve ticked that box with my supplier, I don’t need to look for a new supplier, but as you grow, you obviously sort of check back, if you know what mean. Yeah, I know that our supplier always raises their prices every year and I know everything’s been going up. In this environment though, in 2022 when we’re recording this, everything’s slowing down, right?

33:00
How do you negotiate lower pricing when you kind of know globally everything is slowing down? So yeah, a great point. And I would say that whenever your supplier gives you a price increase, you want to validate that price increase is correct. So for example, if they say, you know what, the price of wood has gone up 12%, your price has gone up or you know, the price of polyester has gone up, it’s going up, price of steel. So I’d be like, okay, cool. Tell me how much it’s gone up. You’re like, 12 % in the last three months. Okay, cool.

33:28
The same process we just went through in terms of finding suppliers on Alibaba, right? I would go through that exact same process and then I would talk to him, hey, we’re interested in buying these products, et cetera. And I would just drop in, by the way, can you tell me about the price of steel in the last three months? What’s been the change in price? And if all those suppliers were like, you know what, it’s gone up like 10 or 12%. I’m like, cool, yeah, that’s a warranted price increase. I agree. But if they’re like, you know what, it’s not really had any change in the last six months.

33:51
then I would go back to my supplier to be like, you know what, the other suppliers that I talk with haven’t mentioned any increase. So if you have to increase the price and have to look at sourcing it somewhere else, but you know that that’s true because you validate for yourself by talking to other suppliers about the raw material cost. Same with the labor costs. If they say, know what, the labor costs in our province has gone up 8%, now we have to put the prices up. Again, talk to factories in that area, ask them the same question. So you always want to validate and educate yourself before sort of agreeing, because we have no idea what’s the labor cost in China, the material cost in China. have to sort of validate from.

34:21
from other sources. But a quick hack, know, to anyone who’s enjoying this episode so far and you are like, know what, just give me one quick tip where I can like save on price. I would go to a website called xe.com, which is what monitors the exchange rate, right? And if you look at the dollar to RMB, April was, $1 was about 6.3 RMB and now, or Chinese Yuan, and now today, which is November, 2022.

34:47
$1 about 7.2 or 7.3. So the exchange rate has gone up about 12 13 percent in their favor meaning if you gave them a purchase order of a hundred thousand dollars in April and a purchase order of a hundred thousand dollars today They’ve made an additional 12 or 13 thousand dollars just on the exchange rate alone So what I would say to them was I would go to XC comm I would and you can hit graph graph that show it you got a purchase order on that day You got a purchase order on that day. You’ve made an additional twelve thousand dollars

35:13
Therefore, I want a 10 % decrease on my cost of goods on this order. And they might tell you, you know what? Yeah, the exchange rate has benefited 10, 12 % in our favor. However, the cost of goods and raw materials and all that stuff has gone up as well. So you might actually agree to five or 6 % split at 50-50, but you’ve still got a decent discount on your cost of goods. And you know it’s validated because you’ve given them the proof. But in terms of, it’s also very important when you ask for that discount, and I always like to ask for it at, wait.

35:42
at the time of shipment, when the time you have to pay your supplier. Because if you say, let’s say your goods are just about to start production now, or is there a good start production in like 20, 30 days, right? And then we negotiate at discount now. When it comes to starting production in a month’s time, they’re gonna tell you, know what Keanu, like, you know, we agreed that, you know, like 12 % discount based on the exchange rate, but you know what, since then, you know, we’ve had this like power outage situation in the factory, the government’s turned off our electricity, the electricity prices are a lot higher now.

36:08
and the cost of like steel has gone up like 4%. So now it can only be a 5 % saving. You’re like, oh, shoot. So, but if you negotiate at this count at the time of payment, they’re like 12%, cool, let’s agree on eight, cool, here’s a purchase order signed, delivered, deposit paid, go, let’s do it. So always, if you’re gonna talk about any price increases, or price negotiations, always do it at the time of when you actually have to make a payment, like a deposit or a final balance payment. Don’t allow any time for making that negotiation to then actually making the payment. Love it.

36:38
Love it, it’s all customer psychology and how it works. One thing, like I’m always very reluctant to threaten to go to another factory because that new factory is always like an unknown. Do you say those statements before you’ve had a chance to try your alternate factory or do you try the alternate factory first to prepare yourself to leave? Yeah, definitely. I would always get the backup first because you don’t want to burn any bridges, right? So if you say, know what, I’m going to start a factory and they’re like, yeah, cool, go for it.

37:07
and then you go and then you find out it’s not any better than the one you had, then you’re screwed a little bit, right? So I would always do my research in terms of like, all right, do I have a better price? Do I have better quality? Do I have better service, payment terms, all that sort of stuff? And then I would go back to my factory and say, hey, this is what I’ve been offered. Can you match it? So you know that if they say no, you’re good, you have that backup. And also all these things that they claim in terms of like, okay, well, here’s a reduced price and all that sort of stuff. You always wanna get a sample to verify that as well, right? Because we might be doing this product, we get $2 off, like, cool, I’m gonna go to that supplier.

37:36
they send you sample and it falls apart. You’re like, oh, well now I know why it’s two dollars cheaper. So I still want to check. And by the way, like when you first reach out to these suppliers, like we talked about like selecting the top five or whatever, I wouldn’t just go with the one that you like the most and get the sample and all that. Even if you have your number one, I would rank them number one, two and three and get samples from all three because you also want to compare the quality between suppliers. Like, all right, now I understand why your dollar 50 more expensive because this handle is way more robust than this one or

38:05
Let’s say you do go for your number one initially, but they have a situation six months down the line where they have the power outage situation in the factory. Well, now you have samples and prices from your two backup suppliers that you’ve already, they already know all the details of the product. You already have a sample. So you can now just say, okay, cool. Here’s your order, go for it. You don’t need to start that process from day one. So it’s always handy to have a couple of backup suppliers as well. Another common question I get asked is how do you prevent a supplier from just taking your design

38:35
and literally putting photos up of your product and selling it to other people. Yeah, it’s very difficult, right? So there’s two ways you could look at it. Like you have these like NNN agreements, which is like non-disclosure, non-circumvention and all that. I never do that with all the factories and stuff, the products I’ve developed. probably signed, I’ve got my supplier to sign one or two NNNs based on if something was extremely innovative that I just didn’t want getting out. But I think that a lot of people always ask me about like, know, how do I make sure my supplier doesn’t copy my product?

39:04
And I was like, first of all, you need a bit of self-awareness to be like, do I actually have something to protect here? Because a lot of people feel that like, well, you know what, because I just changed this color or changed this dimension or added this feature, now I need to protect it. But all you did was innovate it on top of what already exists. You didn’t necessarily develop something really new, right? And that’s the nature of the game. Like you probably got the idea for your product by innovating on top of what already existed. Now, if someone does that to you, it doesn’t mean that like, okay, well now we have to block everyone from selling it because…

39:32
Ultimately, you know, if you really want to protect your product, if you’ve got something of real innovation, the only way to protect it is from getting a patent, either a design patent or a utility patent. But people don’t necessarily want to spend the $4,000 on a design patent or the $15,000 on a utility patent. And if you don’t want to spend the money to basically protect it, then it probably wasn’t worth protecting in the first place. But there’s kind of two ways of protection. There’s like the protection against your supplier. Like you ask, if my supplier copies my product? And then there’s a protection against like, what if the rest of the industry copies my product?

40:02
And a lot of people think it’s the supplier that copies your product. But so in that initial communication, when we’re going back and forth with the factory, I would always ask them, know, like, are you just a manufacturer or do you sell yourself? Do you supply other Amazon sellers? What markets do you supply within those markets? Who are your biggest customers? I want to know like really like who are, where’s their attention going and who are the main people that are supplying? So that if I feel comfortable, if they’re supplying my direct competitor and my direct competitor is doing like eight times more business than I am, then I’d be very cautious of.

40:30
showing them new product ideas because I know that information is probably going to my competitor. But if they’re not supplying those guys and I find a new factory in a sort of blue ocean that like, you know, they’re not really dealing with my competitors and I’m going to be open book with them. So if you are worried about what my supplier copies my idea, I would tell them that I have a patent on the product when I actually don’t. But because I told them I’ve got a patent on it, now they’re scared about developing it. And on top of that, I would rather focus on building the relationship rather than getting them to sign a contract like an NNN.

41:00
because like that NNN is literally just not worth the piece of paper that is written on because are you really going to sue your factory in China? Are you really going to take them to court? Are you really going to hire a Chinese lawyer for the value of your $10,000 order? Absolutely not. So I’d much rather say to my factory, hey, this is an innovative product which we’ve developed. I’m dealing with you as a company because I admire that you’re going to keep all this information confidential and we’re going to really build this business together in partnership. I’m going to really grow and scale this business and you’re going to get those orders as a result of it.

41:29
and let’s really go into this together and build a really big business rather than I don’t trust you sign this document. Like think about the different levels of service you get and you’re not gonna enforce either one. You know what mean? So I always like to build a relationship rather than get legal documents. I like your answer better than mine. My answer is always you can’t really do anything about it. But if you brand it well enough and if you want, you can register a copyright in the US or patents are expensive to enforce too.

41:59
Really, I mean, it’s probably gonna happen. You can prevent it from being sold in the US and that’s usually good enough. But if you have a good brand and whatnot, you got nothing to worry about in the long And so I’ve actually got a YouTube channel as well called Sourcing with Kean and the last episode which I posted was all about patents, half an hour in depth. I interviewed a patent attorney. So if you do have a deeper desire to learn more about patents, I would check that out. But that can be a deep conversation in itself. But you know, like in terms of like,

42:26
product protection, I kind of look at it as in you’ve got three layers, right? If you innovate something of value, right? First thing is you can get a mold, right? Because if you’ve developed or changed something, well, now you have a high buyer to entry cost, because the mold can cost anything between like $500 and $50,000, right? But it’s essentially another buyer to entry. So if it costs you $5,000 to develop that mold, chances are the competitor might not have that disposable income to try a new product, right? And on top of that, if you put a patent on that product, well, now there’s…

42:54
competitor sees right, well, there’s a patent and there’s a mold cost. So I don’t even know if I can sell this product and I have to pay $5,000 just to manufacture it. That’s a really big buyer to entry. And then the third one is also like an exclusivity agreement with your supplier. Let’s say you didn’t develop the product. Let’s say the supplier developed the product and you’re like, hey, I want to sell this product in like the U.S. market. Can I get exclusivity? They might say no.

43:18
But then I’d say, okay, give me exclusivity for six months, meaning don’t sell it to anyone else in the US market. Just sell it to me for six, and after six months, open it up to everyone, but just give me the first sales. And they’re like, you know what, yeah, that’s reasonable. And I’d say, you know what, tell me the quantity you want me to hit to remain exclusive. So if you need me to order 20,000 units within those six months, and if I do that, then let me remain exclusive. And if I don’t hit that and open up to everyone, they’re like, all right, cool.

43:42
or if it’s product selling really well and they want to open up to everyone else, I would ask for, me exclusivity of a different region. So give me exclusivity for Germany or give me exclusivity for the UK. So you’ll be the only seller of that product and then get those exclusivity agreements either by quantity or by region. So those are the three layers I look at. Do I have a mold on the product? Do I have a patent on the product? And do I have an exclusivity agreement with my supplier? And that is your defensibility, not necessarily like your NDA contract, which means nothing. Since we’re talking about molds here,

44:10
Once you have a mold made and it’s at a manufacturer, how do you switch easily? It’s tough because, so for example, if you wanna move supplier, then you have to move the mold, but I would always say that like I’ve done that research prior to investing in the mold cost with a manufacturer. And the way I do it is that like, I’m gonna pay for the mold outright, but I’m gonna get that mold cost back from the supplier. So if I do want to switch, then I’ve not paid for the mold. So for example, right?

44:40
let’s say the mold cost is $10,000, right? I would say to the supplier, look, I’ll pay the 10, you don’t say, look, let’s do this in partnership 50-50, I pay 5K, you pay 5K, cool, done, let’s go. So we just got 50 % discount on the mold now. Or I would say, look, I’ll pay the $10,000 upfront for the mold, but I need you to refund me 25 % of the mold cost once I order 5,000 units. I need you to refund me 50 % of the mold cost once I order 10,000 units. I need you to refund me 100 % of the mold cost once I’ve ordered 20,000 units.

45:08
And the supplier’s okay with that because you’ve paid the mold cost upfront, but they pay for it once you’ve ordered 20,000 units. And once you’ve ordered 20,000 units, they’re doing big business with you. So they’re like, okay, cool, I’ll refund it. So that, I sort of like make an agreement with my supplier that way. So let’s say for example, we hit those 20,000 units, I get the mold cost back from my supplier and they’re not actually gonna pay you that money back. But let’s just say when you place your next purchase order, you just deduct that mold cost from the invoice cost that you owe them, right? So now all of a sudden my mold is free.

45:38
So if the supplier randomly just puts up the price and I’m like, well, now when I switched to this supplier, I’m like, cool, well, now let me go make that agreement with this supplier and then I’ve not paid for that mold so I can switch quite easily. Interesting. I never thought to do it that way. Cause getting someone, getting a manufacturer to ship that heavy mold to a new manufacturer, that’s just not going to happen, right? Or.

45:59
Yeah, and the other sort of layer of protection for mold is that you could because you’re making this mold, right? You’re now making the custom shape of how this product is going to be made. So I would always have my logo on the mold, right? So let’s say, for example, we’re Nike, I would have the tick in the mold embossed. So let’s say that tick is now going on a buckle, right? That buckle is going on the backpack. Well, it’s very important to get that.

46:24
mold that logo embossed not debossed because if it’s debossed then it can be filled in but if it’s embossed it means that that logo now sticks out so that manufacturer cannot get rid of that logo so if we now switched on our manufacturer they can’t just go and produce that product now and sell it to someone else because it has our logo on it so that’s always another defensible way of your manufacturer not using it for someone else by putting your logo on the mold as well cool I love that I love that

46:52
Keon, wanna end with, we talked about Alibaba and kind of focused on Alibaba so far. I like Alibaba and all, but I still find Alibaba a little bit tedious. Do you still use it today to source for yourself? Yeah, for sure. I mean, my favorite way is definitely going to the factory myself and sort of doing that business face to face. But while we can’t do that easily at the moment, my starting point is always alibaba.com because while there’s other methods and stuff that we can get into, I want to know like who,

47:22
who my competitors also have access to in terms of like, what suppliers are available here. And if I find this supplier here, well then so do my competition. So where, and they might be a great factor and I’ll still use them because it might be the best. But for certain products, as you said, you might have over a hundred different suppliers to choose from, but for certain products, you might only have like two or three. And then now I’m just gonna basically qualify it or those two or three good enough. And then.

47:46
Regardless if I like those suppliers or not I’m still gonna look at other sources and the other one we mentioned was David’s company import yeti.com and the beauty about that is as you know, then use it as well as like you get access to the shipping documents of The the market leaders for that particular product and that’s only for them shipping to the US because that’s public information, right? So Let’s say for example, I’ve got an outdoor brand and my main competitors in our face. I can now find the nor faces suppliers

48:14
what country they’re importing from, what HS code they’re clearing the goods at, what quantity they’re doing, how often they’re shipping, so much very valuable information you get there. And often these are suppliers which don’t necessarily list on alibaba.com either. So that’s kind of like the second tier of supplier like to go through. those are probably like two very solid options that you have. If I was gonna add a third one, it would be like,

48:39
going to trade shows for your particular category of products. So let’s say for example, you’ve got a cycling brand, there will be a very good cycling trade show in like Denver or Utah like once a year. And quite often the suppliers will also visit those shows as well. Sometimes we just walk the show and sometimes they’ll have a booth there and I’ll meet those suppliers there and then. But let’s say for example, you’re based somewhere else and you can’t attend that trade show, I would go on the trade shows website, go on the exhibitor list and on the exhibitor list, it’ll tell you all the companies which are gonna be there.

49:08
and you look for the Chinese sounding names and then you Google their company information and you contact them directly. So that’s another way to find like really good suppliers outside of alibaba.com. Well, Kea, that was a great interview, I’m sure everyone owned a lot. I picked up on a number of things. If anyone has any questions for you, where can they find you online?

49:30
Yeah sure, so I’ve got a YouTube channel as I mentioned just called Sourcing with Kean, I’ll just lose different topics in supply chain so definitely check that out. I’ve also got a Facebook group of the same name where it’s just like everyone just asks supply chain questions and we all help each other out. I’m also on LinkedIn, Kean Gozari, also on Instagram, Kean underscore JG, and I’ve also got a sourcing platform and sourcing service called titansourcing.com. If you want to submit an inquiry, we can have my team look at it for you as well.

49:58
So yeah, those are where you can reach me if you wanna reach out, I’d be happy to help out. Cool, Keon, thanks lot for coming on the show, man. Really appreciate it. Oh man, love being here. That time just absolutely flew by and would love to jump back on any time.

50:13
Hope you enjoy that episode with Kian Golzari. And for more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 450. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript.

50:40
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-O-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

51:09
Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

449: Amazon Is Silently Stealing From You And How To Get Your Money Back With Yoni Mazor

449: Amazon Is Silently Stealing From You And How To Get Your Money Back With Yoni Mazor

Today, I have a very special guest back on the show, Yoni Mazor. Yoni is the founder of Getida, where he helps Amazon sellers recover their money.

Amazon screws up all the time without telling you and we’re going to discuss all the ways that you are losing money right now as a seller and what you can do about it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to get your money back from Amazon
  • Amazon’s most common mistakes
  • What to look out for on your Amazon reports

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest back on the show, Yoni Mazur. And Yoni is the founder of Getita, where he helps Amazon sellers recover their money. And the truth of the matter is that Amazon screws up all the time, and we’re gonna discuss all the ways that you are losing money on Amazon right now as a seller and what you can do about it. But before we begin, I wanna let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:29
are on sale over at SellersSummit.com and the price goes up on April 1st. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

00:56
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. And if you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, put ourselves in a room, and then help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com.

01:24
That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript?

01:51
It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast.

02:19
that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:46
Welcome to the My Wife Clutter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Yoni Amazor on the show. Yoni is the founder of Getita and he’s helped thousands of e-commerce entrepreneurs get their money back from Amazon. He also spoke at my last e-commerce conference, the Seller Summit. And I would say if you’ve ever sold on Amazon before, you know that inventory often just magically disappears from their warehouse. In addition, Amazon makes a lot of mistakes which can inflate your storage fees unless you are paying strict attention. So,

03:15
in today’s episode. What we’re gonna do is we’re gonna discuss how to finally get your money back from Amazon and get what you are owed. And with that, welcome to the show, Yoni. How you doing? You’re good. Thank you so much for having me. Hello, everybody. I’m honored to be here. So Yoni, I’m just curious. I’ve always been curious. How do you get into this line of work? Because it’s not like the sexiest type of work, I should say. 100 % Is that insulting? I didn’t mean to insult No, it’s great. You actually hit the nail on the head. We actually often we laugh about it. We say, we took the

03:44
the most unsexy thing you can think of in business and try to create a fun environment or make it exciting. So when you think about geteeda, you actually get excited because you realize the ones who know us, if you don’t know hopefully after this episode you know a little bit more, but you’re kind of thrilled because it means that money’s coming your way. So once again, taking the most unsexy, like the gray, cost accounting, boring stuff you can think of, but package it into an opportunity. So yeah, you actually…

04:12
one of the only few that actually hit the nail on the head and realizing that. But this is kind of the dimension and where we live in. So when you, if you want me to get started, kind of give you the… Did you start it because you kept losing all this money on Amazon? Yes, 100%. As they say, I think there’s a cliche that says, Necessity is the father of event or something like that. yeah, essentially we created Getida or the solution of Getida, which is maximizing the FBA reimbursements and refunds for ourselves because

04:42
About 10 years ago, we started selling online. When I say we, myself and my co-founder, Max Boran, we’re still partners until today. We started selling on eBay back in the day, about 10 years ago. And then at 2013, we started selling on Amazon. And the business grew very, quickly from zero to 20 million in FBA sales. And then we became a part of a larger group. Together as a group, we’re doing about $100 million in FBA sales. So what happened was that we had so much data to process.

05:09
right, to reconcile all the FBA transactions that our spreadsheets were breaking, right? So that kind of pushed us to create technology so we can really process the data at scale on a daily basis but also have a dedicated team to keep focusing on solving the issue. Because on an annual level, we discovered that the discrepancy rate is between 1 to 3 % from our revenue. So when we’re doing like $1 million a year on FBA, 1 to 3 % was like $10,000 to $30,000 that we had to recover.

05:39
But when you’re doing 100 million, it becomes very material. It’s like between one to three million. So we had to create the solution for ourselves to make sure that it works well at that scale. So we did that. That was kind of the premise of it. That was the reason why it was created, this capability. And then we’re kind of friendly people. So we told a few of our friends from the industry that we have these capabilities. So they told us, help us. We’ll pay you. And that was the early genesis of Getida as a business back in 2015.

06:04
And then over the years, it was just kind of growing organically because the value proposition is very appealing because it’s free to join. There’s no subscription. We’re purely performance-based. So only if we get your recovery, then we charge a fee. So it was growing organically for a few years. And then we made a strategic decision to cash out of retail so we can really focus on the sellers and make sure that they really get the number one priority. And the moment we did that, all of our energy, focus, motivation, creativity was focused on one direction.

06:34
And from that point I would say we kind of took leadership on the niche. It’s still a niche. It’s not the main function of selling on Amazon. But it’s definitely a function you should know of, you should be educated about, and realize it’s an opportunity for you to recover funds that you never imagined that are yours. And hopefully once you are flush with these funds, you’re able to reinvest it in the business. Spend more on PPC, or source a new product, or launch a new product. So that’s kind of the premise that we have here in the industry.

07:00
So I’m in contact with lots of sellers, both DTC and Amazon. I know this has been kind of a hard year for Amazon and sellers. You guys are unique and you have kind of like this high level overview of the entire Amazon landscape. What are you seeing and like what trends are you noticing right now? Right, so I would say there’s a few things. It’s a lot to unpack, but I’ll touch the main components. So the pandemic gave a push to the e-commerce industry, gave it, you know, it was a boom era.

07:27
It propelled us maybe five to 10 years into the future. But now we’re kind of having the hangover. It’s like a pendulum swing. It swung our way, which is great. It gave us a lift. It gave us a tailwind, but now it’s giving us the headwinds. the entire market, Amazon itself, is growing, but not as quickly. So if it was growing 20%, 30 % a year, this year it’s going 7 or 8%. So in other words, thinkers are slowing down. The growth is being slowing down, which is all of sudden people are like, whoa, we’re doing horrible. What’s going on?

07:56
I know it’s because we got propelled and now we’re of slowing down. It’s almost like I had a good party. There’s a hangover, right? You’re gonna have a little bit of a dizziness, but hopefully you still have good memories. In other words, you made some good profits in these past two years, but now it’s time to kind of decompress, realize, okay, things were in our favor. Now there’s a regular friction. Let’s become more efficient. And another interesting scenario is that during the height of the pandemic, there was an inventory shortage. It’s really hard to get inventory.

08:23
factories were shut down, global supply chains were shut down or really, really slow, the ports, the cost of shipping containers exploded. because of that, and then the demand was growing. So it was really, really a choking position. So a lot of the sellers felt like they can’t maximize the revenue and the profit with this momentum. So they start ordering more and more in bulk here. So they did it for a while, it worked okay. And then they order in bulk here. In other words, like a snowball where now they’re peaked at

08:53
up in their position where they order a lot of inventory and all of sudden, boom, the demand decreases. So in other words, now they have the pendulum swing where it’s, you know, instead of being short of supply, they’re overstocked in supply. So they have an inventory glut. So their money, their cash is tied up to this inventory. So that’s kind of the pinch and pain that they’re feeling. So how do you get rid of it? What do do? So this is something that I can see that a lot of the sellers are experiencing. So to recap, things are growing, but not as quickly.

09:21
They’re slowing down. A lot of them are stuck with inventory glut. And this Q4 Christmas is going to be a very, very interesting junction that will hopefully give them the opportunity to cash in most of their positions. It might be even critical because if they’re just going to drag their balance sheet with all this inventory and not cash out of it, they might just go belly up. So I don’t want to see that happening. So hopefully, shop. Whoever’s listening to this shop, shop well. And hopefully, the discounts will be good and aggressive.

09:50
Because they have to, even if they take a loss, but it’s better to have cash in your pocket with the loss and just put that money into good money or just sit on the money, it’s fine. But we’re all together on this. What’s ironic is we had the opposite problem. So the container prices were shooting up to 20,000. So we actually ended up buying less because it’s like ridiculous, right? Because our items are cheap and the cost of shipping would have like exceeded like the product cost. So we waited. So this past year we actually…

10:19
we’re out of inventory, whereas last year was like the greatest year ever. So yeah, we have the opposite problem. So we’re not sitting on a lot of inventory. But for the people that are sitting on a lot of inventory, what are you seeing them like, where are they storing it? Because I know that Amazon, at least for us, they’ve been limiting, they’ve reduced storage requirements. Yeah, so yeah, so that’s another type of pinch. So if you already had inventory there, or you’re about to send more inventory, think of the past two, three weeks.

10:48
one clear day, a lot of sellers are waking up and their FBA storage limits have just been cut to half. So if you’re able to store 200,000 units, now you can only store 100,000 units and you’re about to stock up for the holidays. Nothing, mean, except trying to open cases and crying to Amazon and complaining and trying to maybe have them consider increasing it. There’s not a turnkey solution that I heard of or understand. you’re stuck in that position, I do apologize.

11:16
But the alternatives are just to keep dripping into FBA. So have a good 3PL partner that’s able to kind of keep dripping your inventory on time demand to FBA because you already have, hopefully, your products within the United States ready for Christmas and everything. And as the holidays get, or I’ll put it this way, if you’re about to stock out and you do, just make sure have FBM, Fulfilled By Merchant Backup, with your 3PL.

11:41
You know, all of a you’re have a great day, you never expect it, so kind of shift around your whole calculations and projections. So always have an FBA listing skew that’s set up on FBA, and a secondary skew, always. It should be probably a golden rule no matter in which time of the season. But a secondary skew which is on FBA fulfilled by merchants, so you never stock out or lose rank or anything like that. That should be the default setting, but especially in the holidays, just to make sure that you don’t lose on the momentum.

12:10
And of course, if you have this inventory limitations with FBA, that’s part of the solution. So hopefully works out for some of you guys. looking forward beyond this holiday season, what are you seeing for 2023? Yeah, just hopefully an opportunity to get out of the turbulence. It has been a very turbulent years for e-commerce with the slowdown of growth. The economy, the macroeconomics has been very difficult. Inflation is kind of all around, right?

12:39
A lot of the cheap or easy money that was around is no longer there. So if you’re taking loans or taking debt to finance your business, it’s costing you more. Market’s more competitive, so you’re making less margin. The whole exit boom, you’d have all these aggregators that raise billions of dollars from a lot of institutions in the past few years, and they were kind of fighting to buy Amazon-born brands and businesses so they could make an exit that also slowed down. You if it started from a 2x multiple two and a half years ago,

13:08
it mushrooms all the way to seven or eight multiples. Today it’s lying on the three, three and a half, maybe four percent multiples aggregate on average. Of course, you have always the ones that might get a 15x and the one that will get a half an x. It depends on the health of the business and how strategic it is to the buyer. But the opportunity to get out at a premium on Marfa is shrinking. So this is the turbulence of 2022. know, 2023 will be hopefully with all these layers from the micro to the macro, including the economy to just get out of it.

13:38
So we could touch macro a little bit. If the Federal Reserve lowers interest rates again and money becomes cheaper, businesses and Amazon sellers hopefully will be more risk averse and they’re going to invest more in their business. And hopefully if they do well, they’re going to grow and stimulate the whole market. It’s all kind of tied up together. But for now, it’s just going to be hopefully the bounce back or the rebound from the turbulence. Yeah, I mean, we’re not done raising yet. Just the question is when it’s going to end. But I don’t see them reducing it.

14:07
anytime soon. Yeah, they might stay on it for a few quarters or if they, because they’re saying, you know, they use a sledgehammer, you know, to cool off the economy. And I heard something about how in the 80s they did the same thing, but in the 80s, they facing 14 or 15 straight years of inflation. So they really had to kind of pull the big hammers and really raise interest really quickly and dramatically. But here you had only a time of maybe less than a year, maybe 15 months of inflation. Right?

14:35
that was creeping up. So if you use the hammer too hard and you cool off the economy in such a way where it’s just gonna be too hard to bounce back, it might be very challenging because you can already see it at the big tech firms. Meta is laying off, Twitter’s laying off employees. So these are high paid employees that we’re giving a lot of booms to lot of communities around the country and that helps the whole economy and all the wheels of it turn around from the local shopping malls to buying stuff on Amazon.

15:02
So you don’t want to hurt it too much. They’re doing it because inflation is still high and the employment rate is still low, meaning unemployment is low. So people have their jobs. So if all of a sudden you hit it too hard and from 3 % unemployment, it’s going to go to 7 or 8%, then you’re stuck in a big recession. It might take years and years to get out of that. So they might have to all of sudden really drop the rates really quickly to stimulate the economy. So you don’t want things to be too aggressive. And it’s very hard with macro because it takes

15:30
to three quarters to see the impact. we’re in this turbulence in transition. So it’s going to go out into 2023. It’s going be interesting to see. I know for myself, I’m anticipating the worst. I know you’re cautiously optimistic. So I’m just buckling down, removing as many expenses as I can. We actually just bought a warehouse, so we’re in control of all that now. And just trying to eke out whatever profits that you can. to ask, sorry, where’d you buy the other warehouse? In the West Coast, East Coast?

16:01
West Coast, yeah. ironically, our landlord was going to raise our rent 28%. One shot. then we were just like, forget this, we’ll just buy one. How big is it in square foot? It’s 3,000 square feet. Yeah, it’s expensive out here. But that’s like a story in itself. We ended up paying cash for it because there were multiple bids. Apparently, warehouse space around here.

16:28
at that size is actually pretty scarce. So while office space is like really crashing, the warehouse space actually is still stable. 3,000 foot is like a sweet spot. It really is for the small business entrepreneur, you know, doing stuff. It’s really high demand in the country, would assume California even more, because all the ports are coming in. So it’s a big hub for imports. Because it’s so competitive, cash was the king. So it helped you get the bid. Yeah.

16:59
So I want to switch gears. We get emails from you guys all the time about lost inventory. Would you say the problem is getting worse or better? That’s a good question. I think it balances out. There’s lots of variables here. It depends on what kind of products you’re selling. If you’re selling something that’s fragile, glassware or stuff like that, it’s more prone to get damaged. But if you’re selling cloth stuff like mittens for the oven, they don’t really get the…

17:29
damage. So we have less issues. It also depends on the way your factory or 3PL sends it to Amazon, how well it’s padded or how organized they are. But also on the other side, the receiving side, Amazon’s teams, they may be really good on the California side, but they could be not as efficient or organized on the Kentucky side. So in short, it’s very, it’s lots of variables to say this or that. But like I said earlier, the spectrum is between 1 to 3%.

17:58
So for every 100 units… Let’s talk about best practices. You just rattle off a number of things, right? So packing, if your thing is fragile. The other one was not including multiple skews or how you package it. Can you kind of elaborate on that? Yeah, so first of all, when you tell Amazon I’m shipping a thousand units, make sure you’re really shipping a thousand and not more, not less, because that can skew everything. Because if you tell them you ship a thousand and you ship 1,100, they’re going to receive a thousand.

18:29
And that 100 that you shipped and you over shipped, you might have no data, no way to tell them, hey, what about the extra 100 I shipped? They where? We only expected 1,000. We scanned in 1,000. Your 100 is gone. That can be a simple mistake that your 3PL is doing, your factory, whoever. So just keep it very, very strict on the quantities. For better or worse, if you’re over shipping, make sure you don’t do that because that can hurt you. If you over ship with 100 units, that can be material, depends on your price point.

18:58
But of course, don’t try to game the system. you’re telling them that you’re going to ship them 1,000, you’re only going to ship 900. And there’s going to be 100 units missing. You’re going to say, hey, where’s my missing units? And try to basically get a recovery for that. It might work a few times, but eventually Amazon will strike you out. So keep it honest. Keep it very firm. There is a scan. mean, back in the day, I don’t sell on Amazon anymore. But back in the day, we used to use a software called, what was it?

19:26
think it was called Scan Power, if I’m not mistaken. It’s like $25 a month. basically, when you create the, you can give it to your 3PL or your factory. When they kind of scan the units into the boxes, it tells them, it gives them red light when to stop. So you don’t overship. So if every box is supposed to have 50 units or whatever, when you hit 51, boom, it kind of flags the red light. Or on the opposite, if you were supposed to have 50 units in the box or the whole shipment, and you only kind of marked in 49, it’s not going to let you continue until you add the missing one.

19:55
So I guess in short, make sure you have the right systems in place to make sure that everything is very accurate on the unit level, you’re telling and reporting to Amazon that you will ship them. For better or worse, just be very accurate and honest. And of course, if you’re selling fragile stuff, make sure not to be cheap and stingy. Make sure that it’s a good shape because, okay, even if it got received by Amazon, even though it was damaged, it got received and it’s selling. What about the consumer? They’re going to get a damaged product. You don’t want that. Then it goes to negative review.

20:20
And then your ranking goes down, then it’s a whole spiral on the wrong direction. But even if it’s not a fragile product, but the packaging is very cheap and it can crumble. So imagine you get that the product is fine, but the box itself is all crumbled. It’s not a good experience. This is discord with the experience of the consumers. So use high-end materials. Don’t be cheap. Invest in your product. Invest in the experience of your consumers. It’s just going to reduce all the handling afterwards and all the reconciliation.

20:48
and hopefully put you at the lower edge of the spectrum of discrepancies because 1 to 3 % in other words means for every 100 units you ship into Amazon, 1 to 3 units is going to experience some sort of an issue or discrepancy throughout its lifetime or its life cycle and their fulfillment centers. And in nutshell, here’s the laundry list of the issues. It could get lost. It could get damaged. It could get destroyed. It could disappear. Or it could get overcharged with fees. So right now, we kind of touched more on the damage side of things.

21:16
or the loss because you’re not reporting properly or they just simply didn’t scan it properly or there was a little chaos in the wire so it got lost. So if we want to change gears, can also talk about if it gets overcharged with fees.

21:31
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, How to Achieve Financial Freedom Without Sacrificing What Matters Most, is now available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. I actually just spent three straight days of eight hours each recording the audiobook, and as I was reading it, I couldn’t help but think to myself, this is a pretty darn good book, and I can’t wait to share it with you. I wrote this book because 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. They all preach

21:58
that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. On this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much.

22:28
or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I will share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired,

22:58
of hearing from a bunch of single men or women, or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies, which include a six-week challenge where I will literally help you find your next side hustle. I’m also including my three-day workshop on print-on-demand and a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content.

23:27
Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

23:39
I want to go to both places actually. So first off, let’s just at a high level, where are the most common places where Amazon owes you money? Inbound. Inbound is a major, major thing. So once again, when you a thousand, there’s always these interesting discrepancies. That’s definitely the entry line. That’s like the entry level issue that most sellers understand that happens. You know, I ship a thousand and they receive a hundred and ninety, they realize, oh, that can happen. Okay. But the secondary ones are when units get lost or damaged,

24:09
Inside Amazon’s fulfillment centers after they got received that’s where sellers don’t realize they’re like, okay I know if I ship out thousand units they receive 190. I need to reconcile it. I’ll get my money and it’s done fine That’s just the beginning In the warehouses that could get lost or damaged also between the warehouses Amazon might ship your products from Kentucky to California California to Nevada to give one or two a day prime shipping Same things happen units get lost or damaged from the fulfillment centers to the consumers units can get lost or damaged consumers back to

24:38
the fulfillment centers with all the returns and refunds, same thing, and the fulfillment centers back to you guys, the sellers, if you do FBA removal orders. So all these logistics friction points, you have these units that get lost or damaged, and Amazon allows the sellers to go back 18 months on all the data and all the transactions to really reconcile the mathematics properly to see if there’s an opportunity or any discrepancy that you’re eligible to get a recovery. So that’s definitely the secondary layer that would say that it’s out there available for sellers.

25:08
How do you figure this stuff out? Like, there’s a lot of moving parts there, right? Inventory moving all over the place. And you know how much you’ve sent in, but presumably you’re sending in, because you’re trickling in inventory into Amazon FBA across multiple shipments as your stuff sells now, right? You can’t like ship the entire container, unless you do lot of inventory, a lot of sales, I guess. But what reports do you pull and how do you sort all this stuff out by hand? It’s a beautiful question because this is like an Amazon classic.

25:38
Right now Amazon is actually in the midst of a transition. So I can tell you what the reports of the old school days, and this was the truth for a few years, maybe the past seven, eight years, but now they’re transitioning to a brand new set of reports. So let me actually step back a little bit. The way to reconcile it through reports, data analytics. Like straightforward mathematics, data analytics, crossing data together in the report. So one unit came from here and then went to there and then…

26:05
It’s really messy. It’s really like we started the episode. We said it’s very unsexy. Very unsexy. I’ll give you old version. Today there’s a new version. But back in the day, had to basically download the, if you go to Sell Essential, you go to Reports, Fulfillment. And then you go to Inventory Adjustment Reports. And that report or that data set, you find all the code, all the entries that has a code of loss or damage. Each one has a different separate code. So that’s the first layer. find a unit that got lost. Great.

26:36
Then you take a secondary report where it’s called, I think it’s Inventory Event Detail Report. You take that, and then you see if in that report the unit got found. If it got found, you stop. You’re not eligible for a claim. But if it got lost in the first report, the second report never got found, you go to the third report. And the third report is reimbursement report. You’ve got to see if they already automatically gave you reimbursement. And if they did, you stop. You don’t file a claim. But in the first report, it got lost. In the second report, you see it never got found. In the third report, you see it never got

27:06
reimburse, boom, minus one, eligible for a case, you open a case, they’re gonna reconcile, and of course if you’re eligible, they’re gonna give you the reimbursement. That’s in a high-level nutshell, the logic of it. But the thing is, is Amazon doesn’t always admit that they’ve lost or destroyed something, right? Which means you have to do your own calculations, don’t you? Yeah, so they’re telling you, if you look at their terms of use, terms of service, they’re telling you, here’s all the reports you need to do, we are gonna automatically reimburse you.

27:36
for anything that we think it’s eligible, you, the onus, it’s your responsibility to still grab these reports and see if we missed out on anything. And if we did, open a claim, we’ll take care of you. And they do. most sellers, 80 % of sellers are not even aware that they need to do this. And the 20 % that are aware, they don’t know exactly how to do it or they try to do it. And it’s a struggle because, once again, this is not the business. The business is sourcing products, launching it.

28:04
advertising and marketing it, building a brand, all these beautiful stuff. And you’re not in the archaeology business, because this is like digging into the past, So this is where we live and that’s where we excel. I always laugh about this. say, if you want to talk to me about sports, I know nothing. I want to talk about reimbursements, I can talk all day. But yeah, so that’s a logic, that’s a data set that they give you, and you have to of crunch it out. And that’s it. So they open a case, and then they’ll kind of do their own mathematics.

28:32
And if your mathematics is good and your minus 1 is really minus 1, they’re going to make it 0 by giving you a plus 1. So typically, that means a reimbursement. I’m just talking the auditing language. Hopefully, What documentation do they ask for when you file So right now, the logic that I gave you is for loss and damage units inside their fulfillment center. So you don’t need any documents because it’s their data. The documents are typically needed.

28:58
for the first level, when you actually ship your products to the fulfillment centers, the inbound shipments or inbound receiving, when they receive their products. So back in the day, if you ship 1,000 units, they receive 190, 10 units are missing. You were able to go to Seller Central and find the shipment. Actually, I’m going to tell you how to do right now, so hopefully it’s helpful for you guys. So you visit Seller Central. You go to inventory, manage FBA shipments, and then you look over the shipments and you see the ones that are under received.

29:25
You go into them, and then over there, you’ll see inside the shipment, the units that are minus with the red. And then you have three options. One of the options is please research. That’s what you want to do. Back in the day, that was enough. You do please research, and they research, and if they see it’s lost, they give it a reimbursement. It was pretty turnkey. But in the past two, three years, they made it more sophisticated. So they are requiring documents. And if you don’t have these documents, you’re not going be able to

29:51
create investigation and they’re not going be able to research the issue for you. typically they might ask for two types of documentations. One of them is called Poo, proof of ownership, P-O-O. And then that means there can be two options. One option could be an invoice. They want to see that you really own the product, so you your invoice. But that’s typically for the resellers. Is that the invoice from your factory? So exactly. You’re touching the point. So you’re jumping the gun. If you’re a reseller.

30:19
You have a supplier, distributor, whatever they give you, boom. But if you’re a private label seller with brand registry, this is like a aha moment for many sellers if they’re listening. You don’t need to give an invoice. You’re exempt. So instead of an invoice, you can give them a packing slip. And a packing slip is a simple document that says, hey, this is my company information. This is the shipment information. I ship this. And you sign on the bottom, that’s it. So it’s a declaration of ownership.

30:46
Because you’re the brand, which means you’re the factory, which means there’s no invoice. It just doesn’t work that way. You’re the producer. So as a producer, it just says, this is me, this is my product. I declare that they’re mine, which they are. And I give you that document. It’s called proof of ownership. So it can be two formats. Typically, the invoice is more for the resellers. The package slip is more for the brands out there with brand registry. But of course, if you have a factory, you can give them that invoice if you want. Not a problem. You can do it.

31:14
But just clunkier. You have to go in, and this and that. Giving them a packing slip is just much easier. And by the way, in our platform, Getira, it’s not only a solution, it’s a platform. And in the platform, we have baked-in tools that help you with all this workflow, all this document flow. It will tell you which shipments need which documents. And if you need a packing slip, we have a tool that can help you generate that in a click. So you don’t have to go back and scramble. It’s right there for you. We have a patent on it. So it of saves you a tremendous amount of time. You or your VA, your virtual assistant.

31:44
And also it’s formatted in a way that Amazon and Stanford is going on. It’s the way they like to see it. And hopefully it will save you all the time and make sure that you get the refunds in the maximum impact. So that’s the first document, Poo, proof of ownership. So just to be clear, this proof of ownership document, this is different than the package slip you use to ship the goods to Amazon. Is that correct? Yeah, so if you created a package slip when you ship your products to Amazon and they’re inside the box, that’s great.

32:10
That’s not going to help you reconcile the shipment because the one investigating it can’t see it. So they’re going to ask you for the document on a digital format, a PDF or a JPEG, whatever. So if you have that already, give it to them. All good. If you don’t have it, you to go back and set it up. You can do it. But if you’re a member, if you’re using Getira in our platform, you can do it within the platform very easily. And it’s kind of a…

32:32
You know, it’s turnkey. So it’s essentially the same document that was in the box. Yeah, same thing. Yeah. Same, you know, company information. This is shipment information. This will ship and here’s a signature. Yes. A classic package that you see with any wholesale distributing, you know, a transaction, you know, regular business for sure. So that’s the first layer of documents. And then the second one is POD, proof of delivery. Okay. Now I’m going to help out. I’m going to unpackage this a little bit. If using Amazon’s partner carrier,

33:00
In other words, you buy your shipment and your tracking inside Sale Essential, you don’t need it. OK, why they have the tracking? They already have all the data. They know it got delivered. But if you’re outside carriers, which are not in Amazon’s partner carrier, that’s when they’re going ask you for a POD, a proof of delivery. So whoever you’re using, whatever third party carrier, a freight carrier, whatever it is, freight forwarder, make sure they have POD documents. They have tracking, they have POD documents, proof of delivery documents, because if they don’t, you’re not going be able to reconcile a shipment, even if it’s worth

33:29
hundred million dollars and use the cheapest know free forwarder that basically doesn’t have any proof of dog delivery documents nothing nothing at all Amazon’s not gonna reconcile your shipment is not gonna give you any help so that’s also kind of a point that we discussed earlier how that common though because Amazon’s rates are so cheap yeah I mean so statistically speaking it would get here I see that about 80 % of our users in our platform they use Amazon’s partner carrier it makes things very easy and turnkey and it’s very competitive

33:57
But the other 20%, for whatever reason, they don’t. I think they might have access to larger accounts or that has like legacy prices or stuff like that. Or they do it directly from China, from the factory at a super bundled deal. I don’t know. It is what it is. But because of that, they’re outside Amazon’s network. they typically do have actually POD proof of delivery. Some of them don’t. And they got stuck and they took major losses. So we recommend them going forward.

34:24
just how to use Amazon’s partner carrier. So pay that extra premium because you’re trying to maybe save a few dollars, but then you’ll be able to reconcile your shipments properly. Or if using outside of Amazon’s carriers, make sure they’re reputable and they have enough of a healthy setup so they can give you a proof of delivery, which is a simple document. So hey, here’s a shipment. Amazon, we delivered it. Sign it. And typically has Amazon’s signature on it with the logo. And you’re good to go. But if they’re just dumping your container at Amazon’s Performance Center and leaving,

34:53
without getting a proof of delivery, you have an issue because whatever, they’re not professional, they’re not in appetite. So it’s something to look out for. Okay. I would think that that first order tracking is fairly straightforward, right? Because something’s getting there. You know how many units you shipped. You know how many are gone into inventory. It’s the destroyed inventory that gets a little hairy, right? Because if they report destroyed inventory, but the numbers still don’t match up, that’s when you need to step in. That’s the pain point.

35:24
Once again, the way we said is that every seller and every product has a different life and different struggles. So yeah, if your products are more prone to being destroyed, that’s a pain point. But some of them never really have that issue. It’s more about being lost because of their carriers, their factories, Amazon. So wherever your pain point is within the spectrum, make sure that you have the right setup to reconcile properly. And of course, if you’re old and you’re eligible to get a recovery, you’re to go.

35:52
You patch it up and move forward. That’s kind of the attitude we have about it. Yeah. Let’s talk about other savings outside of just Amazon losing inventory. I know I’ve had experiences where like my box mentions were right on the border and then they rounded up and then all of sudden I was oversized and I didn’t even catch it for a long time. What are your recommendations on?

36:16
along those lines in terms of saving money. Yeah, so now we’re switching gears from the logistics discrepancies, all the laws damage, all the stuff that really is all physical. Now we’re transitioning to the financial, right? Right. So what does this mean? So here’s the premise. Your ace in your product on Amazon has weight in dimensions, right? And then based on these weight in dimensions, that data, Amazon will charge you a fee because they’re tiered into weight in dimension. So the larger and heavier the product is,

36:45
with weight and dimensions, the more they’re going to charge you in fees. That’s kind of the basic rule of logistics anyway. Same thing applies with FBA and Amazon. So what happens is that if Amazon has, for whatever reason, the incorrect data on your product, they can start overcharging you with fees on the fulfillment fees, but also on the storage fees, on the monthly storage fees, long-term storage fees, stuff like that. So it’s very, very important that, A, that you always kind of keep track and an eye on the fees and what Amazon thinks your weight and dimensions are because

37:15
It could be that, I’m going to give a simple example, but there’s many others. It could be that after a weeks or after a few months, Amazon will change the data. And then they’re going to start overcharging it with fees. So I’ll give you an example. Let’s say you’re selling a handbag. And the handbag, you sold it, and then it got returned by a customer. And the customer added the strap into the handbag. So now that strap is adding 30, 40 inches to the dimensions of the product. So Amazon has this big machine called Cubic Scan Machine that every once in a while, they scan your products through that machine.

37:44
that machine will scan your handbag with the strap that’s adding another 30, 40 inches. Now it’s going to recalculate the dimensions. from that point on, it’s going to start overcharging you. And that’s a discrepancy, right? A financial discrepancy where they’re overcharging you with fees financially because of incorrect data. So what we recommend is, of course, obviously, now this type of recovery is limited to 90 days. So for the whole year, let’s Amazon

38:11
charge you, $100,000 in fees extra, fulfillment fees and storage fees because of this discrepancy, because of the incorrect data. But in the last 90 days, they only overcharge you $30,000. That’s where you’re going to get back, $30,000 for the last 90 days. So the $70,000 for the rest of the year, you’re not going to get back. So education is key with this. So first of all, you got to know the game. Now that you know the game, set up yourself properly for the game. And run an audit at least every quarter, every three months, because if they overcharge you for whatever reason.

38:39
You’re ready to go. You’re ready to open the case. They’re going to remeasure, see, we’re sorry. And then they’re going to go back and give you that recovery. And of course, if this is too much of a headache, you know where to begin. There’s service and solutions out there to help with this. We happen to be one of them. But just set yourself up. Whoever is watching and listening, just make sure you have a good setup for this because unexpectedly, it can really drain your profits. I’ll give another example, actually. You might be attacked or being targeted by a competitor. I sell the same thing as you, So if I want to hurt you financially speaking,

39:10
I can just take your ASIN, I’m my seller central, I can list the product, I will never offer it. But all I do is change the data. I say, instead of three ounces, it’s 30 pounds. Instead of being six inches, it’s 60 inches. And from that point on, the system absorbs that data, and they start recalculating your fees, and they start overcharging you. So we’ve seen customers and sellers that have been attacked this way. But the competitors say, you and I sell head to head, and then you’re not savvy enough, and I make all this profit. You’re being drained with fees.

39:37
and you’re making less or no profit or even losing money and then you kind of get out of the race and you don’t know what hate you because you only reconciled your books once a year for your tax return. Right? you can’t… How does that work? Sorry, walk me through that. So let’s say we sell widget A. You create a listing for widget A but you use… No, no, I take your ASIN. Your widget A has an ASIN. So I take that ASIN. Just like a reseller, know, resellers… Oh, like you piggyback on a listing. Exactly. Yeah, I’m like a reseller. You I can go, I can always go to, you know, an Adidas listing.

40:06
on Amazon to take that Adidas Asyn and change the information there. Right? So that’s what they do maliciously. The ones who can do it. Obviously there’s more nuance to it. It can be restricted by category, this and that. But let’s say me and you are in the same category head to head. Obviously I have access to all the categories and stuff like that. And your brand does it’s not really restricted. I can do that. So the ones who could, they actually do. And that’s how you in a very sophisticated way you attack financially attacking competitors and drain them out. Is there a bulk way to check all this stuff?

40:37
Yeah, so if you go… is it literally just going down each of your Ascent and checking the dimensions? I mean, it depends on your catalog and how many Ascent you got. If you have like, I don’t know, 5 to 10 Ascent, you just go to Cell Central and you should be able to see the fees right away. So let’s say all your products are the same, one of the dimensions and they’re all supposed to be charged $4.12 and all of you go over your inventory and see, this one is being charged $7.80. That’s an anomaly. That’s one crass way to do it. Very, kind of bare knuckles. But if you want to be more professional about it, once again, you visit Cell Central.

41:07
reports, fulfillment, and then over the fee section over there, I think it’s called fee preview, I believe, and they’ll give you a preview of all the fees that Amazon’s supposed to charge you across all your ASINs, especially if you have a large catalog with a lot of ASINs. And over there, you can match the weight and dimensions they think your products are with your own weight and dimensions chart from you or your factory, whoever it is. if this is like, you know, news to you and hazy, you never kind of thought about these dimensions, yeah, this is part of stuff you’re supposed to be savvy enough about.

41:35
selling on Amazon to make sure you you’re you stayed in the right position. That’s just one way. Another way is if you want guys for free, it’s not gonna cost you anything. I don’t want to plug myself in but just register to get gettita it’s free of charge. You get access to the platform over there we have a pick and pack module and over there you’re gonna have all the data. It’s just there you’re gonna see every ASIN and skew that you have and all the data of the winning dimensions what Amazon thinks they are it’s just gonna be right there for you. you’re gonna be so instead of going to sell essential and scrambling with all the data

42:03
Is there a few who can take action based on that? So just free data there.

42:08
What is your take on Amazon’s announcements that accelerate with their warehousing and distribution? Have you heard anything about it? Yeah, so I think it’s called AWD, Amazon Warehouse and Distribution, right? So this is a new format. I think it’s okay. I think it’s good. Basically, let me give you the backstory as far as I understand it. Once again, going back to the pandemic, the boom, Amazon has tremendously increased their warehouse capacity and everything like that.

42:36
And now that there’s less demand, they have all this empty space and all these warehouses. So you’ve got to figure out a way to monetize that. So what do do? You say, hey, let’s create this program where you ship your products to us in bulk, containers, and then we’ll charge you different rates and different fees than just a regular FBA. So in other words, they’re entering the 3PL game where you ship huge amounts of

43:02
of inventory to them there and then they hold it and then they can drip it to FBA or send it to wherever. Let’s say you’re selling wholesale to JCPenney or Macy’s, they can ship that also. Once again, like any regular 3PL. That’s how they’re packaging the solution. So you basically turn to Amazon for your 3PL, know, third-party logistics needs for your, in general, for your entire business. So they’re trying to compete with any other regular 3PL, but it’s a bit more optimized towards your FBA and especially, I think,

43:31
you should be able to set up like a pool system. So whenever your FBA is running out of stock, they drip it from AWD to FBA. It might be even the same warehouse, so it makes it easily available. So you can synchronize that. The pricing, I’m not too sure, but hopefully it’ll be competitive enough so sellers can get better results or better rates from regular 3PLs. It’s very interesting. Like you said, they announced it in Amazon Accelerated in September. We’re recording this in November, so this is eight weeks into the mix since they announced.

44:01
I don’t know. what I do know is that they had this program before for many of the Chinese factories that sell on Amazon US. They had this kind of global, AGL, Amazon Global Logistics kind of environment with AWD where they were able to ship in bulk a lot of inventory to Amazon’s firm centers and then drip it into FBA and then regular stuff that they needed to do. I think they realized they can roll that out and open that up and see how that helps them with their excess warehouse.

44:29
Maybe they should have sold you 3,000 square foot for a good price. Yeah, I’m sure all the same headaches with FBA are going to exist with AWD also in terms of lost inventory and all that stuff as well. Yeah, there’s going to be another layer that we’re going to have to see how it all transitions and alleviates and pin if there’s going to make things more confusing. Correct. All right, Yoni.

44:55
Where can people find you and learn more about your unsexy business that most people would never want to do? Yeah, so I’m pretty active on Facebook and LinkedIn to be honest. Just look up Yoni Mazor, which is Y-O-N-I-M-A-Z-O-R. I’ll give you guys also my direct email. So any questions, thoughts, ideas about anything eCommerce, feel free to reach out. I’m pretty open. It’s YoniM at gatila.com, which is Y-O-N-I-M.

45:23
at gettida.com, which is getida.com. That’s pretty much where I’m available. Of course, visit the website. We have a friendly chat, you know, team in the chat if you need some human interaction. We have a nice team as well. And I’ll just make a plug here. I mean, this isn’t something that you want to be worrying about with your business. I mean, there’s so many things to be worrying about on Amazon and your own DDC store.

45:49
When I said unsexy, I meant it like these are things that like we hate doing. So it’s it’s kind like a no brainer. It ends up feeling like free money actually. That comes back because you wouldn’t have done the work. Yeah, somebody told me that some analogy where you know how sometimes you pick up your old jacket from the know, the your closet from you you haven’t worn like six years. And then in the side of the pocket, there’s like $100 bill there, you know, it’s like, oh man, free money, even though it’s your money.

46:16
But all of sudden, let’s have a nice lunch or dinner or something like that. So to make it short, there’s an opportunity to look back 18 months and recover funds for you guys that you never expected that it’s there. Now you heard this episode, so you know all about it. Take action. Hopefully some of the stuff we told you here can help you. But if it’s too much for you, too complicated, reach out for solutions. They’ll be happy to help. And take that money that you recover. Just fuel your business. it. Thanks for coming on, Yoni. Appreciate it. Thank you,

46:46
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Yoni was kind enough to give $400 in free reimbursements to anyone listening to this episode. To redeem the bonus, go to gettida.com and use promo code MYWIFEQUITTERJOB to get 400 bucks. It’s like free money. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 449. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button,

47:13
You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to hang out with you in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog

47:42
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecooderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

448: The Future of Ecommerce Product Sourcing: What You Need to Know With Nathan Resnick

448: The Future of Ecommerce Product Sourcing: What You Need to Know With Nathan Resnick

Today I’m excited to have Nathan Resnick back on the show. Nathan is the founder of Sourcify, which is a company that helps you find manufacturers to produce your products.

The sourcing landscape has changed dramatically since COVID, so Nathan is going to give us a run down of the sourcing environment in China and how you should negotiate with suppliers today.

What You’ll Learn

  • The future of ecommerce product sourcing
  • How the sourcing environment has changed since COVID-19
  • The current state of freight forwarding

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my good friend Nathan Resnick back on the show. And Nathan is the founder of Sourceify, a company that helps other companies source products from all over the world. And with all the chatter about companies moving away from China into other countries, I invited Nathan to come back to talk about the current state of sourcing and freight forwarding. But before we begin,

00:27
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale at sellersummit.com. And it is a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. Now you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep into the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together. We party together every single night.

00:56
and I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, put ourselves in a room, cater in lunch, and then help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:25
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Nathan Resnick back on the show. And Nathan is someone who I met at the Hustle Conference in San Francisco a long time ago. He’s actually spoken at my annual e-commerce conference, the Seller Summit, and he’s often on television to talk about product sourcing in China. Anyway, Nathan is the founder of Sourceify, which is a company that helps you find manufacturers to produce your products. And we haven’t heard from Nathan on this podcast since episode 199.

02:54
A lot has changed since COVID and the lockdowns in the sourcing environment. And that’s what we’re gonna talk about today. So welcome back, show Nathan, how you doing today? Steve, thanks for having me on. You caught me on a day I’m not on, know, CNN or CNBC. I know it’s rare. It’s pretty high, but you know, for you, I’ll do anything. So really excited to dive in and appreciate you having me on. So what’s funny is I texted Nathan and he got, I got a reply right away and then, but he didn’t schedule.

03:24
And then I had to reply and said, Hey, this is Steve from CNN. I want to do a story on it. He replied right away and scheduled a little snobby now with his, uh, know, press mentions, but, uh, so, so it’s been a while. I’m happy to have you back. Uh, it seems like since the pandemic, a lot of changes have happened in your life. Like one, you got jacked and TV all the time. So I’m curious, how are you getting all these TV gigs? Is it just because you’re on their list? you know, honestly,

03:52
The first gig was CNBC. It was inbound. We were talking, we had written a blog post about, you know, the impact of COVID on the supply chain in China. And this was, you know, really like early 2020. I was actually in Japan in January of 2020, like right before COVID, like as the lockdowns were kind of starting to happen. And we wrote this blog post and I posted about it on LinkedIn and like woke up the next morning with one of the producers.

04:21
reaching out to me and saying, hey, would you be open to coming on TV to talk about what’s going on with COVID-19 in China and how that might affect the world? And honestly, the producer and both I didn’t know how quickly it would spread, right? I I thought it was going to be maybe this thing that would have an impact in China for two or three months, not something that would really change the course of e-commerce.

04:49
so many supply chains globally. Well, so I want to talk about the environment right now over there just for sourcing. Yeah, I would say overall it’s back to normal, fortunately. And I think really what we should highlight is just that freight rates are back to normal, right? Because the past, what, 18 months or so, freight rates just went through the roof. mean, you went from paying $3,000 to $4,000 or so a container to, I think, last.

05:19
Yeah, last year I think we had one container where we paid like 21,000 or something. Like it was insane. And like, it was almost unbelievable. And I was talking with our team and I was just like, how is this even like, like, I couldn’t even fathom paying that much for a container, right? It was just unbelievable. And so, you know, I think really the biggest news is that, you know, container prices are now back to normal and they seem to have stabilized.

05:45
And for the most part, would say factory work is back to normal as well. Yeah, and one thing that’s happening though for me, and I’m sure with a lot of people is they’re really jacking up their prices. So what are you seeing on that front? I think the increase in price stems from two things. Number one, and this is kind of the common things that factories will always say, right? Like labor has increased in price and materials have increased in price. I think labor.

06:14
you know, gone up a little bit. You know, it’s really hard to actually get the breakdown of labor per product for, you know, any production run in terms of like if you’re producing, you know, 100,000 units, like what’s the actual labor cost for each unit in that 100,000, you know, 100,000 unit production run. So labor has gone up a bit just because, you know, I think in general, you know, people in China, they, you know, don’t…

06:39
want to work in a factory if they don’t have to, right? I mean, still that is the biggest manufacturing hub in the world. But at the same time, you know, through COVID people have realized, you know, maybe I want to be closer with my family and that’s more important to me. And I’m willing to take, you know, you know, smaller or lower wage job to be closer to family because, know, traditionally in China, people would be at these factories for

07:03
you know, most of the year and go back to see their family for the holidays. Right. And so I think that’s shifted. So I think, it is a bit harder for these factories to employ. And number two, you know, materials, I think, you know, just look at inflation, right, and the cost of, you know, even gas, right? Like that’s gone up quite a bit, as we’ve seen and fluctuated quite a bit. And so I think, you know, materials in general to produce your product has gone up a bit. But, you know,

07:30
I don’t know how much. We’re like 15%, 10, 15%. Yeah, so it is pretty significant. 10, 15%. It is significant. And yeah, I mean, I would say, you know, to counterbalance that, I mean, you can try to negotiate in different ways. I mean, I don’t know if you have payment terms with your factories or if you’ve gone out and tried to, you

07:53
source from different factories. have now. Let’s talk about that actually. So what do you do if your factory, let’s say your factory has jacked up their prices like 25%. What do you do? So if it’s substantial, mean, I think substantial is anything above 10%. It’s substantial. And especially to like once the sales rep or once, you know, whoever you work with at that factory realizes like, okay, you know, we got them 10%. Can we get them 15%, you know, maybe 20? You know, it’s substantial. And so then

08:21
you what I would do is basically start, you know, a process to try to see what another factory would price your product at. So, you know, go out, you’ve got to send the product to them. You obviously can’t ask that factory to send the product to them. That’s a red flag for sure. But people still do that, Steve. Like it’s crazy to me, but people will still say, you know, hey, yeah, I got my factory to send it to this other factory. And it’s just like, number one.

08:48
It’s just like a red flag and such so damaging to the factory relationship that you work so hard to establish. It’s a small community I found like at least they all know each other. Yeah. Yeah. So you have to be really careful of that because you know, number one, they all know each other, especially if it’s a very specialized product, right? So if you have a product that is, you know, very meticulous or very unique, you know, there’s only going to be a certain amount of factories that can produce that. And oftentimes they’re going to be based in the same city or same area.

09:18
And so, I would make the process stem from whoever on your team is handling sourcing, whether it you or your supply chain lead, and make sure it stems from them and not from anyone in Asia, and send a factory that you’ve been able to do diligence, whether if you’ve gotten audit reports from them, you’ve looked at their business license and records, and send them your specs and a sample and ask them to price it out.

09:48
see where they come back at, Because you definitely want to create that competitive nature between your factory and other factories. And I think that’s what happens where a lot of people kind of overlook because they’re so focused in growing their business. And as their business grows, they get these little price increases from their factory and they don’t realize like, wow, I’m producing more product, but I’m paying 15 % more than I was when I first started. Like, how does that make sense?

10:15
When you’re starting your business, maybe you’re producing a thousand units and then now you’ve scaled to mid six or seven figures or higher and you’re producing a hundred thousand units. You 100X your volume and somehow your price went up 15%. It doesn’t really make much sense. You look at just the factory dynamic in your relationship with them and definitely you have to value that. Everyone knows that business in China revolves around relationships.

10:45
but you also need to make sure that you’re producing your product for a competitive rate. so I would say anytime a factory starts to increase your price, I would start a sourcing process and really try to do your best to make sure that your existing factory isn’t involved in that. And if they do find out, I would be honest with them and just say, hey, it’s gotten more expensive for us to acquire customers here. We now are having trouble.

11:14
making a profit with this price increase that you’ve put on our unit costs. And so, you know, now we’re really in limbo trying to lower our costs so we can actually make some money, right? So I always try to steer towards honesty with the factories and just tell them, look, you know, it’s gotten more expensive for us to run our business too. Yeah. You know, you mentioned payment terms earlier. That doesn’t really solve the problem.

11:41
It helps with cash flow. Well, what I was going to say is if you’ve gotten a scale and if you have payment terms with your factory, like let’s say it’s net 30 or, know, typically when you’re starting, you’re, you know, putting 30 % down and 70%, you know, upon shipment or before shipment. And so if you have gotten a point where you have payment terms, you know, maybe you can try to lower your unit price by, you know, to get like getting worse payment terms for yourself actually. saying, you know, hey,

12:10
I’ll pay more of a deposit upfront if I can pay 5 % less in unit costs. If you can make your upfront deposit 50 % instead of 30%, well then you alleviate some of the cash flow challenges that a factory faces. And so maybe they’re willing to give you a better price on your product. So the payment terms that I’m mentioning are, if you have payment terms already, you could try to negotiate those in a way that

12:38
is not necessarily good for your business but could lower your unit cost. And then nowadays there are so many inventory finance software solutions that can help finance your inventory so you don’t have to pay for your goods for net 30 or net 60, whatever it may be. So I think you could even look at solutions that are software based here in America that could help you finance inventory.

13:04
What always makes me a little suspicious is whenever we push back on the price, we can usually get it down like single digit percentages. do you always have to haggle? mean, it just seems like once you’ve been doing business. Yeah, you’ve been there, right? I feel like you haggle for everything over there. You go to the market, you go for, it’s just part of the culture and negotiation process there. And I think too, you look at the way that you’re

13:34
factory workers, like the sales reps there grew up, like they were haggling for fruits and veggies and groceries a lot of times and all this stuff. And so I think it’s just part of the way they negotiate in terms of the haggle culture. And that’s really kind of how it goes. I yeah, it is extremely difficult to get your prices lower and even moving the needle a few percentage points like you’ve done.

14:01
is a step in the right direction. But to get a factory to cut your unit costs by 10 % is really hard. I think the only way you do that is you come to them and say, look, I want to be really honest with you and say, when you increased our prices, the last order by 15%, I was in a challenging situation.

14:24
you know, it cut into our margins where we weren’t really going to make money off this product. And so I went to another factory and they quoted me, you know, 10 % less than what we’re producing for. And I’ve done a test production run with them. You know, they’ve already produced three or 5,000 units or whatever it be of my product. And I know they can produce the same quality product for a much better price. You know, I really value and trust and, you know,

14:51
enjoy working with you and I really want to grow long term with your factory but our business just can’t take on this price increase that you’ve put on our business. And so I just try to be as honest and transparent with them as possible and you know I feel like the hacker culture there kind of it kind of sucks in some ways. You know it’s just how it goes there in terms of negotiations but you know for me I always try to take a very honest and just transparent approach and say look you know

15:20
this price increase that you put on our business just makes it so we aren’t making money on this product. And to a sense, that’s true, right? Because every time you have to pay more for your product or every time you have to pay more to get your product to your customer, that cuts into your margins. at the end of the day, you know, everyone’s in Right? Yeah. Yeah. And everyone, you know, is in business to make money. And if you raise prices, well, does that mean you’re not going to sell as much? You know, there’s so many implications.

15:49
on both sides of the table, but I always try to stand towards transparency and honesty.

15:59
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, How to Achieve Financial Freedom Without Sacrificing What Matters Most, is now available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. I actually just spent three straight days of eight hours each recording the audiobook, and as I was reading it, I couldn’t help but think to myself, this is a pretty darn good book, and I can’t wait to share it with you. I wrote this book because 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. They all preach

16:27
that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. On this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much.

16:57
or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I will share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired,

17:27
of hearing from a bunch of single men or women, or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies, which include a six-week challenge where I will literally help you find your next side hustle. I’m also including my three-day workshop on print-on-demand and a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content.

17:56
Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

18:07
Let me ask you this, Nathan. Is China still the best place to source? mean, can we talk about some of the other countries or depending on what the industry is, textiles, electronics, leather, plastics, metalwork, like what are the best places now? Yeah, it’s a really good question. you know, it’s been so interesting to see this trend towards producing outside of China, right? Like I first saw the spike and I’ve been in China since, you know, early 2010.

18:33
That’s when I started importing from China. So it’s been 12 years now, over 12 years now. China is still the world’s manufacturing hub, but I’ve always seen it go through ebbs and flows. Most recently, the big shift was when the tariff wars came to be and tariffs were being increased and everyone was scrambling, we’ve got to get to Vietnam. We got to move our production outside of China. I kid you not, like…

18:59
we got flooded with requests to how do we get production outside of China and you know, there are some really good countries like Vietnam, India, Pakistan that focus on some great products and have some amazing factories. I think really it depends on the products like you’re saying. So, you know, in Vietnam, as an example, to this date, the biggest factory I’ve personally ever been to was in Vietnam and it was like a mini city of 30,000 factory workers that were at a shoe factory.

19:28
that produced for like Clarks, Adidas and big shoe brands. And it was just, it was mind blowing to see honestly, it was crazy. And I feel like in a lot of these other countries, the factories that have the right audits, like if you’re selling into a big box retailer, the factories that have the right audits, they’re typically positioned to work with much larger brands. The factories that are more kind of mom and pop, that are small, medium size where a lot of factories

19:58
in China are that work with e-commerce brands, they might not have the right audits or certificates to produce your product. so that’s something just to be mindful of in general when looking outside of China. And then think number two is, generally speaking, it’s harder to find a factory that’s reliable outside of China, partially because Alibaba is just a great starting place to find a factory in China. They’ve expanded a lot outside of China now too.

20:28
Same with global sources and all those other marketplaces. I’ve met with their teams in Vietnam multiple times and they really are pushing to expand and they have been expanding there the past few years. But I just think the quality of factories in general is not as high unless you’re producing Fortune 1000 level production runs. But I do think there’s been a shift. A lot of Chinese factories have opened their own facilities and

20:57
Vietnam and Cambodia. But it always goes through different waves. I one wave that I think will continue to trend that’s interesting to me is Mexico. You know, it’s just so close and there’s a lot of good cut and sew there. You know, there’s a lot of good bags and backpacks and leather and even some electronics. So it’s just been really interesting to see that hub grow. And I’ve been spending more more time down there.

21:24
Even from a fulfillment standpoint, if you’re listening and you have a Shopify brand that ships mostly direct to consumer, you should really look into Section 321. It’s going to, in general, save you quite a bit of money. You want to describe what that is for everyone listening? Yeah. Yeah. So Section 321 is this really cool, useful law that brands like Taylor Guitars and major Fortune 1000 brands utilize where they basically import their products

21:53
into Mexico and then they warehouse them in Mexico and they ship them one by one to their end customer into America and because the value of each shipment is under $800, they don’t pay import tax. They pay tariffs on those goods and so they save just a lot of money not having to pay tariffs. So the question is, how do you find like a 3PL or something over there? Is there like a director?

22:22
Yeah, if you want to reach out to me, I mean, I know a ton of them down there, like there’s Baja fulfillment, there’s, I want to say IBEX fulfillment. There’s quite a few. know even Shipmonk. of IBEX. Okay. Oh, Shipmonk. Yeah, course, Shipmonk. Yeah, and then Shipmonk is another big one that opened a facility down there. So, you know, I think it’s becoming more common practice for e-commerce brands that are, you know, mid-size. you know, if you’re importing a million dollars worth of product, like,

22:52
you’re probably spending quite a bit on duties and tariffs. So it’s worthwhile to check out. That could be an additional low six figures or so in your pocket, right? Yeah. What about finding the manufacturers? Is there a nice directory down there also or no? I wish. I wish there was a nice directory. I think the key is just networking down there, right? I think especially too, even if you start with

23:20
trying to find a fulfillment center down there and then talk to your fulfillment center and say, hey, are there opportunities or options to produce my product in Mexico? It’s all through networking down there and relationships, that’s for sure. And really down there, you’ve got to go explore yourself and look at these facilities yourself. And it’s an easy trip, like you can fly into San Diego and drive across the border. Yeah, exactly. It’s fun too.

23:49
I think there’s a lot of opportunity there. And definitely, think, in general, think production will start to shift more and more outside of China. I think the political nature has always been a little iffy just the past five, 10 years and kind of continues to be a bit shaky. And now, especially, just see kind of what’s going on with the macro environment in terms of the war in Ukraine and what side is China on.

24:17
all of that, it’s, you know, really has, I think, vast implications that a lot of, you know, e-commerce brands need to be, need to look out for. I, I tried looking for suppliers in Mexico and I actually found this sourcing agent who had, you know, lot of connections with tech. They do textiles very well down there. I got a couple of quotes back and it was cheaper than the U S but it was still pretty significantly more expensive than China. And this is just a small sample set, obviously.

24:47
What are the prices that you would expect to see from Mexico for textiles? Yeah, general, think on average, it’s going to be a bit more pricey than China, but your freight costs should be lower. So you’ve got to look at your actual landed costs. So unit price, I think in general, is going to be a bit higher than China. But your landed costs might be somewhat around the same.

25:14
At the end of the day too, just your access and hopefully turnaround time to actually get that product into your warehouse or to your customer should be a lot faster. And so I guess your bet when moving into Mexico is can I pay somewhat the same for this product, but can my lead times be a lot quicker? Instead of having to wait three or six months or whatever it be, depending on your production run in China, can I get this done in Mexico in less than two months?

25:44
And so that should free up a lot of cash as well. So I would look at the whole picture, right? Like at Sourceify, when we look at your supply chain, we look at price, quality, and lead time, right? Whenever you switch factories, you always want to produce a product with the same or higher quality. You want your price to be around the same. But I think in general, we try to look at the landed price versus just the unit cost. And then lead time.

26:10
You know, typically always the rule of thumb is you know, the faster the better as long as quality doesn’t fade. Sometimes hard to quantify that but yeah. Actually, I’m curious, how do you factor that into the calculations? I mean, that’s been really hard to do the past, you know, two and a half, three years with freight rates just being through the roof and now they’ve seemed to stabilize and gone back down. But you know, obviously if you had been producing in Mexico when container rates were, you know, $20,000 like

26:39
your landed costs would be a lot cheaper than they were getting them from China, right? And so I think you’ve got to look at the past three or five years and see, well, how much is it actually going to cost from fulfillment standpoint or freight standpoint to get my product to my end customer? I think you got to look at your strategy as a whole, right? Can you even tie in your 3PL costs if you’re at a scale where you might want to explore section 321? Yeah.

27:09
We always try to look at the whole picture, but I would just look at what’s on average the past two years, what I’ve been paying to get my product to my warehouse and what I’ve been paying to get my product from my warehouse to my customer and just do an average of that and say, okay, if I’m paying 10 % more unit cost or 20 % more unit cost to produce it in Mexico, but my freight costs go down by 50%,

27:38
Net net, you what am I actually looking at? Right? I’ve been in terms of like time though, like if it’s like one month versus three months, that’s a little harder to quantify. I guess it just depends on when you actually need the product, right? Yeah, I it depends on when you need the product and like what cashflow position your business is in. Right? So, you know, if you have a high margin product, then know, cashflow might not be as big a concern. But you know, if your product is, you know, lower margin and most your

28:06
Volume was your sales come during the holiday season like you know might be interesting to look into Mexico and say okay I’m willing to pay you know potentially a bit more but free up a lot of cash So I don’t have cash tied up for my holiday order for six months in China and said only have it tied up for you know two months in Mexico You mentioned It’s all about networking and doing your own legwork like how does someone who’s never sourced from Mexico?

28:33
You mentioned talking to like some of the fulfillment centers down there and see, you know, where you can get things done. what’s another way? Like you can’t just go down to Mexico and just drive randomly, right? So what would you do? The two key ways, Steve, are you got to number one, eat a lot of tacos, number two, drink a lot of cervezas. No wonder they ask you to go on the big news networks. No, I mean, honestly, I would reach out to different sourcing agents down there, different fulfillment centers down there.

29:02
Say you’re interested in producing a product there and almost go through a similar sourcing process as you would in China, but in Mexico. I think because there aren’t really any go-to marketplaces there where you can find a directory of factories, most of your relationships are going to stem from an agent or just someone in between. But at the end of the day, it’s pretty easy for you to go down and just visit the facility and make a trip out of it, right? Maybe try to visit…

29:32
three to five different facilities and enjoy some time on the beach, right? Yeah, yeah. know, tariffs are still a thing. Do you have any insights on whether they’re going to go away? You know, we’ll see, right? There was just the midterm elections yesterday. I mean, we’ll see what the political environment makes of this whole situation. It doesn’t seem like it’s been a big focal point in the elections, kind of in politics right now.

30:02
keep a super strong pulse on politics, but in terms of tariffs, I keep a close eye on that. I think it’s just going to be interesting to see how the relationship between America and China moves forward. I think we’re so intertwined both in terms of China being a manufacturing hub for America and as well as American debt. China owns so much of our debt.

30:32
interesting dynamic to see how our two countries are intertwined. And even during COVID, right, I think one of the biggest lessons and, you know, just takeaways from COVID is, you know, really the medical world and most the world saw how reliant they were on China to produce not only medicine, but you know, all the PPE equipment, right? Like it was crazy for the past two and a half years, you know, getting masks and gloves and all that. I mean, we didn’t

30:59
you know, source any PPE equipment, we decided to stay out of that. But at the end of the day, it was just pretty, I think, eye opening for most of the world to realize like, wow, like China literally produces all of this product. And if they, for whatever reason, decide to, you know, turn off their, you know, manufacturing, then where’s the world going to get this product? And even like, like medicine, right? Like so many of the, you know, pills and all of that, that people

31:28
Take our made overseas or even if they aren’t made overseas a lot of the raw material stems from there as well You know, it’s funny We’ve we’ve placed a couple orders where the shipment actually more actually comes from like Vietnam It’s it’s like owned by the Chinese and they just started their own facilities in other countries. I think to help their customers avoid the tariffs Altogether. Yeah. Yeah, definitely. That’s another trend as well, right? Especially, know in 2018 when there were

31:56
the tariff wars, a lot of Chinese factories tried to open up facilities in Vietnam or Cambodia and a lot of them have been successful at that. So I think definitely, you know, at a large scale, it makes sense. I’m curious. So you placed an order through your factory in China and the shipments then from Vietnam? And the shipment came from a different country. Yeah. And then we were planning on having to pay more customs, but then our customs agent was like, oh yeah, it was much lower.

32:25
It was the first time that it happened. Actually, there’s other sketchy things. That one’s not sketchy, but there’s been other sketchy things when… Well, let’s ask. So, was the country of origin on the bill of landing, was it China or Vietnam? It wasn’t China. It wasn’t China. Yeah. So, part’s not sketchy, but… Well, it is sketchy if those goods were produced in China. Maybe they weren’t produced in China. Well, you should know that if it’s your product, Well, let me tell you something that’s actually kind of sketchy.

32:53
We recently placed like a smaller order, it wasn’t a container. And the sourcing agent, you know, lumped our stuff in with someone else’s container. But then the customs duty that we ended up paying, and we didn’t have visibility into this because they handled the whole thing, ended up being significantly less than what we normally pay. How’s that possible? Yeah, so they probably lumped your goods in with the other good that, you know, we’re probably

33:21
Like a different HS code? Yeah, a different HS code. That was a lot less. So yeah, that happens. It’s definitely not correct, but especially when containers are consolidated where you didn’t have a full container load and it was shipped with another product that has a different HS code. It’s easier for the factory if they’re shipping it and it’s easier for the customs agents to be like, all this is under this code and there you go.

33:50
Yeah, okay, so that’s probably what happened then. If you’re like a small business, let’s say like six or seven figures, smaller business, is China still your best bet? Because you mentioned the other countries, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Vietnam, yeah. I would say, you number one, it depends on your product category. I think if it’s very like, if it’s a technical product, they’re very, you meticulous, like very detailed, like China’s probably gonna be your best bet to start. And I do think and it’s true that China has

34:18
the biggest hub of factories that are small, medium-sized that cater to these six, seven-figure brands. If you take a six or seven-figure footwear brand and go to Vietnam, the factories might not even respond to you just because your order size is too small for them. They don’t mean any disrespect by any means, but their business is catered towards large brands that are producing a million-plus units a year, not 100,000.

34:47
So it’s just a different dynamic I feel like in terms of size of factory. But there are a lot of factories that are small, medium size outside of China. just would be very cautious of the quality control standards that they have because having personally been to lot of factories in Vietnam and the Philippines and all over Southeast Asia, just the process and the factory floor I think in general isn’t quite at the standard that

35:17
of Chinese factories are at. So what would you advise then? So certain countries are better at certain things, right? So you mentioned Vietnam, Pakistan, Bangladesh. What do they specialize in? Like, what are good types of products to source from there specifically? Yeah, yeah, I mean, I would say like, India, as an example, is very good at like

35:40
You know, they can do very good cutting. So they can do a lot of like crafty like furniture type of items too. They can do some good sporting equipment like Pakistan is great for leather and sporting equipment. You know, China is mostly like anything, you know, more technical. Like they can do anything for the most part. Like I know we’re doing like some pretty cool. I’ve gotten a little bit in the golf thing. We’re doing some pretty cool golf clubs there right now. It’s pretty awesome. Sorry, this is in which country?

36:08
China. But I think in general, there’s going to be different types of factories in each country. But what you’ll notice is that most cities have a hub for a certain type of factories, Watch factories all stem from a certain city, like outside Shenzhen, for watches. And you’ll just find that a lot of factories that focus on specific products are going to be based in a similar area.

36:37
And that I think a lot of times stems from a manager at a factory wanting to just go out and start his own factory. And he’s just going to go start it in a similar area because he knows that’s where he can get the raw materials to produce that product. I’m asking specifically about countries outside of China, though. Where would I even start if I wanted to make something in Bangladesh, for example? Yeah, mean, Pakistan is good for sporting goods and leather.

37:06
We’ve done quite a few different production runs of different types of sporting goods and leather equipment there. India is great for anything that’s craft-oriented or furniture. There’s no directory, right? Yeah. Yeah, there’s not a real directory. You can try to search global sources or Alibaba based on that country, but not a ton is going to come up. Really, it’s just a matter of… If you know a similar brand that’s importing out of that country, you could always look at the import records and see if you could

37:36
you know, backtrack that way or number two, you know, find a sourcing agent or, you know, a source over there because I think a lot of the sourcing work in those countries really happens on the ground floor. Okay. I mean, it’s not like I would actually fly to those places. Compared to China where I, know, find an agent or find someone that, you know, you know, over there that can source locally for you. You know, if you have a

38:03
a who has a family member or something like that. I mean, that’s a good starting point. How do you feel about those import records actually? Do you guys end up using those? First of all, describe what you’re talking about and then. Yeah, yeah, so I mean, I think it’s a lot of companies have tried to kind of hide their import records in terms of where they’re actually importing from in today’s world because it has become pretty common for people to backtrack. basically you could.

38:31
look up a brand that is similar to yours and look up their import records on, you know, there’s so many different tools out there nowadays, but you you could basically look up their import records and see who is the exporter of record and see if it’s the factory and, know, then basically search for that factory online. I know, doesn’t Jungle Scout have a tool that does that? Jungle Scout has it now. There’s a free one called Import Yeti. Yeah.

38:58
I think the other ones like Import Genius and Pangeva, you have to pay a lot for those and now it’s, all they’re doing is parsing free data, For Right, exactly. Yeah. mean, at end of the day, it’s free data. They just make it look nice, right? But yeah, that’s another good starting point. If you know a brand that’s importing from one of those countries, probably the first thing I would do is try to look up their import records and see if I can backtrack to find what that factory is.

39:25
And if not, try to find a local agent or someone locally that can help you source from that country. Yeah, okay. So what are you seeing now just in the overall e-commerce landscape right now in terms of sourcing and pricing, just as an aggregate, since you guys have visibility, yeah? Totally, as an aggregate, I would say there has been price increases over the past, let’s call it three years in terms of unit costs, both due to

39:54
labor wages going up and actual raw material going up. Freight rates have now stabilized. You should be paying, I would say, around $4,000 for a container or less. Thankfully, that’s back to normal. I think the future is pretty stable right now. think factories in general are probably seeing less demand this holiday season than the past two years. Even a lot of these big box retailers are over-inventoried, so they have

40:23
just too much stock and so they aren’t producing as much as either. So I would actually say next year and the following two or three years prices should, they shouldn’t go up. If anything, they should come down a little bit because big box retailers have slowed down in terms of what they’re producing and they have too much inventory right now. So on their books, even if you look at Walmart, Publicly Trader, you can look at their balance sheet and see the inventory that they have. It’s pretty drastic, right?

40:51
They aren’t turning inventory as fast as they did the past two years. And so from a macro economic standpoint, they’ve slowed down. so even small, medium-sized factories that most six, seven-figure brands are going to produce with, prices should not go up because demand just isn’t there. And even from an e-commerce brand standpoint, a lot of our customers at Sourceify, their holiday orders weren’t quite as big as last year or even the year before.

41:19
in general just because you know e-commerce just had a crazy uptick during COVID and you know, it’s still growing but just not at the growth rate that it was Yeah, yeah, and then if you do end up getting some price increases you can use some of the techniques I guess that you outlined

41:40
Yeah, I would say that’s a great starting point. Try to see what’s going on. I would be surprised though, in this market if a factory tries to increase your price, mean, it just wouldn’t make sense from a macroeconomic standpoint because demand has slowed down, right? E-commerce is still growing, but at the end of the day, it’s not growing as fast as it was the past two years, right? And so these factories the past two years probably got…

42:08
know, slammed with different sourcing requests. But now they’ve seen a lot of their main customers like yourself, you know, they aren’t producing, you know, as much, you know, this Q4 as they were, you know, last Q4. Yeah. You know, it’s funny is, I think every single business I’ve ever started was during a downturn. I feel like it’s like the best time. Things tend to be cheaper, labor tends to be cheaper, like there’s a whole bunch of layoffs in my area. In theory, it should be much easier to find cheaper workers now. So

42:38
Yeah, is more affordable. I completely agree. mean, I think, you know, in a downturn, it’s a great time to start a business. know, talent in general is more affordable. There’s going to be less competition and advertising is going to be less competitive as well because less people are going to be willing to spend money to run ads. You know, even the big Fortune 500 that, you know, are taking up a lot of ad space aren’t running as many ads either.

43:06
know, CPM rates, know, cost per thousand impressions should go down as well. So it is, you know, a great time to start a business in a downturn because like you said, talent’s more affordable, advertising should be less expensive and, you know, hopefully factory’s not gonna try to, you know, increase your price. Yeah. Cool. And I know they actually, the iOS update kind of hurt a lot of the demand for like the smaller players.

43:33
which should affect order. yeah, overall, I feel pretty bullish, especially if you guys are listening out there and you’re looking to get started. yeah, mean, iOS was crazy, right? Like, yeah, my, we should come back in like a year or two and see, but my bet is Apple is going to create its own advertising product. And that’s why they had the iOS 14 update that messed up tracking, you know, for everyone advertising on Facebook and other ad platforms. So.

44:02
I bet you Steve in the next year or two, Apple will have its own ad platform. And then I’m a little scared like if this whole metaverse takes off and then you know meta takes over all that space, we’re have everyone wearing goggles all the time. That scares me more actually.

44:22
Yeah, Steve, your kids will be playing volleyball in the metaverse. You won’t have to go drive around and take them to all their games, right? It’s not that Park City, Nathan. You can just ski in your goggles, Yeah, exactly. It’s crazy. mean, that’s a whole other thing, right? And maybe all these e-commerce brands will be selling products in the metaverse now. Exactly. Or even digital products, Like virtual products. exactly.

44:51
Yeah, you’ll transition your brand to a virtual brand. Well, Nathan, I appreciate you coming on, man. I know you had to turn down a couple of Fox News, CNN gigs to come on here today. So I appreciate it. But thank you. I’ll see you soon. Let’s do it.

45:11
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now the truth is, is that 2023 has been a tough year for a lot of companies heading into the recession and you should be able to negotiate with your suppliers. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 448. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you guys in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellerssummit.com.

45:40
That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dev. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash dev. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

46:08
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

447: $0 – $1M In A Year: How To Sell Products For Doodles With Garrett Yamasaki

447:  How Selling Pet Products For Doodles Made Garrett Yamasaki A Millionaire In One Year

Today, I have a very special guest on the show, Garrett Yamazaki. Garrett initially started out with a blog, making money with ads and affiliate marketing when he decided that he was leaving a lot of money on the table.

So he decided to give private label a try and managed to make over a million dollars in less than a year. In this episode, we’ll learn how he did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make millions selling pet products
  • A blueprint for Garrett’s content machine
  • How to transitioning from creating content to selling your own private label products

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Garrett Yamazaki. And Garrett is someone who started out blogging and making money as an affiliate and then decided to sell his own private label brands and going the e-commerce route with his pet site, welovedoodles.com, allowed him to make seven figures in just a single year. So in this episode, we’ll learn how he did it. But before we begin,

00:29
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

00:56
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every night. And I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves into a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. And if you want to know what some of the talks are about, they are all posted on the sellersummit.com website.

01:27
That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a lot of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:56
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:26
the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:47
Welcome to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Garrett Yamasaki on the show. Now, Garrett is a member of my mastermind group that I’m in and he is killing it online. He runs welovedoodles.com, which is a site that sells pet products for doodles. But here’s what’s amazing about Garrett. He started out with content and making money with ads and as an affiliate marketer on Amazon. But instead of just getting a measly 4 % cut from Amazon, he decided to private label his own products

03:17
and pretty much started making seven figures within a year. Now, incidentally, this is actually one of the best ways to start an e-commerce business. Have an audience beforehand, understand what sells, and then create a product that is guaranteed to sell. Now, in this episode, we’re gonna learn how Garrett created this content machine to sell his product. And this man literally generates over 400,000 words per month and gets over 1 million page views per month. And with that, welcome to the show, Garrett. How you doing today?

03:46
Thanks Steve, thanks for having me. Doing good. So those numbers sound unbelievable. Did I get them correct? Yeah, we’re definitely on track to do probably, yeah, north of 7- the word count. 400,000 words, 1 million visitors per month. Yeah, that’s correct. Some months we can fluctuate between over 500,000, but 400,000 has probably been the average per month. That’s nuts.

04:11
So I gotta ask this upfront, Garrett, do you truly love doodles or was this kind of like a niche you went into just for the opportunity? Yeah, so this whole thing started as a side project back in 2018 when I was actually looking to purchase a dog. And specifically my wife wanted a golden doodle. So that was something that I spent days researching and there was no really authority site and there was no way to really tell whether a breeder was reputable.

04:40
not and so This is what spurred me to make the website as more of a hobby and aside project back then and yeah We have a one golden doodle now. He’s three and a half. So you started this With the without the intention of selling physical products. Is that correct? Yeah, so I’ve always been a web guy. I consider myself an expert in search engine optimization. Okay but that yeah just for fun hobby website that

05:09
to help other people find dogs and then what do know it takes off? Well, so let me ask you this. So when you started it, you said as a hobby, was the intention to make money? The intention was to hopefully make my money back from buying a domain name and paying for hosting, but that was about it. Okay. All right. And then what was your traffic source, not traffic source, what was your income sources before the physical products part?

05:39
Yeah, so the physical products part we just started this year. My primary income has always been through ads and then other private affiliates. And then of course like some marketing and advertising. But majority of the money has always come through ads on AdThrive. Okay. Are you willing to reveal just like for a 1 million visit site, how much would you make on ads like through AdThrive? Yeah, so it definitely depends on what niche you’re in.

06:09
I’m in the dog niche, which is probably middle of the pack. think like finance or other niches will make a lot more. But generally speaking, Ad Drive pays me around $40 for every 1000 page views. Oh, that’s actually pretty high. Yeah, it’s not low, but it’s definitely not high on the higher end. know like some finance guys are making close to 200 per thousand. Yeah, if you’re in the business space, then certainly that’s what you’ll get.

06:38
And then in terms of Amazon affiliate, was that like a large portion of your revenue or was that kind of in the noise? Amazon affiliate was five digits of revenue on the lower end. But yeah, was nothing. It was maybe around 20 % of my revenue. 20 % of your revenue. So when did you decide to make the shift? And how did you know you wanted to make that shift? Because it’s a big jump.

07:07
Yeah, so basically every month when I consolidate my income, you would download the Amazon affiliate report and it would kind of tell you, look, here’s the ASIN in the product that you’re selling. And I noticed that one specific product in particular was generating like 20 % of the sales. So that’s when I kind of had this thing where, oh, Amazon is only paying me 3 % affiliate commission on this product. Why don’t I…

07:37
see if I can source it from Alibaba and then sell, you know, make your margins are gonna be a lot higher. So I think my margins are around 60 % now. So walk me through that process. So you started out with Alibaba and you just did a search for that product. I’m curious as someone who just did this for the first time, how many suppliers did you contact? What was your experience like? Yeah, so I contacted every supplier that was on Alibaba.

08:04
I think anyone who’s used Alibaba probably knows that majority of the people aren’t a manufacturer. only two or three of the companies that I contacted were actually manufacturers and I probably contacted around 10 or 12. And so the ones that I kind of trusted and started messaging back and forth and I ordered samples from and yeah, I kind of just took it from there. But I just wanted to private label a product.

08:33
An existing one or did you make changes to it? So we did make changes to it. In case there was a patent or anything, we did a patent research check but I just wanted to make changes to the handle to the physical molding of the product and that doesn’t cost too much. I think it was like maybe $1,500 so we did make a couple changes before launching the How big was your initial order?

09:01
My initial order, I think was 500 units. Oh, that’s it. Okay. Yeah. And these were like $4 a piece. Cause I’m trying to just think like you’re doing five figures in Amazon affiliate and that translates probably to a ton of units. Certainly more than 500, right? Yeah, certainly more than 500. yeah, I was, yeah. But you only decided to get 500 just to kind of play it safe or? Play it safe. I’ve never done any physical products before. Okay.

09:29
And so I didn’t know what my capability was from selling, but as you can guess, that 500 quickly sold out and then, you know, it says out of stock on Amazon for, it probably said that for like two, three months. Yeah. can get my next shipment in. So how big was your next shipment? It was for 22,500. And of course, after I sold through that, it had the out of stock box again. And then ever since then, my minimum order has always been 5,000. And then

09:59
Now it’s minimum 10,000. 10,000, okay. All right. And then did you ever, I know your experience with Amazon has been pretty smooth thus far, but in terms of just getting reviews, complaints, customer service, has it been pretty smooth for you? FBA, all that stuff? It’s been pretty smooth. Anyone who complains, I just give them a full refund. Yeah. Just because like one negative review will hurt you a lot more than any. Yeah.

10:28
Absolutely. So I just give everybody a refund if they have anything and I’ll ship them a extra product and I’m trying to make them happy. And then right now, right now at least most of your sales come from Amazon, right? Not from your own site and or any other platform. Correct. Yeah. So we had this really big website. It was getting over a million page views. And then in these affiliate articles, like let’s just say like the

10:58
affiliate articles like best dog brush. I would put myself number one in the article and then just have an Amazon link. So people will click the link and buy my product on Amazon. Right. And then you’re still getting the affiliate cut at the same time, right? We are still getting the affiliate cut. Nice. So this is all additive revenue. Yes, correct. Essentially. Nice. Okay. All right. Let’s talk about the interesting stuff now, which is the content machine that you’ve created. Let’s start.

11:25
At the very beginning, I know now you have like a team of writers and editors and that sort of thing. But were you writing all your own content in the beginning? Yeah, for the first six months, I was writing all my own content. So I think back when I started in 2018, I would write in the morning and then I would hit publish by the nighttime after my job was done. So I would try to pump out at least one article per day. And this was like around 1,500 words.

11:51
That’s nuts. You were writing 1,500 articles per day. Can you walk me through like what I know a lot of people who probably have pet blogs don’t get any traffic from Google. What is your keyword research guidelines and process? Yeah, I think my competitive advantage here is that I feel like I’m very good at keyword research. Okay. I target very low competition and relatively low volume.

12:22
Now that my domain is very big, I can target high volume keywords, but in the beginning, we were targeting very low volume keywords and what’s the volume? Low volume was probably anything less than 100 or 200 search. Oh, really? Wow. Okay. You use Ahrefs, right? I use both Ahrefs and Semrush. I probably use more nowadays. Oh, interesting. Can you just real quick, can you comment on I’m an Ahrefs lover, so I’m just curious what advantages SEMrush has over Ahrefs.

12:51
I don’t think it has any particular advantages. I think recently in the last like five months, Ahrefs like up the price and then now it’s like every time you search and yes, you run out of credits like really really quickly. So yes, that’s correct. I’m just doing a basic search. SEMrush is free on everything after you pay the monthly fee, right? Got it. Got it. Okay. So in terms of like the difficulty scores, do you actually even use that number or?

13:20
Difficulty score is just a reference. So of course, like if you see something like in the green, like for Ahrefs, I think it’s like less than 10 and then SEMrush it’s less than 20. It’s going to show up like green where it’s easy to target. That’s more of just a point of reference. I always will Google search the website and see the website results and see who is ranking there. And like you can quickly tell.

13:47
If you use like Moz, DABar, any other apps that you have on your Google searches, it’ll tell you kind of if it’s an authority site or not. What are you looking for in particular? You’re looking at their domain authority or the URL authority when you’re judging whether it’s easy to rank against? I guess it’s a lot of things nowadays, but if you kind of break it down, you search for it. The first thing that you will always check is like domain authority. Like if it’s New York Times and you’re just starting a blog, you’re not going to…

14:16
you’re not going to outrank them regardless of how long the article is. I also look at content length. If it’s a forum like Reddit and it’s like 100 word post, you can easily outrank them. So domain authority doesn’t mean anything in that case. It’s more like comprehensive. And then I also check relevancy because I’m a huge believer in semantic SEO or topical authority.

14:43
you have like a golden doodle blog but you’re talking about like microphones, there’s no relevancy and there’s no topical authority so if I can see like more of a general blog in there it’s very easy to outrank them regardless of how well written their content is. So even if it’s like the New York Times and it’s not topically relevant to the query you’ll still go after it? Sorry for the New York Times I won’t but if it’s like a lower DA blog targeting something that

15:12
Like is not in their domain name or really their authority then I’ll target them but New York Times like There’s a lot of that. Yeah, you can’t outrank them Well, do you still go for even if it’s like just one big like what’s your threshold? Like how many big sites on the front page before you say hey I’m just not gonna go for this if I can’t rank in the top three. I won’t do it. Oh really kind of my okay That was my strategy in the beginning. Yeah nowadays. Okay, I can target a lot

15:39
higher volume keywords just because I have the domain authority. it’s like nowadays I can outrank the New York Times if they’re trying to get in my niche per se. Sure. Okay, well, let’s just talk about the beginning. So you’re going for stuff that’s like in the hundreds in terms of monthly search volume. And then you always do a search and you determine whether the comprehensiveness as well as domain authority of your competition and topical relevancy. Correct. Those are kind of the main criteria.

16:10
And word count, okay. So in terms of word count, it’s not really the words that you’re looking for, right? Are you looking at the comprehensiveness? Yeah, so there’s like a plug. just a byproduct, right? Yeah, word count is kind of just a byproduct, right? Like if we’re talking about, like, let’s say how big is a golden doodle going to get, and then like you can quickly see there’s plugins that you can download and they’ll show you the word count of an article. And if the article is only 500 words,

16:39
then they’re probably not answering the query to the fullest extent. And so that article should probably be closer to 1,500 words. So if you write something longer, more comprehensive, and more thorough, then Google will rank you higher. So that particular example that you just gave sounds like it’d be like a snippet entry, right? Where you just write something kind of short and you go for the snippet. Would you write 1,500 words on that topic that you use as an example? Yeah, I think minimum nowadays, I…

17:09
only do around 1500 words. I guess, it’s probably not the best example because that would be more of a snippet, you know, like longer form research articles. Okay. And in the beginning, were you doing any link building or were you just trying to pump out the content? In the beginning, you don’t need, you honestly don’t need to do any link building if you are doing your keyword research correctly. Okay.

17:37
In beginning I wasn’t, nowadays, yeah, it’s a significant portion, yeah. At least 10 % of what I’m doing nowadays. So in terms of keyword research, so you start out writing stuff, targeting like the simpler stuff, like how do you know when to start increasing the volume and the difficulty of the keywords? Like what are your gradations, know, when you can think you can go for more? So I’m always constantly experimenting. In the beginning you’re always gonna be

18:07
going after low competition keywords but let’s say like after a year of blogging and you’re getting regular traffic you know you’re getting some natural links built to your website you should be always constantly testing difficulty in seeing who you can outrank so like I would always be targeting like a really really hard keyword that’s maybe like a thousand plus just informational article and then still like a medium maybe it’s like five hundred searches and then majority is still always going to be the low volume

18:37
keywords even today but it’s the low volume keyword threshold probably changed to like 300 minimum per month. Really? It’s still that low for you today? Yeah, it’s low because majority of the searches like if you look and do the research everybody is going to click on the number one position I think it’s like top three positions are 93 % right?

19:04
and I always want to be number one. And so that’s kind of what I target, But I would still say 15 % of my articles are really, hard. And then 30 % are medium. But a majority are still these low competition keywords that not many people are writing.

19:28
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, How to Achieve Financial Freedom Without Sacrificing What Matters Most, is now available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. I actually just spent three straight days of eight hours each recording the audiobook, and as I was reading it, I couldn’t help but think to myself, this is a pretty darn good book, and I can’t wait to share it with you. I wrote this book because 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. They all preach

19:56
that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. On this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much.

20:26
or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I will share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired,

20:56
of hearing from a bunch of single men or women, or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. Join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies, which include a six-week challenge where I will literally help you find your next side hustle. I’m also including my three-day workshop on print-on-demand and a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content.

21:25
Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:36
And this is for the listeners. How do you avoid getting discouraged? let’s say you’re targeting these simple keywords and you’re still not ranking for them. Like, can you give like some sort of guidelines in the timeframe so that you kind of know whether you’re not doing things correctly? Like when did you start seeing traffic? It’s hard to say because I also started on an expired domain name. I didn’t really have much authority, but you know, if you buy brand new, if you buy a brand new domain name and you start publishing,

22:06
this what people believe is the sandbox and you’re basically stuck in a regardless uh… for probably like three to six months and so i would say that you know if you start blogging and you don’t see any traffic after four months five months you’re probably doing something wrong uh… whether you’re targeting it difficulty score too high air you know but you should definitely see your rankings increase maybe you’ll be like just out of the first page of google right on but you should definitely see changes

22:35
whether it’s a positive or a negative way. So expired domains still work, huh? Yes, and I kind of unintentionally had bought my domain name and I didn’t know it was expired at the time. It was just somebody had previously used it. Interesting. Well, let me ask you this question since we going off on this tangent. Would you recommend, like if you bought an expired domain, looking through the way back machine, finding out which articles they were wrecking for and then recreating that on the new

23:04
Yeah, that’s a good question. I would, if you have the funds to purchase an expired domain name, I would a hundred percent start with an expired domain name today just because I’m not going to be waiting that six months to three to six months to start ranking. So I would a hundred percent start on an expired domain name. There’s pros and cons to both. Well, what are the cons? Yeah. So cons is Google picks it up, right? It wasn’t the original website. It wasn’t the original content. And then, you know, you’re probably,

23:34
at a higher risk of being penalized. Okay. I don’t know if I’ve ever heard of that happening to anyone, but I guess it’d be like a silent penalty, right? You wouldn’t even know. Yeah, it’s more of a silent penalty. I have a few websites that I’ve built and then yeah, they’ve gotten penalties and then there’s ways to mitigate it. Like you can 301 redirect on a new domain name. There’s different things you can do, but you are definitely at a higher risk of

24:04
likely being penalized versus starting by penalty you mean like not a penalty in Search Console, right? Oh like it wasn’t getting any traction. Sorry, not a penalty in Search Console but a penalty in the algorithm updates. Got it. usually does two per year this year they’ve done so many algorithm updates. I know, it’s like every month now I feel. Okay, you still recommend doing it that way though? If you have the funds I would definitely start on an expired domain. With an expired domain, okay.

24:34
So you’re pumping out these articles one per day, which in my opinion is kind of unsustainable. So at what point did you start getting help? So everything, my motto has always been everything that I make, I’ll put back into a blog, put back into the blog because it’s kind of, it was just a side project at this time. I didn’t need the funds. I was kind of working in tech. So everything that I made, I put back in and I noticed that I started making a decent amount of money virtually like five to six months after. Then I was like, okay.

25:03
What’s a good amount of money, like early on? I think it was making like $100 a month. I mean that’s not that much, like to a lot of people just starting a blog and you know you’re monetizing with like Ezoic or some really bottom of the barrel ad agency. Yeah. Like $100 per month was pretty good. Okay. So then I would just, I just invested all that money back and a lot of my own money too just because I saw the potential and started hiring writers. And so I originally started hiring writers off Upwork and

25:33
pro blogger. But a hundred bucks is not enough to fund that right? So we’re talking just like maybe supplementing like one article a week you mean? Yeah definitely. So I was still writing my own. Yeah I was writing for several months and then this would supplement my publishing schedule so maybe we can get instead of one article per day just me writing you know we can get like 1.5 articles or like every other day I can publish one from a writer too. And then you were publishing your own meaning like you were writing and editing it right?

26:03
I was writing and editing it. editing, wow. Okay, and then do you use images in your posts? Do you think it matters? Yeah, images matter, yeah. Okay. I use images as just like placeholders to keep the flow going. Do you actually, do you have like a special image strategy for your publication? I wouldn’t say it’s a special strategy, but we have a featured image. I think it has to be over 1,250 pixels wide in order to be shown in the image thing.

26:32
But then we have images throughout the article with where we can kind of plug keywords in as well, like the alt text and things like that for SEO purposes. Here’s a question for you. I’ve I always do that as a best practice, but the traffic from images never seemed to be substantial for me. Is that like a significant traffic source for you? It’s not a significant traffic source for me. Probably like 2%.

26:59
2%, 1%, 2 % and that’s basically people looking, you know, they type in a query like maybe they want to see like black golden doodle, right? And then they’ll go to images first. Maybe they’ll click on my images, but that’s the only traffic, but it’s not more of a traffic source as it is to help your article rank. Interesting. Okay. Yeah, that makes sense. That makes sense. I know for your stuff, it’s much more graphical. For my stuff, business doesn’t really have imagery associated with it. Yeah.

27:28
as much. okay, so you’re moving along, every money, every like scent that you make, you kind of reinvest back in your business. What was your so your first hire was probably like a writer? Definitely a writer. Yeah. So your first several are going to be a writer. And then when did you start getting an editor? So I got an editor when I realized that I couldn’t publish the articles myself, like it needed more

27:57
additional. So I would say that I probably didn’t hire an editor as the next hire. So you’re going to hire a set of writers first. And then think the next thing that makes logical sense is you’re going to hire a virtual assistant just because they are very low cost and you can tell them what to do, like upload images, like internal link. And then maybe the next step is you hire an editor after you realize that you can’t start publishing articles or you have a backlog of articles.

28:26
and then the editor will kind of proofread, add text where needed and kind of optimize the article using… You mentioned backlog, I’m just curious what your publishing frequency is. Do you publish more than once a day? Yeah, for the portfolio of my websites, we’re definitely publishing more than once per day. Per website, you’re publishing more than once per day? Yeah, we’re definitely publishing more than once per day. think we’re probably publishing 150 articles per month throughout my whole portfolio of websites.

28:56
Wow, It’s probably about five per day. least five per day. Okay. I mean, amount technically doesn’t matter, right? I mean, there’s no penalty for publishing like 100 a day if you could. Is that what you’re Yeah, there’s no penalty for publishing more. Yeah, but they have been cracking down on like AI content, which I don’t use. Well, that’s another rabbit hole. Do you use any AI content? I don’t believe that I use any AI content, but I mean, we have like 30 writers and we go through a lot of agencies, you know, and we’re testing.

29:26
Mainly the easy check is plagiarism check, but AI is a lot harder to check nowadays. So we definitely read it over and then my editor will flag anything that kind of looks suspicious. But AI content isn’t super complex right now. Here’s a question for you. How do you calculate like the ROI on a writer? Because I know a lot of people listening to this. They’re like, huh, I don’t know if I can afford to write a writer. How do I know whether it’s worth the money? Yeah, that’s a tough question. So

29:53
I kind of just do the back of the hand math here and you know if one, it honestly depends how much you’re paying the writers too. I’d say like in the beginning I would search out writers who were lower pay and then I would just train them and work with them a lot and a lot of times they’re overseas but nowadays like a lot of my writers are stay at home moms in the Midwest so those are like my top writers and kind of less training but we pay them a little bit more but in terms of like inter-

30:22
return on investment, you kind have to look at how much you’re paying the writers and then how much you’re going to get in ad money or different affiliate articles. So like if we go back to the thousand page views and I’m kind of getting roughly $40 for it through ad drive, then you kind of just backtrack and say like, okay well if I can get to the top three search results in SEMrush traffic, usually if it’s like $200 a month we’re targeting, it’s usually almost double or triple so you’ll see $400 to $600 searches per month.

30:52
And then of course, there’s going to be these other like long tail keywords that you’re to rank for us, not just that one keyword. Sure. Yeah. If you end up targeting something like 200 search volume keyword on Semrash, you’re probably going to be getting closer to like 500 or a thousand per month. And then, you know, we plan to stay there for multiple months, usually like six months before we have to go get an editor to edit the article. So I know like six times 40 is like 240 bucks and we’re paying

31:22
a lot less than $204 per article. Right. Maybe it’s closer to $200. Are you willing to provide a range of what you pay per word? Yeah, it varies to be completely honest. I when we first started, it was pretty low, but these people were overseas, like this was probably above their minimum wage. I think I was paying .02 per word, so about $20 per thousand words for overseas writer. And we got a ton of applicants, so.

31:50
I knew we weren’t super lowballing, but nowadays, this was like three, four years ago, but nowadays we’re paying about .045 to .05 per word. These are easy to edit. I shouldn’t have to spend any time editing the articles. We can get the virtual assistant and then the editor can basically hit publish. But before, a lot of the lower cost writers

32:19
I would be spending like at least an hour on the article before I could publish it. it took, you’re just trading off kind of time for money. Sure. Yeah. Actually that’s amazing. Even today, I still can’t hit publish right away without reading it. Well, maybe it’s cause I guess I massage it to my own voice also, but yeah. In terms of, so you’re not running ads on your affiliate articles, right? Or do you selectively turn those on and off?

32:47
I am not, but I have also heard from several people that it doesn’t affect the conversion rate at all on the affiliate articles. I personally do not. then, AdDriving has told me, like, if you turn it on, you can be making a few thousand more per month. But I also don’t want to sabotage my conversion rate on the Amazon side since it’s already more than the few thousand that AdDriving is going to pay me. So how do you make sure you get to the top three spots? So you write your article and let’s say like,

33:16
I don’t know, six months goes by and maybe you’re on the front page, right? Is there anything that you do to get it to those top three spots? Yeah, so that’s mainly link building and it’s kind of more of a grey hat or a black hat. Yes, let’s talk about grey hat and black hat. That’s the fun stuff. Do you have a methodology or do you hire that stuff out? So I hire that stuff out just because in the beginning I used to do it myself and then you you’re sending a hundred emails per day and you get

33:45
Response rate of like one or two percent. It’s kind of disheartening Yeah, so nowadays I outsource it and I know that people have a lot more tools that scrape and Send and then they can make new emails over and over again that are more like with a higher open rate and a less like mark spam So now how important is it? Do you think to do the link building part? So oftentimes like I’ll write a post and I can get to the front page but to get it to like the top there’s a little bit of luck and

34:15
I can never tell what actually made it happen. Do you have a strategy for that to getting the top three spots? Yeah, so think first and foremost, you have to have good content. So if your content is like AI or it’s written by a not so great writer, it’s probably never going to rank, like regardless of how many links you send to it. So just make sure the content is good. And then second is link building.

34:40
So you should always check on who’s ahead of you still. So if you’re on the first page of Google and let’s say you’re position five or six, if there’s a big player in the space, like New York Times, it’s probably pointless to spend a lot of money on backlinks because you likely won’t outrank them. But if it’s another one with a similar domain authority, good topical relevancy, then the links are what make the difference.

35:07
And in terms of choosing what to generate backlinks for, you just literally go through article by article and say, hey, do I even have a chance to overtake the next person in line? If so, then build links to it. Kind of. I know that I explained it to you and some of the other people in the mastermind group on SEO testing, where it will tell you trend and where that link ranks and for what keywords. And so

35:32
you know if something is in like the it’s just off the first page of google or maybe it’s like position eight or nine then all still links to it uh… and i’ll just google that keywords usually like ten or twenty keywords and see who’s like ahead of me on the list and if i can outrank

35:52
Do you think that you can get by today without link building? do think you can definitely get by. There’s several people that I’ve talked to, even on Ad Drive, that basically don’t do any link building and kind of get more natural links. But I think I am a strong believer that backlinks make a huge difference. If you’re building the correct

36:17
Can you just give the listeners an idea of how much a link costs? I know it varies depending on who they’re coming from, but just a range would be great. Yeah, sure. think it depends on a lot of things, domain authority, but the primary source is traffic. So I don’t care about domain authority when I’m building links. I care more about if the website is getting traffic and if it’s relevant to my niche. So if I’m in the dog space, I only want links that are in the pet space.

36:45
And you know, they have to be getting minimum a thousand traffic. I think on the low end… thousand as in the article pointing to you or the domain? That domain has to be getting a minimum one thousand traffic. Okay. Right. Yeah, and so… Yeah, I would say if you’re building links yourself and you’re doing manual outreach, probably a thousand traffic website is probably going to be like a hundred bucks. But if you’re going through a link building agency, it’s going to be a lot more.

37:14
I think it’s like one probably like 150. You can expect to pay less than 150 for a thousand traffic website. Here’s a question that I’ve had for a while because I don’t do this but do you monitor the links to make sure they stay there? Yeah, I do. And then I definitely have a whole spreadsheet of all the links that I’ve built and then you know I have a virtual assistant go through it. Oh and verify that they’re still there? like three times a year to make sure that the backlink is still there.

37:43
I’d say like in the majority it’s 95 % of the time the backlink is still there. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Well, that’s good to know. you do anything else besides SEO? Do you do social media or YouTube or anything? Is it just pure SEO? We have a YouTube nowadays, but that’s kind of just a passive $500 a month. It’s not very big and we just outsource the videos. We have an Instagram, we have a TikTok, but

38:12
and we have a Facebook, but I’ve never really spent a significant amount of time monetizing any of those channels. Okay. And then, uh, I mean, just, you mentioned 500,000 words a month. That’s like insane to me. How much of your time are you writing anymore yourself or no? Nowadays, since I’m so focused on e-commerce, I don’t write at all, but for certain articles I used to try to write.

38:39
at least like maybe like one per week and it’s probably less than that but uh-huh yeah i don’t write any did you feel like you had to write every day in the beginning just to like jump start the thing yeah because it’s i know your work ethic is pretty insane if anything you’ll outwork everybody right yeah but for most normal people like what would you say the minimum frequency would be i would say that you should try to at least publish

39:09
Like my sister just started a blog and she’s actually gotten so much traffic to it but I told her like, look, you have to publish at least like two times per week. And I think that’s kind of like the minimum cadence and then if you don’t want your, if you just want your blog to stay stable and not go down, you have to publish at least like once per month. yeah, I would say minimum two times per week if you’re like in the growth phase. Okay. And doing all the analysis and everything. What is your, okay, so you have your physical products going.

39:39
And how are you going to grow that? Are you going to launch additional products or are you going to expand to additional marketplaces? What is the future of your e-commerce journey like? Yeah, so we’re just going to be launching a lot more products. So I think we only have four products today and like three of them have just been launched in the last three months. So the plan is to launch at least 10 products next year.

40:08
and expand internationally and expand to different marketplaces outside of Amazon. And also we’re building, we have a Shopify site, it’s not a WooCommerce website, but it’s not that good. So we’re switching over to Shopify and we’re going to be pointing the links instead of Amazon to hopefully our Shopify store and check the conversion rate from our Shopify store on Amazon. And to find these new products, are you using the same method of looking at your affiliates or

40:38
Are you going to be more deliberate about the types of articles that you write to figure out what sells? Yeah, I would say that when you download your Amazon affiliate report and it tells you exactly the number of units that you’re selling per month, that list I’ve pretty much exhausted. I still reference it a lot. And so the next six products that we’re launching is coming from that list because I know that if I put myself number one, it’s going to sell regardless.

41:05
next products after that, like the next five products after that, we’re going to be targeting things that we don’t necessarily have traffic to today. But that’s why I have my content team writing the articles. So by the time I release those products next year, I will already be ranking and I can put myself in the articles or right. All let me ask you some philosophical questions now. So if you were to start all over from the beginning, kind of knowing what you know about how powerful Amazon is and whatnot.

41:33
Would you start with content first no matter what? I think that’s the only way I know because that’s the way that I’ve done it. And I would say that if you have a huge website and you’re getting a lot of traffic and you launch a product and it’s going to sell a lot on Amazon, you get maybe not the best sellers box, but the Amazon choice box, I think it is. It automatically pops up for even the new products that I launch, it was like number one best seller.

42:01
in the number one new release tag, just because the people buy it from your website, has a really high conversion rate. So I think that traffic is really important to get before you launch a product, but you can definitely be profitable without getting I’m just wondering, time frame-wise, how much traffic did you have before you launched your Amazon product? It was over a million page views. Over a million, okay.

42:30
Like something that has always been in the back of my mind and I think I probably started it when my blog was getting 600,000 page views per month. But then obviously like sourcing from China, getting a sample, making like even the slightest revisions, it’s gonna take like a year to launch. So by the time that year passed and I launched the product, my blog was over a million page views per month. Well, let me ask you this, like for the people listening, let’s say they want to start with content, what’s the threshold when you…

42:59
might consider going the physical product route. What’s your threshold? You can probably do both in parallel. So like if you just start a website, and this is of course if you have the funds, think FBA costs a lot more money to start. Actually, what was your initial investment for those 500 units? All in. Maybe like 2500. Not too like for shipping and everything. It really wasn’t that expensive. It was maybe 2500 but…

43:26
I’m just kind of thinking through, like, you’re going to have to run PPC, like, you’re not going to get traffic immediately. So it’s going to be a lot. You’re going to have to pay for the traffic somehow. So PPC, Google Ads, and whatnot. So it’s definitely going ask you that. Since you have, like, this funnel of traffic going to your listings, do you run PPC? I do run PPC, correct. Yeah, and I actually run a lot of PPC because I have the same kind of business model where

43:54
everything I make from Amazon, I’m happy to put back in and that hasn’t been the case since it exploded so much. But yeah, I run a lot of PPC and maybe that’s 30 % of my sales now. Right. And so the way you operate is you just pay yourself a salary and then just put everything else back in. I just started paying. I just quit my job less than a year ago. So December 31st, 2021. So it’s not even been a year yet. Okay. And

44:24
Yeah, since I quit my job, I do pay myself a salary now, equivalent to what I was making previously. And then every other dime tries to go back in the business. So is the end game then to sell it or is this like a passion project that you plan on maintaining indefinitely? This is something that I’ve always talked to myself too about and it’s basically like whenever I feel like I can’t grow anymore, that’s probably when I will sell.

44:53
I feel like I can still grow to 3x. Oh definitely. Yeah, from where you are for sure. Yeah. Yeah, so it’s probably like a three to five year time. And in terms of content, are you trying to pump out more than 500,000? Like are you still hiring writers and… Yeah, we’re always hiring writers and editors and probably like one more virtual assistant. Yeah, just because like I know SEO so well that…

45:23
And that’s always been my fundamental strategy here for all my portfolio websites now. So we always try to publish a large amount of content and get traffic that way. see. So, I mean, it’s at one million now, but I mean, you’re going to try to double, triple traffic by just continuing to scale, the number of writers you have, editors and that sort of thing. Yeah, we’re still trying to go traffic on my main site, but I would say that potential wise, probably a lot of my other

45:53
pet websites or even I have a lot of other niches like Baby and Lucid Dreaming that have a lot more potential too so we publish throughout like this whole portfolio of websites but the idea is yeah you should be growing traffic.

46:10
Do you repurpose any content or is it just written? So I’m not, we have criteria for our writers and obviously we don’t want them to just like rewrite an article and needs to be like original and we kind of give them a template and outline with the headings with the frequently asked questions and so they can kind of just fill it in. We try not to have them just like rewrite articles but I’m sure it happens every once in a while. I meant repurpose on like Twitter or you know other short form like TikToks.

46:40
that sort of thing. think we repurpose like social media stuff like for pictures being reposted and stuff like that. it sounds like that’s not like a major part of your strategy. Most of it’s from Google. Yeah, it’s all organic traffic has been the strategy from the start. Pinterest has been pretty good. Yeah. But that’s only still like a small portion. Yeah, small portion of traffic. Garrett, this has been an amazing conversation. It’s actually rare that I get to talk like SEO with someone who

47:08
who does it so well on that scale. I can’t imagine managing 30 writers, editors, and actually the stress of Google updates, if most of my traffic is coming from there, would kind of stress me out a little bit. But you’ve managed it really well. That’s why you have multiple websites. So like if one gets penalized, then hopefully your others go up or, you know, it’s not like all eggs in one basket. Yeah. So if people want to check out your Doodle site,

47:38
or if they have any questions about SEO, because I know you do little bit of consulting also, where can people find you? Yeah, you can just message me through, the website is welovedoodles.com and then yeah, you can probably just find the email on there or email me. Cool. think it’s like info at welovedoodles.com. Nice. Well, Garrett, appreciate your time, Yeah, thanks, Steve. Appreciate it and I’ll see you in the next Mastermind.

48:07
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Garrett’s story just goes to show that SEO is not dead and that pure SEO is a viable strategy even in an extremely saturated niche like dogs. For more information about this episode, go to mywivecoderjob.com slash episode 447. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free.

48:36
over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

49:04
and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

446: AI, Massive Job Cuts, The Recession And How To Protect Yourself

446: AI, Massive Job Cuts, The Recession And How To Protect Yourself

In this episode, I discuss my thoughts on AI, the big layoffs in the tech industry and the recession.

I’ll also reveal an important project that I’ve been working on that could change your life and your way of thinking.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why your job is not as safe as it seems
  • How to achieve financial freedom
  • Why hustle entrepreneurship is not the answer

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to talk about my thoughts on the current economy, what’s happening with jobs, artificial intelligence, and an important project that I’m working on, which will change your life and your way of thinking. Enjoy the show. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year.

00:30
that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales around 200 people, and we all eat together and we hang out together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K,

00:58
or $1 million per year. We also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in lunch, and help each other with our businesses. Right now, the mastermind tickets are almost sold out. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, from May 23rd to May 25th. And for more information, go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can second meet your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a run and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:26
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode to tell you my thoughts about the economy and an important project that I’m working on that could change your life and your way of thinking. Now you’ve all probably been following the news. People are losing their jobs left and right, right now. And in the midst of mass layoffs from Google, Apple, Amazon, and all these top companies around the world, people have come to the abrupt realization that their day jobs simply are not safe. Here’s a sad story.

02:55
Couple weeks ago, a friend and I had a long conversation about the skyrocketing costs of going to college, and his daughter just started going to college in the fall, and he was barely going to be able to scrape by with the large quarterly tuition payments. And then bam, one morning, he showed up to work and noticed that the door to his office was locked, and then he was promptly escorted out of the building. His steady paycheck instantly vanished just like that, and he went from earning a healthy salary with benefits

03:25
to zero income. Now this guy is very smart and any company would be lucky to have him but because there were recently tens of thousands of people laid off in my area, it’s probably going to be tough to find another job right this second. Anyway, right now he’s debating whether to tell his daughter or even consider pulling her out of school and it’s an extremely difficult situation. Now the reality of any day job is that you can be released at any time.

03:51
and you are at the mercy of your boss when it comes time to get evaluated for raises and bonuses. I remember when I was working, I was actually getting raises of between 2 and 4%. Now, I don’t know if you’ve been following all the news with ChatGPT and artificial intelligence, but I’ve been following everything very closely. There are a flood of apps out there available right now that can help you write posts, create videos, create audio, create Excel spreadsheets, create appointments,

04:20
write code, design hardware, everything. And I can almost guarantee you that millions of jobs will be lost in the next two or three years. And to be honest, I’m actually even considering letting go of a couple of writers on my team because ChatGPT is that good. I was having a conversation with an old coworker the other day who I used to design hardware with. And he had a project and he decided to give ChatGPT a try to create computer hardware.

04:49
We’re not talking about software here, we’re talking about hardware. And within minutes, AI was able to code a small block that he needed for his design that was bug-free and worked right out of the box. So literally no job is safe. Not even if you’re a tech worker. If ChatGPT can write software and design hardware, the sky is the limit. And this is just the beginning of the technology. Now I was just looking up some statistics the other day, and here’s what I found.

05:19
Not only are your jobs not safe or guaranteed, but 84 % of millennials have experienced burnout at their jobs. 50 % of employees consider themselves disengaged from their work. And almost half of Americans fear being laid off this year. Now, if these stats scare you, then you are not alone. Most people, including myself, have been led to believe that entrepreneurship is only for the chosen few. People with connections,

05:48
money, or creative people. But that is simply not the case. And you probably don’t believe me right at this point if you’re not running a business, but all it takes is a dream and the motivation to get off your butt. In fact, the best way for me to prove this to you is to tell you a story, my story. Now the year was 2007, and my wife and I, were victims of a dreaded condition known as complacency. Now if you’ve never heard of this terrible condition before,

06:17
It is a disease that leads to spending 10 hours a day at a job that you don’t particularly like. It is an illness that stops you from pursuing your personal goals and aspirations because you can never find the time. It is a debilitating condition that causes you to trudge through each day, doing the daily grind as life quickly passes you by. Back in 2007, my wife and I used to get up early in the morning, go to work, eat dinner, sleep, and then wake up the next day to repeat the cycle.

06:46
Days quickly fade into weeks, weeks dissolved into months, and months soon became years of the exact same routine. And even though we both made a pretty good salary from our day jobs, we were coasting our way through life like lifeless zombies. We weren’t challenging ourselves, we weren’t trying new things, and we stayed within our comfort zone when making important decisions. We basically had no sense of purpose, and we were unmotivated and stagnant. Now, it sounds harsh, but my wife and I, were just

07:16
kind of going through the motions and living a pretty conventional life. Now, even though we had a good amount of free time, we always ended up wasting it on empty activities. So, for example, our day back then consisted of working from 9 to 6.30 p.m., eating dinner, and then watching television until it time to go to bed. And days and weeks went by quickly, and we didn’t really have anything to show for it. And even when I try really hard today, I’m actually unable to recall any specific memories

07:45
during that period of my life. In fact, the only thing I remember is that I watched a hell of a lot of TV and that my wife was terribly unhappy with her day job. In fact, the only memory that stands out in my mind was how much she dreaded having to go to work each and every day and every morning she would kiss me goodbye and then say, okay, honey, I’m off to the hell hole. I call my job now. Now it was particularly painful for me because I had to watch her drag herself out of bed and witness her suffer every single.

08:16
Now, even though she changed companies several times during her career, she never felt fulfilled working at any of her jobs. And what’s ironic is that my wife and I often talked about achieving financial freedom and being our own boss, but we never got around to it. We talked about starting a side hustle on many occasions, but we never took any action until this happened. My wife became pregnant. Now, I still don’t fully comprehend how peeing on a stick could stir up so many emotions.

08:44
But my wife and I became excited and terrified at the same time. And for one thing, I got a sudden injection of motivation and enthusiasm. All of a sudden, I felt like I needed to get off my butt and become a better person. I felt like I needed to be more responsible and take charge of my life. I felt like I needed to get my act together and provide for my family. Now, as millions of thoughts swirled through my head, my primary concern became financial security and we needed a bigger house. We needed to live in a better school district.

09:13
We needed to start a college education fund. We needed an emergency fund so large that we could survive even if I lost my job or I got laid off. As for my wife, she wanted to quit her job so she could stay at home and take care of our kid full time. She didn’t want to miss a single minute of her baby’s childhood. And the only problem was that with the additional expense of having a child, she didn’t want to place a major crimp on our lifestyle or our finances. As a result, we needed to find another way to make money and replace her six figure salary.

09:42
And hence our online store, Bumblebee Linens, was born. Now even though things started out slowly, our store managed to replace my wife’s salary of $100,000 within one year. And having our own business allowed her to stay at home and take care of our child while running our store at the same time. And the best part, with my wife, didn’t have to put in nearly as many hours as her day job to make significantly more money, and she was much happier too. And today, my wife and I run two

10:10
million dollar businesses working about 20 hours a week with plenty of time for family and friends. I coach my kids basketball and volleyball teams and help with homework and my wife volunteers at my kids schools. And in fact, my wife ran the entrepreneurship program for my daughter’s school last year. Now looking back, we started Bumble Bee Linens for only $630. We didn’t know anything about e-commerce. We didn’t know anything about business. And we didn’t know anything about websites. And it’s taken me about three years.

10:40
but I documented my entire journey, all my strategies, philosophies, everything into my book called The Family First Entrepreneur. How to achieve financial freedom without sacrificing what matters most. Now, what sets apart my book and my philosophies from all the other business books you’ve probably seen and read? Well, first off, this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now, if you can relate to my wife and I story,

11:09
You probably don’t seek to become world famous or ridiculously rich. You might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You basically want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there. They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off to get ahead. In fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else.

11:38
While I’m calling BS on this, if you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promises of riches, work yourself to the bone, and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on my podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are just killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly when I hit the stop record button is that they don’t see their family much.

12:08
or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. Now the other day, Noah Kagan interviewed a billionaire on his YouTube channel. And what was that billionaire’s biggest regret? It’s that his first business cost him his wife. They got a divorce because he put his business first. And if he had to do it all over again, he changed that chapter of his life. Here’s the thing. Once you understand how to make money,

12:37
You can do it anytime you want, which will allow you to prioritize other things, like your loved ones and your family. Now in my book, I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. Because you can, in fact, achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you definitely don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

13:07
Now here’s the thing that I’ve noticed about online gurus and entrepreneurial advice. It is mostly given by single men or women who only have to take care of themselves. They got nothing else to worry about. But a lot of people have families and other responsibilities. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective.

13:36
from a father who makes both business and family work. Now my book is available for pre-order right now anywhere you can buy a book. Or if you want to learn more about the book, you can go to thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Now this book doesn’t come out until May, but I’m including a bunch of free bonuses that you can access immediately that will help you create your own side hustle right away. So first off, I’m going to be giving a special six week family first side hustle challenge

14:06
or I will personally help you make your first $1,000 online. And as part of this six-week challenge, I will be giving live presentations and answering your questions in a private Facebook group for six weeks on how to achieve financial freedom with a family-first side hustle. By the end of this challenge, you will learn how to evaluate your side hustle options, how to create a profitable offer, product, or service to sell on the side, how to put up your own website on a budget, how to make your first $1,000 online,

14:36
and how to free up your schedule so you can actually spend more time with your loved ones. I’m also giving you two full-blown workshops that will teach you how to make money with two side hustles that literally cost you only $3 to start. Now, I call these business models gateway drugs because they will allow you to make money on the side that will eventually lead you to a much bigger business. And it’s all about baby steps here. Okay, so the first workshop is my three-day print-on-demand workshop. If you are interested,

15:06
inserting a profitable and flexible side hustle without holding inventory, then Print On Demand is the perfect solution for you. Print On Demand is where you sell products that are only printed or produced after you’ve received an order. And in this workshop, we will cover all the essential steps and techniques needed to successfully launch your own Print On Demand shop, from product sourcing and design to marketing and fulfillment. Now, the beauty of Print On Demand is that you can get started for very little money. And this workshop will include step-by-step instructions

15:35
on how to launch your own print-on-demand website for just $3 a month. And by the end of the workshop, you will have a great-looking website with your own domain. You will learn how to create your own print-on-demand products for free, understand how to convert sales, and how to generate traffic. The second workshop is my two-day workshop on how to make passive income with content. Now, my blog over at mywifequarterjob.com makes over a million dollars per year. My YouTube channel makes over $300,000 per year.

16:04
And this podcast that you guys are listening to right now makes over 100k per year. In this workshop, you’ll learn how to make passive income with content, whether it be blogging, YouTube or podcasting, by selling digital products, memberships, coaching, affiliate marketing, advertising and more. By the end of this workshop, you will have a website and a strategy for generating passive income with the content of your choice. You will have a great looking website with your own domain. You will learn how to create content

16:33
and how to monetize your content. And finally, I’m taking this show on the road and we’ll be throwing book parties across the US depending on where you live based on the book pre-order form entries. I would love to meet all of you in person and maybe even sign a book or two. Once you fill out the pre-order form and sign up for my email list, I will let you know where the parties will be and when. You will also be automatically entered into a special pre-launch giveaway where I’ll be giving away free course memberships, one-on-one consults,

17:03
tickets to my e-commerce conference and more. I will also be doing a book signing at my annual e-commerce conference called the Seller Summit. Now the ticket prices are actually going up next week, so if you want to come and hang out in person, grab your ticket right now over at sellersummit.com. Anyway, if you know me, and if you listen to my podcast or follow me for any length of time, you know that I always pay it forward. And for this book, The Family First Entrepreneur, it is not going to be any different.

17:33
Pre-order the book now over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Hope you enjoyed that episode. And I was pretty serious. Because of AI and the economy, I think there are going to be a lot more jobs lost in the coming years, and everyone should have a backup plan or a side hustle. And my book will help you get started. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 446. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to the 25th.

18:03
I really want to hang out with you guys in person, so let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

18:32
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to MyWifeCooderJob.com and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and send in the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!